Surge in Whooping Cough Cases, New Flu Vaccine, and the Alcohol-Cancer Link: Key Health Updates

The AMA Update covers a wide range of health-related topics that affect physicians, residents, medical students, and patients. These topics span issues like COVID-19, burnout, vaccines, and more, with insights from experts in healthcare, from private practice leaders to public health officials.

Some pressing questions recently discussed include the effectiveness of the whooping cough vaccine, the possible link between alcohol and cancer, the name of the new flu vaccine, and what a challenge study for vaccine development entails.

In a recent AMA Update, Todd Unger, AMA’s Chief Experience Officer, discussed some of these crucial health issues with Andrea Garcia, JD, MPH, the Vice President of Science, Medicine, and Public Health at the AMA. Garcia provided detailed insights on the recent surge in whooping cough cases, the approval of a new flu vaccine, and the growing body of research connecting alcohol to cancer.

The Surge in Whooping Cough Cases

Unger started by addressing the topic of whooping cough, or pertussis, for the first time this year. Garcia noted that cases of whooping cough are on the rise. “The CDC reported on Friday that, according to preliminary data, cases of pertussis or whooping cough have more than quadrupled what they were at this point last year, with more than 14,000 infections to date. This is the highest number of whooping cough infections we’ve seen since 2014,” she stated.

One key concern is that the increase in cases shows no sign of slowing down. Whooping cough cases had significantly declined during the pandemic, likely due to COVID-19 mitigation measures. However, before the pandemic, pertussis cases had been on an upward trend.

Why Pertussis is Dangerous

Pertussis is a respiratory illness caused by bacteria that leads to severe, painful coughing fits. The illness gets its common name, whooping cough, because of the “whoop” sound patients make while trying to catch their breath after coughing. Garcia explained the severity of the condition, noting that in some cases, the coughing is so intense that it can cause vomiting or even broken ribs.

Although antibiotics can treat pertussis in its early stages, early diagnosis can be tricky because initial symptoms are similar to a common cold, such as a runny nose, sneezing, and low-grade fever. As Garcia pointed out, “By the time that deep cough develops, it’s too late, and the only treatment is comfort care with rest and fluids while the infection runs its course.”

The Importance of Vaccination Against Whooping Cough

Pertussis vaccines provide effective protection against the disease, but immunity wanes over time. Children receive five doses of the DTaP vaccine by age six, with a booster at age 11 to 12, and adults should get boosters every ten years. Pregnant individuals are recommended to get vaccinated between 27 and 36 weeks of pregnancy, which allows antibodies to pass to the newborn, protecting them before they’re eligible for their own vaccines.

Garcia mentioned that researchers are exploring new vaccines that could offer longer-lasting protection and reduce transmission. “On Friday, we saw the FDA’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee convene to hear from labs in Canada and the UK, as they presented their models for human challenge trials for pertussis,” she explained. These trials would involve intentionally exposing subjects to the infection, which could help test new vaccines. However, ethical concerns and doubts about the model’s ability to measure protection against severe disease were raised.

New Flu Vaccine Approved for Self-Administration

The conversation then shifted to the flu vaccine, with Unger asking about the latest developments. Garcia shared the news of the FDA’s approval of the first-ever flu vaccine that can be self-administered at home. “The vaccine itself, FluMist, isn’t new. It’s a nasal spray manufactured by AstraZeneca that has been used to protect against the flu in the U.S. for more than 20 years,” Garcia said. What’s new is that adults will now be able to administer the vaccine themselves at home, while children can receive it with the help of a caregiver. However, the self-administered version won’t be available until the next flu season.

When asked about the potential impact on flu vaccination rates, Garcia expressed cautious optimism. “Some physicians welcome more accessible options but don’t expect self-administration to significantly change vaccination rates. That said, Dr. Peter Marks from the FDA said it will provide greater convenience, flexibility, and accessibility for individuals and families.”

Despite the ease of access, flu vaccination rates in the U.S. have been declining, with only about half of adults and children receiving the vaccine last season. Garcia emphasized the importance of making vaccination more accessible to counteract this trend.

Alcohol and Cancer: A Growing Concern

Unger next brought up a recent report linking alcohol consumption to cancer, which made several headlines. Garcia explained that the report, released by the American Association for Cancer Research, highlights the risks associated with excessive alcohol consumption. “This new report says that alcohol may be one of the factors driving the trend of increasing cancer rates among adults under 50,” she said.

The report found that excessive alcohol consumption increases the risk of six types of cancer, including head and neck cancers, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, liver cancer, and stomach cancer. “We know that about 5.4% of cancers in the U.S., or just over one in 20 cancer diagnoses, were attributed to alcohol consumption in 2019,” Garcia noted.

She added that around 40% of cancer cases are associated with modifiable risk factors, including alcohol consumption, tobacco use, and diet. Reducing alcohol consumption, maintaining a healthy weight, and exercising can lower cancer risk.

Confusion Around Alcohol and Heart Health

There’s been confusion in recent years regarding the relationship between alcohol consumption and heart health. For years, moderate alcohol consumption was thought to have protective effects on heart health, but recent studies challenge that belief. Garcia pointed to a large study that followed 135,000 older British adults for more than a decade, which found that moderate drinkers did not experience a reduction in heart disease risk compared to occasional drinkers.

In fact, moderate and light drinkers showed higher rates of cancer deaths. Garcia noted that while many still believe in the benefits of moderate alcohol consumption, these potential benefits may not outweigh the cancer risks. “There are many ways to keep your heart healthy, and these potential benefits don’t really outweigh your cancer risks,” Garcia added.

Raising Awareness About the Risks

Addressing what can be done about these rising concerns, Garcia emphasized the need for public awareness campaigns and cancer-specific warning labels on alcohol. Studies show that many people, especially younger women, are unaware of the link between alcohol and cancer. Fewer than one-third of women aged 18 to 25, for example, knew that alcohol increases their risk of breast cancer.

While more research is needed to understand all the factors behind rising cancer rates, especially colorectal cancer, there’s a growing consensus that reducing alcohol consumption is a critical step in cancer prevention. “We need to raise awareness through public messaging campaigns and adding cancer-specific warning labels to alcoholic beverages,” Garcia concluded.

With the flu season approaching and concerns about cancer and whooping cough on the rise, staying informed about these health issues is essential.

Pope Francis Celebrates the Launch of the Catholic Institute for Nonviolence, Calls for Peace and Fraternity

Pope Francis expressed his hopes that the newly founded Catholic Institute for Nonviolence will inspire a fresh dedication to peace and fraternity. This message was delivered during the institute’s inauguration, an event where members of Pax Christi International’s Catholic Nonviolence Initiative officially introduced the organization. The inauguration was held at the Istituto Maria Santissima Bambina in Rome, Italy.

In a telegram sent by the Vatican’s Secretary of State, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, on behalf of Pope Francis, the Pope urged attendees to unite in defending human rights and working towards building a society based on justice and mutual love. He referred to a key message from the 50th World Day of Peace, emphasizing that nonviolence should serve as the foundation of peace, stating: “May charity and nonviolence guide the world in the way we treat one another, in interpersonal, social, and international relations.”

Nonviolence as a Way of Life

Cardinal Charles Maung Bo of Myanmar and Cardinal Robert McElroy of San Diego led the inauguration, highlighting the institute’s potential to bring attention to the nonviolence embodied by Jesus. Cardinal Bo stressed that the Institute would draw upon theological reflection, practical strategies for addressing violence, and the experiences of marginalized communities committed to peace. He said, “This Institute will help us reclaim the nonviolence of Jesus, learning from the wisdom of theological reflection, practical strategies for addressing violence and the experiences of marginalized communities who embody this radical call to peace.”

Cardinal McElroy pointed to the need for the Church to reconsider its stance on war, which historically permitted war in extreme cases under the “just war” doctrine. He noted that this doctrine had failed to prevent violent conflicts or pave the way to true peace. “This is a new moment marked by the need to fundamentally renew and prioritize the claim of nonviolent action as the central tenet of Catholic teaching on war and peace,” said McElroy. Cardinal Bo echoed these sentiments, emphasizing the importance of the Catholic Institute for Nonviolence in helping the Church grasp the true meaning of nonviolence as centered in the Gospel.

Voices of Nonviolence at the Inauguration

The event, streamed live on YouTube, was a platform for several key figures to speak about the Institute’s mission. Among them was Sister Teresia Wachira, from the Institute of the Blessed Virgin Mary. She underlined the role of the Institute in promoting different methods of nonviolent peacebuilding. “One aspect we focus on is Peace Journalism, as we’ve seen how media can sometimes escalate conflicts. The media should present both sides and explore ways to bring communities together, helping them reach a point where they are ready for mediation.”

Dr. Maria Stephan, an acclaimed author and former Director of the Program on Nonviolent Action at the U.S. Institute of Peace, shared her research findings on the effectiveness of nonviolent protests. Her studies demonstrated that movements are more likely to succeed when they maintain nonviolent discipline, even in the face of repression. She explained, “Our research shows that movements are more likely to succeed when they maintain nonviolent discipline, even under repression, creatively alternate between methods of concentration (like sit-ins and demonstrations) and dispersion (such as boycotts and stay-aways), and prioritize strategic planning and decentralized leadership.”

At the conclusion of the inauguration, Pax Christi International’s Secretary General, Martha Inés Romero, spoke on the rising tide of global violence and the critical role the Catholic Institute for Nonviolence can play in addressing these issues. “There is already extensive knowledge, research, and experience on nonviolence. The institute seeks to enhance this body of work and make it more accessible to the Church.”

Following Romero’s remarks, Marie Dennis, Senior Director of the Catholic Nonviolence Initiative, stressed the significance of nonviolence within the Church. “Through the synod process, the global Catholic Church is discussing nonviolence as a practice of the faithful. The launch of the Catholic Institute for Nonviolence in Rome will continue this conversation now and after the synod closes.”

Themes of the Inauguration

The inauguration event centered around three major themes that underscored the importance of establishing nonviolence as a core Church doctrine. The first theme, “Nonviolence is Faithful,” reflects the belief that nonviolence is a principle deeply rooted in the Gospel. The second theme, “Nonviolence is Effective,” emphasized that nonviolent approaches to conflict resolution and peacebuilding are far more successful than violent alternatives. The final theme, “Nonviolence is a Powerful Way Forward,” encouraged the Church and the world to embrace nonviolence as the solution to global crises of injustice, war, and destruction.

Artisans of Peace

The Catholic Institute for Nonviolence is committed to equipping the Catholic Church, its leaders, and institutions with the knowledge and experience needed to promote nonviolence. The institute focuses on documenting real-life examples of nonviolent practices in diverse communities, aiming to offer ethical and spiritual alternatives to both violence and passivity. Through research, resources, and hands-on experience, the institute seeks to deepen the Church’s understanding of Gospel-centered nonviolence.

The institute’s work is supported by financial sponsors and guided by a Coordinating Committee, which includes representatives from various countries. An advisory council, comprising scholars, religious figures, and prominent advocates of nonviolence, provides additional support. These council members help advance the institute’s mission by connecting it with nonviolence practitioners both inside and outside the Catholic Church. Each member serves a renewable three-year term.

Pax Christi International Peace Award

On October 29th, Pax Christi International will also host its annual Peace Award ceremony. Since 1992, the award has been given to individuals and organizations who have championed peace, justice, and nonviolence around the world. This year, the award will be presented to the Parents Circle – Families Forum (PCFF), an organization comprising over 600 Israeli and Palestinian families who have experienced personal loss due to the conflict in their region. PCFF promotes reconciliation and dialogue between the two communities, organizing over 300 events annually to foster empathy and humanization on both sides. The organization’s co-directors, Yuval Rahamim, Rami Elhanan, and Bassam Aramin, all of whom lost loved ones in the conflict, have turned their grief into actions of hope and peace.

Nonviolence Seminars

As part of the discussions on nonviolence at the Sixteenth Ordinary General Assembly of the Synod of Bishops, the Catholic Institute for Nonviolence will be hosting a series of four seminars in October. These seminars will cover topics like the effectiveness of nonviolence, nonviolent conflict management, and the Church’s role in nurturing a global nonviolent movement. The schedule for the seminars includes: “Nonviolence: Faithful and Effective” on October 4th, “Managing Conflict Nonviolently” on October 11th, “Nonviolent Defense: Beyond War and Cycles of Violence” on October 18th, and “The Role of the Church in Nurturing a Global Nonviolent Shift” on October 25th. These seminars aim to deepen the Church’s commitment to nonviolence as a practical and spiritual path forward.

Harris vs. Trump: A Historic Election on the Horizon

On November 5, U.S. voters will head to the polls to elect their next president. What was initially expected to be a rematch of the 2020 election between President Joe Biden and former President Donald Trump took an unexpected turn in July when Biden ended his campaign and threw his support behind Vice-President Kamala Harris. This surprising move has left the nation asking one key question: Will America elect its first female president, or will Donald Trump win a second term in office?

As election day nears, the focus has shifted to how the candidates are performing in the polls. It remains to be seen whether the dynamics of the race will change before November.

Who is Leading the National Polls?

Since entering the race in late July, Harris has consistently led Trump in national polling averages. The margin has remained small but steady. In a highly anticipated debate between the two candidates held in Pennsylvania on September 10, over 67 million viewers tuned in to see how they would fare.

Harris’ performance in the debate seems to have given her a slight boost. Polls conducted in the week following the debate indicated that her lead over Trump increased slightly, rising from 2.5 percentage points to 3.3 percentage points. While this gain is marginal, it reflects a shift in momentum.

The slight increase in Harris’ lead appears to be more a result of a drop in Trump’s numbers than a significant surge in her own. Trump’s polling average had been climbing before the debate but saw a decrease of half a percentage point afterward. These small movements in the polls are tracked in national polling averages, which illustrate how each candidate is trending over time.

However, national polls, while informative, do not provide a comprehensive picture of how the election will play out. The U.S. presidential election is not determined by the national popular vote but rather by the electoral college system.

The Role of Battleground States

The outcome of the election will be decided in a handful of battleground states. While there are 50 states in the U.S., most of them consistently vote for the same party in every election. This leaves a small number of key states where the outcome remains uncertain and where both candidates have a real chance of winning. These states are critical in determining the final outcome and are known as battleground states.

At present, the race in these battleground states is extremely close, with only a one or two percentage point difference separating Harris and Trump in most of them. Pennsylvania, in particular, is a crucial battleground because it has the largest number of electoral votes among these key states. Winning Pennsylvania could be the key to securing the 270 electoral votes needed to win the presidency.

Before Harris became the Democratic nominee, Biden had been trailing Trump by nearly five percentage points in the seven battleground states. However, Harris’ entry into the race has shifted the dynamics. She is now performing better in several of these states than Biden had been before he exited the race.

Although there are fewer state-level polls than national polls, making it more difficult to draw conclusions, the available data shows that Harris has been gaining ground in certain battleground states. The margin of error in state polls also complicates the picture, as the actual numbers could be slightly higher or lower than reported.

Nonetheless, the trends since Harris entered the race suggest that she is in a stronger position in some key states. Polling averages show that Harris has been leading in Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin since the beginning of August. These states, once considered Democratic strongholds, flipped to Trump in 2016, contributing to his victory. Biden won them back in 2020, and if Harris can do the same, she will be well on her way to winning the election.

How Polling Averages Are Created

The polling data used to track the race comes from various sources, including the well-known polling analysis website 538, which is affiliated with ABC News. 538 compiles data from numerous individual polls conducted both nationally and in battleground states. The polls come from a variety of polling companies, and 538 applies strict quality control measures to ensure that only polls meeting specific criteria are included in their averages. These criteria include transparency regarding the number of people polled, the time frame in which the poll was conducted, and the methodology used (e.g., phone calls, text messages, or online surveys).

By aggregating data from multiple polls, 538 creates an average that offers a more reliable indicator of where the race stands than any individual poll could provide. The methodology ensures that only credible polls are considered, reducing the likelihood of inaccurate results.

Can We Trust the Polls?

Although polls provide valuable insights, their accuracy in predicting the final outcome remains uncertain. In both the 2016 and 2020 elections, polls underestimated support for Trump, leading to unexpected results. Polling companies are working to address these past mistakes, adjusting their models to better reflect the composition of the voting population.

However, even with these adjustments, there are still challenges. One of the biggest unknowns is voter turnout. Pollsters must make educated guesses about who is most likely to vote on November 5. Voter turnout is notoriously difficult to predict, and it can have a significant impact on the election’s outcome.

At the moment, polls suggest that Harris and Trump are neck and neck in battleground states, with only a few percentage points separating them. When the race is this close, it becomes nearly impossible to predict the winner with certainty.

While Harris has the advantage in national polls, the electoral college system means that the results in a few key states will ultimately decide the election. As election day approaches, both candidates will likely focus their efforts on winning over voters in these battleground states, knowing that even a small shift in the polls could determine the next president of the United States.

While the current polling suggests that Harris has a slight edge, the election remains too close to call. With both candidates vying for victory in a handful of battleground states, the outcome will likely hinge on voter turnout and the final days of campaigning. As the country watches and waits, one thing is clear: this election has the potential to make history.

Israel-Hezbollah Conflict Reaches Critical Point Amid Escalating Violence

The situation in the Middle East has moved beyond warnings of impending conflict. Following Israel’s deadly attack on Lebanon, which claimed the life of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah, the region appears to be sliding into a full-blown war. Reports from Beirut describe a series of powerful explosions, with one resident saying it was the loudest they had heard in Lebanon’s many wars. As search and rescue efforts began in the aftermath, Hezbollah initially stayed silent regarding Nasrallah’s fate, but later confirmed his death on Saturday.

This event is a significant moment for Israel, reinforcing its belief that eliminating Nasrallah is a major victory against one of its most persistent adversaries. The Israeli military has ramped up its forces and appears to be considering the next steps, potentially even a ground invasion of Lebanon. This would be an unprecedented escalation. Although there has been an ongoing tit-for-tat exchange over the past eleven months, Israel’s latest moves suggest they are intent on pushing further.

Israel has been preparing for this conflict for years. Unlike the conflict with Hamas, which many believe Israel was unprepared for, the confrontation with Hezbollah has been in the making since 2006. The current action appears to be the realization of these long-held plans. Meanwhile, Hezbollah has continued to retaliate. Rockets fired by the group landed in southern Israel on Saturday morning, highlighting the uncertainty and danger of the present moment. While the previous period of intermittent fighting allowed both sides to maintain some level of predictability, this phase feels far more precarious.

Earlier on Friday, there was a brief glimmer of hope when it appeared that Israel might consider a 21-day ceasefire. This proposal, backed by the U.S. and France, had the support of Israel’s closest Western allies. However, in a speech to the UN General Assembly in New York, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu showed no interest in diplomacy. Instead, he delivered a defiant and, at times, aggressive speech. He insisted that Israel had no choice but to continue its fight against what he described as “savage enemies” who sought the country’s destruction. Netanyahu declared that both Hezbollah and Hamas would be defeated, and that Israel would secure the release of its hostages in Gaza.

Netanyahu’s speech made it clear that a ceasefire with Lebanon was not on the table. Not long after he finished, the devastating attack on Beirut took place, which many believe was strategically timed to coincide with his strong statements at the UN. It sent a clear message that Israel was ready and willing to strike its enemies, no matter where they were. The Pentagon later stated that it had not received any advance warning from Israel about the raid. A photo released by Netanyahu’s office, showing him at a communications station in New York, indicated that he had authorized the strike from his location in the U.S.

Despite the escalating violence, U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken remained hopeful about diplomacy, defending the policy he had worked on for months. However, his optimism seems increasingly out of touch with the unfolding events. The U.S. finds itself with limited options in this situation. Due to legal restrictions, American officials are prohibited from negotiating with Hezbollah or Hamas, as both organizations are designated as foreign terrorist groups. With the U.S. elections approaching, the likelihood of Washington applying significant pressure on Israel is further reduced.

Since the Hamas attacks last October, some within Israel’s government and military have advocated for striking Hezbollah, believing they could deliver a decisive blow to their enemies in Lebanon. In the past, the U.S. had persuaded Israel to hold off, arguing that such actions could lead to widespread instability across the region. However, over the past year, Netanyahu has repeatedly defied President Joe Biden’s advice. While the U.S. has provided Israel with military aid, including aircraft and bombs used in the Beirut strike, the Biden administration has been largely sidelined in terms of influencing Israeli strategy.

Biden, a longtime supporter of Israel, has spent the past year attempting to influence Netanyahu by offering support and solidarity. His goal was to persuade Israel not only to change its military tactics, which he believed were causing excessive civilian casualties in Gaza, but also to accept an American proposal for a two-state solution that would create an independent Palestinian state alongside Israel. Netanyahu has consistently rejected these ideas, showing little interest in Biden’s advice.

After the Beirut attack, Blinken reiterated his belief that a combination of military deterrence and diplomacy had helped prevent a broader regional war. However, as the conflict continues to escalate, Blinken’s assertion appears increasingly hollow. The U.S. seems to be losing control over events in the Middle East, with the situation spiraling beyond its influence.

Both Israel and Hezbollah now face critical decisions. Hezbollah must decide how to respond with its remaining arsenal of rockets and missiles. Should the group launch a larger and more destructive attack on Israel, or will it hold back, knowing that Israel may target and destroy more of its stockpiles? On the Israeli side, there is also much to consider. The possibility of a ground operation in Lebanon has already been raised, and while the Israeli military has not yet mobilized all of its reserves, officials have stated they are prepared for further escalation.

Some in Lebanon believe that Hezbollah’s familiarity with the terrain could give them an advantage in a ground war, potentially offsetting some of Israel’s military superiority. Meanwhile, Western diplomats, including Israel’s most loyal allies, continue to urge restraint, hoping for a diplomatic solution. But as violence intensifies, many of these diplomats are watching the situation with a mixture of dismay and helplessness.

The region stands at a crossroads. Both sides are preparing for further conflict, with Israel emboldened by what it sees as a significant victory and Hezbollah determined to retaliate. While international efforts at diplomacy continue, the chances of a peaceful resolution appear increasingly slim as the shadow of a much larger and more destructive war looms over the Middle East.

Young Achievers Honored at 20 Under 20 Awards in Burlington

India New England News, one of the largest Indian American digital news outlets serving the South Asian community, celebrated its annual “20 Under 20” awards for 2024 earlier this month. The event took place at the Burlington Marriott Hotel in Burlington, Massachusetts, recognizing outstanding young individuals for their contributions and achievements in various fields.

The ceremony was hosted by Jharna Madan and was attended by around 100 people. Ayush Agrawal and Haasini Buddepu, both previous honorees, took on the role of emcees for the event. The keynote speaker this year was Nilanjana Bhowmik, a venture capitalist and founder of Boston-based Converge, an early-stage venture capital firm that invests in businesses addressing pressing needs. Bhowmik shared insights from her experience, inspiring the audience with her talk about the keys to success and leadership.

The “20 Under 20” award recipients were selected based on a variety of criteria, including their accomplishments in academics, entrepreneurship, extracurricular activities, community service, and talents in areas such as writing, arts, and music.

Host Jharna Madan expressed her excitement about the event’s success, saying, “The 20 Under 20 awards event was an incredible success. It was a joy to see the youth take charge, with young emcees guiding the evening flawlessly and youth volunteers stepping up to help make everything run smoothly.” She further praised the energy in the room, noting how the keynote address by Bhowmik left everyone deeply motivated. “With such passionate and talented young individuals leading the way, it’s clear the future is in good hands,” Madan added.

Haasini Buddepu, one of the event’s emcees, also shared her enthusiasm. “The awards event showcased a wide range of exceptional individuals! It was inspiring to see such a diverse group of young individuals who have already accomplished so much,” she said. Reflecting on her experience as a host, Buddepu added, “Being an MC at this event was definitely a very joyous experience. Ms. Bhowmik’s and Mr. Mishra’s mature talks were not only motivational but also thought-provoking. The lessons each person’s story shares are ones I will carry with me for the rest of my life.”

Ayush Agrawal, the other emcee for the event, expressed similar sentiments, describing his experience of being honored two years ago and now returning as a host for the second time. “Being honored in the 20 Under 20 two years ago was a defining moment, and emceeing the event last year and again this year has been an incredible full-circle experience,” Agrawal said. He added, “It’s inspiring to witness new generations of young leaders pushing boundaries and making their mark.”

The “20 Under 20” awards serve as a platform to honor and celebrate young talent from diverse fields, showcasing their potential to become future leaders.

Millions of Gmail Users Face New Password Rules for Enhanced Security Starting September 30

On Monday, September 30, millions of Gmail users will encounter new password regulations aimed at improving the security of the world’s most widely used free email service. Google will cease to support access to Gmail account data from apps that are deemed less secure, including third-party applications and even devices that rely solely on username and password login protection. This move is part of a broader effort to bolster security, and here’s everything you need to know about these changes.

Google Ends Support for Google Sync and Less Secure Apps

For those surprised by this security overhaul, it’s worth noting that Google has been focused on enhancing password security for some time now. In fact, this particular update has been in the works for over a year. Last year, Google announced its intention to move away from outdated login methods that rely on just a username and password. Now, as the deadline approaches, Gmail users must prepare for a shift toward more secure login methods. This change is part of Google’s larger push to reduce the risk of account compromise and improve security for users of its Gmail service.

Starting from September 30, Google will no longer allow Gmail data to be accessed by apps and services that rely on less secure login methods. In particular, apps that depend on only a username and password to access Gmail accounts will no longer be supported. The aim of this change is to improve the security of Gmail accounts and prevent potential threats posed by weak or compromised passwords. The new rules apply to all Google Workspace accounts, including those that use protocols such as CalDAV, CardDAV, IMAP, POP, and Google Sync. These services will no longer accept password-based login credentials, meaning users will need to adopt a more secure method for accessing Gmail data.

Google’s Focus on Security

Google’s commitment to improving security has been evident throughout the month, as the tech giant has rolled out various new features aimed at protecting users. One of the major initiatives has been the introduction of passkeys to Chrome web browser users. These passkeys are now available across multiple platforms, including Windows, macOS, Linux, and Android, providing users with a more secure login option that doesn’t rely on passwords. Additionally, Google has been exploring post-quantum cryptography as a way to protect against future cyberattacks. This cutting-edge technology is designed to secure sensitive data against potential threats from quantum computers, which could one day be capable of breaking current encryption methods.

In the case of this specific Gmail password security update, Google has been working toward these changes for an extended period. The company has been encouraging users to adopt more secure login methods, and it issued a warning about the upcoming changes 12 months ago. Now that the deadline is approaching, users must be prepared to adjust to the new system. One of the key aspects of this update is the move away from password-based login credentials for accessing Gmail data. Instead, Google is requiring users to use a more secure authentication method known as OAuth.

What is OAuth and Why is it Important?

OAuth is a secure authorization framework that allows users to grant third-party applications limited access to their accounts without sharing their passwords. This is a significant improvement over traditional password-based login methods, as it reduces the risk of account compromise. OAuth tokens are used to authorize access, and these tokens are much harder for hackers to steal or exploit compared to passwords. By requiring apps to use OAuth for accessing Gmail data, Google is ensuring that users’ accounts are better protected against potential cyberattacks.

For users of Google Workspace accounts, this change will have a significant impact. Apps that previously used CalDAV, CardDAV, IMAP, POP, or Google Sync to access Gmail data will no longer be able to rely on password-based authentication. Instead, they must use OAuth to gain access. This means that users will need to update their apps and services to ensure they are compatible with the new system. While this may require some effort, the result will be a more secure and protected Gmail account.

Why Google is Making These Changes

The move away from password-based login methods is part of Google’s broader effort to improve the security of its services. Passwords have long been considered a weak point in online security, as they are often easy to guess or steal. In many cases, users choose weak passwords that are easily cracked by hackers, or they reuse the same password across multiple accounts, increasing the risk of compromise. Even strong passwords can be vulnerable to phishing attacks or other forms of cybercrime.

By requiring users to adopt more secure login methods, such as OAuth, Google is reducing the likelihood of these types of attacks. OAuth tokens are far more secure than passwords, as they are harder to steal and cannot be reused across multiple accounts. Additionally, OAuth allows users to grant limited access to their accounts, meaning that third-party apps can only access the data they need without gaining full control of the account.

How to Prepare for the New Gmail Password Rules

If you are a Gmail user who relies on third-party apps or services to access your email, it’s important to take action before September 30. The first step is to review the apps and services you currently use to access your Gmail account. If any of these apps rely on password-based login credentials, you will need to update them to use OAuth instead. Most modern apps already support OAuth, but if you are using an older app, you may need to switch to a more secure option.

Google has provided detailed instructions on how to update your apps and services to comply with the new rules. It’s a good idea to review these instructions and ensure that all of your apps are up-to-date before the deadline. Failure to do so could result in losing access to your Gmail account from these apps.

For users who are concerned about the security of their accounts, Google also recommends enabling two-factor authentication (2FA). This adds an extra layer of security to your account by requiring you to enter a code sent to your phone in addition to your password. With 2FA enabled, even if someone manages to steal your password, they won’t be able to access your account without the additional code.

Conclusion

As September 30 approaches, Gmail users should be prepared for significant changes to the way they access their accounts. Google’s new password rules are designed to improve security by requiring apps and services to use OAuth instead of password-based login methods. This change applies to all Google Workspace accounts, and it affects apps that use protocols such as CalDAV, CardDAV, IMAP, POP, and Google Sync. While the update may require some effort, it will ultimately result in a more secure and protected Gmail account. Users are encouraged to review their apps and services and ensure they are compatible with the new rules before the deadline arrives.

Jadeja Reaches 300 Test Wickets as India Bowl Out Bangladesh for 233 in Kanpur

India’s ace spinner Ravindra Jadeja claimed his 300th Test wicket on day four of the rain-affected Test in Kanpur, helping bowl out Bangladesh for 233 in their first innings. The match, held on September 30, saw Jadeja dismiss Khaled Ahmed, caught and bowled, in the afternoon session to reach this significant milestone. Bangladesh’s left-hander Mominul Haque remained unbeaten on 107.

Jadeja entered the match with 299 wickets to his name, needing just one more to reach 300. He achieved this feat in his 74th Test, becoming only the seventh Indian bowler to claim 300 wickets in Test cricket. Leading the illustrious list is Anil Kumble, who sits atop with 619 Test dismissals.

India’s fast bowler Jasprit Bumrah played a crucial role, taking three wickets in Bangladesh’s innings. Meanwhile, Mohammed Siraj, Ravichandran Ashwin, and Akash Deep each took two wickets, providing strong support for Jadeja.

Bangladesh’s Struggle and Rain Delays

The rain had heavily disrupted the match, with no play possible on September 28 and 29 due to rain and a wet outfield. Bangladesh resumed their innings on September 30 under clear skies at 107-3. Mominul Haque, who started the day unbeaten on 40, went on to score his 13th Test century before lunch. He reached his milestone by striking a boundary off Ashwin and celebrated by removing his helmet and bowing in acknowledgment.

Bumrah started the day with an aggressive and accurate spell, dismissing Mushfiqur Rahim for 11. He bowled a delivery that pitched, nipped back, and clipped the top of Mushfiqur’s off-stump, giving India a vital breakthrough. Litton Das then walked in and launched a counterattack, hitting three consecutive boundaries off Bumrah in one over.

However, Litton’s aggressive approach was short-lived. Siraj delivered a crucial breakthrough when skipper Rohit Sharma pulled off a brilliant one-handed catch at mid-off to send Litton back to the pavilion for 13. The crowd roared in approval of Rohit’s superb effort in the field.

Ashwin Strikes as Shakib Departs

Bangladesh’s captain, Shakib Al Hasan, came in at number six but could only manage to score nine runs before getting out. Ashwin bowled a deceptive delivery, and Siraj held on to a sharp catch while running backward from mid-off, ending Shakib’s stay at the crease. The 37-year-old Shakib, who had announced his retirement from international cricket on September 26, may have played his final Test match if he does not return for the upcoming series against South Africa.

Jadeja then cleaned up the tail, with his final delivery of the innings sending Khaled Ahmed back to the dressing room. This wicket marked Jadeja’s 300th Test scalp, securing his place among India’s bowling greats. He became only the seventh Indian bowler to reach the landmark, joining the ranks of legends like Anil Kumble, Kapil Dev, and Harbhajan Singh.

India in Control of the Series

The first two days of the Test match were frustratingly curtailed, with only 35 overs of play possible on the opening day before bad light forced the umpires to take the players off the field shortly after lunch. The interruptions due to the rain and poor light had left the Test hanging in balance, but India’s bowlers dominated the proceedings when play resumed on day four.

India currently leads the two-match Test series 1-0, having won the first Test in Chennai by a commanding margin of 280 runs. Their victory in Chennai was built on excellent all-around performances, including significant contributions from both the batsmen and bowlers. Now, with a strong showing on day four in Kanpur, they are in a solid position to push for a series win.

The final day of the Test will likely see India looking to bat quickly and build a lead before attempting to bowl out Bangladesh again.

Rekha Shines at IIFA Awards, SRK and Others Steal the Show

Veteran Bollywood actress Rekha once again captivated audiences with her grace and elegance as she took the stage on Day 2 of the prestigious International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) awards held in Abu Dhabi. Known for her timeless charm, Rekha performed the classic song “Piya Tose Naina Lage Re” from the film *Guide*, reminding everyone why she remains one of the most iconic stars of Indian cinema.

Dressed in a stunning pink Anarkali suit, Rekha looked nothing short of ethereal as she moved gracefully to the music. Her flawless performance exuded elegance, captivating the audience and bringing back memories of her earlier years in the industry. Her presence and poise on stage were a reminder of why she has been cherished by fans for decades.

Rekha’s performance not only showcased her talent but also drew comparisons to her past accolades from some of India’s greatest artists. One such moment that came to mind was the high praise she received from the legendary dancer Birju Maharaj. During the International Film Festival of India (IFFI) in 2013, the renowned Kathak maestro had spoken highly of Rekha’s beauty and elegance. He even told her that she looked like “a million bucks” and complimented her for losing weight. At the time, Rekha had graciously accepted the compliment and attributed her weight loss to a disciplined lifestyle and a healthy diet. The actress explained that it was her conscious efforts in maintaining her health and fitness that had helped her shed the extra pounds.

Rekha’s performance at IIFA was widely celebrated, and snippets of her graceful moves were shared by the official Instagram account of IIFA. The caption accompanying the videos expressed the admiration and excitement for the veteran actress, stating, “The night lights up as the iconic and ever-glowing Rekha gives a stunning performance on the stage of the NEXA IIFA Awards 2024.” Her presence truly lit up the night, and fans were left mesmerized by her ability to continue delivering breathtaking performances after so many years in the industry.

While Rekha’s performance was one of the highlights of the evening, she wasn’t the only one to entertain the audience. Bollywood superstar Shah Rukh Khan (SRK), along with actors Vicky Kaushal and filmmaker Karan Johar, also delivered an energetic dance performance on the IIFA stage. The trio set the stage ablaze with their moves to the song “Jhoome Jo Pathaan” from SRK’s blockbuster film Pathaan. Known for his signature charm and magnetic stage presence, SRK delighted the audience as he danced to the energetic beats of the song. His co-performers, Vicky Kaushal and Karan Johar, added their own flair, and together, the three had the audience on their feet, cheering and clapping along.

SRK’s presence at the IIFA awards wasn’t just limited to his performance on stage. The Bollywood icon also walked away with one of the night’s most coveted trophies – the award for Best Actor. Khan received the award for his stellar performance in his home production Jawan, directed by Atlee. Jawan had been one of the year’s biggest hits, and Khan’s portrayal of a multifaceted character in the action-packed drama earned him widespread acclaim. The win further solidified SRK’s position as one of the finest actors in Indian cinema, and his fans were thrilled to see him recognized for his hard work and dedication to his craft.

On the other hand, the Best Actress award was claimed by Rani Mukerji for her powerful performance in Mrs Chatterjee vs Norway. The film, which revolved around a mother’s fight against the Norwegian government to regain custody of her children, struck a chord with audiences and critics alike. Rani’s portrayal of a resilient and determined mother fighting against all odds resonated deeply with viewers, and her win at the IIFA awards was well-deserved.

The night also saw the Ranbir Kapoor-starrer Animal winning multiple awards. Directed by Vidhu Vinod Chopra, the film took home several prestigious accolades, including Best Picture. The gripping storyline, along with powerful performances, had made Animal one of the year’s standout films. Vidhu Vinod Chopra also won the award for Best Director, further cementing the film’s success at the IIFA awards. Ranbir Kapoor’s intense performance in the film was lauded, and his portrayal of a complex character in a dark and emotional narrative earned him high praise from critics and fans alike.

As the night unfolded, it became evident that the IIFA awards this year were not just about recognizing talent but also about celebrating the contributions of iconic stars and films that have left a lasting impact on Indian cinema. Rekha’s mesmerizing performance, SRK’s charismatic presence, and the celebration of films like Jawan, Mrs Chatterjee vs Norway, and Animal showcased the diversity and talent that Bollywood continues to offer.

The IIFA awards, held annually, have always been a platform to celebrate the best of Indian cinema on a global stage. The grandeur and excitement of the event attract fans and stars from across the world, making it one of the most anticipated events in the Bollywood calendar. This year’s ceremony in Abu Dhabi was no different, with glittering performances, emotional acceptance speeches, and well-deserved wins marking the night.

Rekha’s timeless grace, Shah Rukh Khan’s unmatched star power, and the overwhelming success of films like Jawan and Animal ensured that the 2024 IIFA awards will be remembered as a night of celebration, glamour, and unforgettable moments. For fans of Indian cinema, it was a night that brought together the past, present, and future of Bollywood, reminding everyone of the magic that these stars and films continue to bring to the screen.

Diamond Industry Crisis in Surat: Job Losses, Suicides, and Hope for Recovery Amid Global Downturn

Nikunj Tank, a worker in Surat, India’s diamond polishing capital, tragically took his own life in August after losing his job in May. The financial crisis that hit the unit where Tank had worked for seven years left him and many others unemployed. As the sole breadwinner for his family, Tank was left devastated. His father, Jayanti Tank, recounted, “He couldn’t find a job and unable to bear the loss, he took the extreme step.”

Surat, located in Gujarat, is responsible for polishing 90% of the world’s diamonds. With over 5,000 units and more than 800,000 polishers, the city is a major hub in the global diamond industry. The city boasts 15 major polishing units, each with annual revenues surpassing $100 million. However, the diamond industry in India has been in turmoil recently, suffering from a deep recession.

The fall in India’s exports of cut and polished diamonds has been steep, dropping from $23 billion in 2022 to $16 billion in 2023. Projections suggest this figure will decline further to $12 billion by 2024. The price of polished diamonds has also seen a significant decrease, falling between 5% and 27% in 2023. Analysts attribute this to a combination of oversupply and declining demand. Mahesh Virani, from Star Gems, explained that many polishing units continued producing despite reduced demand to avoid shutdowns, exacerbating their losses.

Over 30,000 workers have lost their jobs in the last six months alone due to the industry’s downturn, according to Gujarat’s Diamond Workers’ Union. The union has reported that 65 diamond workers have died by suicide in Gujarat over the past year and a half due to job losses and the financial strain. These figures were compiled from police records, family statements, and media reports, although the BBC has not independently verified them.

Experts suggest that various global factors have contributed to the industry’s decline. The Covid-19 pandemic, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the Israel-Gaza conflict, and falling demand in key markets have all had a negative impact. Vallabh Lakhani, chairman of Kiran Gems, commented, “The business of polished diamonds has gone down by more than 25-30% due to global recession.”

The war in Ukraine has played a particularly significant role. India imports about 30% of its rough diamonds from Russia, where Western sanctions have severely disrupted supplies. These rough diamonds, which are typically cut and polished in India, are sold primarily in Western markets. In March, the European Union and G7 nations imposed additional sanctions on Russian unpolished diamonds, including those polished in India and then sold through third countries. In response to this, India’s External Affairs Minister, S. Jaishankar, voiced concerns in April, stating that these sanctions were harming those lower down the supply chain more than Russia, as the latter often finds alternative markets.

In Surat, many traders echo this sentiment. Kirti Shah, a diamond exporter, noted, “India is at the low end of the value chain of the diamond industry. The country is highly dependent on the global market, both for raw materials as well as for final sales.” Key markets like the G7 countries, the UAE, and Belgium have all seen economic downturns, which has further impacted India’s diamond trade.

The rise of lab-grown diamonds, a more affordable alternative to natural stones, has also contributed to the current crisis. Lab-grown diamonds have become increasingly popular, pushing down demand for natural diamonds. Furthermore, the war in Gaza has added to the strain, as diamonds are a significant part of India’s trade with Israel.

“The diamond sector in Surat is passing through a bad phase,” said Kumar Kanani, a lawmaker from Gujarat’s ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). He noted that authorities were investigating the suicides connected to job losses and assured that “the government is ready to provide all possible help to polishers, traders, and businessmen.”

However, the families of workers who died have claimed they have received little assistance from the government. Many of the layoffs have occurred in small to medium-sized polishing units, where workers are employed to check the quality of rough diamonds and polish them. Larger players in the industry have not been immune to the crisis either. Last month, Kiran Gems, one of the biggest employers, asked its 50,000 workers to take a 10-day vacation due to the slowdown.

In response to the crisis, the Diamond Workers’ Union launched a helpline in July, which has since received over 1,600 calls from distressed polishers seeking either financial help or new employment opportunities.

Some families have suffered tragically because help did not arrive in time. Vaishali Patel lost her husband Nitin two years ago after he was laid off by the polishing unit he worked for. The unit had been forced to drastically reduce its workforce due to the downturn.

The crisis has also impacted brokers and traders. With little demand in the market, many brokers in Surat, like Dilip Sojitra, have found themselves with no work. “We have been sitting idle for days. There is hardly any sale or purchase,” Sojitra said.

Even the prices of lab-grown diamonds, which were initially a beacon of hope for the industry, have fallen sharply due to overproduction. Prices dropped from $300 to $78 per carat, hitting another sector of the diamond market. According to Nandlal Nakrani, president of the Surat Diamond Brokers Association, the situation could improve once the prices of rough diamonds decrease and those of polished diamonds rise.

Despite the gloomy outlook, there is still some optimism for the future. Industry veterans remember how the sector bounced back after the 2008 financial crisis, which had forced the closure of hundreds of polishing units and left thousands without jobs. Mr. Sojitra, one of many hoping for a turnaround, expressed confidence that upcoming festival seasons like Diwali, Christmas, and New Year could help boost sales and reinvigorate the market.

“This too shall pass,” Sojitra said, expressing a belief shared by many that the industry will eventually recover, just as it has in the past.

“World Heart Day” Celebrated at the National India Hub, Schaumburg, Illinois

The first ever “World Heart Day” was celebrated in Chicagoland at The National India Hub in Schaumburg, Illinois on September 28th, 2024, with a community-involved workshop on Heart Health. The event was inaugurated by the Consul General of Chicago Indian Consulate Honorable Somnath Ghosh, who lauded the efforts of the National India Hub leaders in serving communities. He commended the Founder of the National India Hub, Mr. Harish Kolasani for his dedication to the community service at the Hub and offered full support on behalf of the Chicago Indian Consulate.

Mr. Ghosh applauded the significant Indo-US contributions of the Founder of the National India Hub Community Health and CPR Training Center, Dr. Vemuri S Murthy, a renowned Indo-US expert in the field of Resuscitation, hailed as “Pioneer of Resuscitation Medicine in India” and “Global Champion of Resuscitation”.

The World Heart Day historic event was endorsed by the Chicago Medical Society, American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) and Indian American Medical Association, Illinois. Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI, the largest ethnic physician organization in the USA, extended the full support of AAPI for the National India Hub Healthcare programs.

The National India Hub with its comprehensive community support services has established recently a state-of-the art “Community Health and CPR Training Center” offering bystander CPR and AED training to members of community and High School Students to promote outcomes in heart emergencies with the guidance of Dr. Vemuri S Murthy.

World Heart Day is an annual event that raises awareness about cardiovascular disease (CVD) and on ways to prevent it. Established in 1999 by the World Health Organization (WHO) and the World Heart Federation (WHF), World Heart Day is celebrated on September 29th every year.
The 2024 theme of “Use Heart for Action” is supporting individuals to care for their hearts and empowering them to urge leaders to take cardiovascular health seriously by providing a global platform for action.

Cardiovascular Diseases (CVD) are the leading cause of death and disability among people of Indian origin. The CVD epidemic in Indians is characterized by a higher relative risk burden, an earlier age of onset, higher case fatality and higher premature deaths.

Heart Attack, Stroke, and Heart Failure result in the deaths of about 20.5 million people annually in the world. Studies have shown that 80% of these deaths are preventable. For decades, researchers have been trying to understand the reason for this increased burden and propensity of CVD among Indians.

According to the Cardiological Society of India (CSI), 36% of deaths in India are due to heart disease. The incidence of heart disease among Indians is 50-400% higher than other ethnic groups. About 50% of heart attacks occur in Indian men under the age of 50 years. 25% occur under 40 years. Indians and Indian diaspora (as South Asian Ethnic group) are more susceptible to heart disease than any other ethnic counterparts. More than 4200 sudden cardiac arrests occur per one lakh of the population in India annually, heart disease being the major contributor. 30-40% of these deaths occur between 35-64 years of age.

In his address, Dr. Vemuri Murthy thanked the Consul General for the ongoing support by the Chicago Indian Consulate to various community programs. Dr. Bharat Barai, the distinguished guest at the event, applauded the National India Hub’s contributions to Indo-US community healthcare programs. The Guest of Honor Mr. Ravi Baichwal, an eminent Emmy-Awardee and ABC News Anchor was recognized on this occasion for “his outstanding contributions to the broadcast journalism and ongoing support to community healthcare programs”. Mr. Baichwal released a video urging all to take care of their heart health seriously.
Link: https://wetransfer.com/downloads/1472ddab968db3a328ed1efcf7ba425f20240928023045/9aee196dda5712641b367400220e327e20240928023110/765bff

Healthy-Heart initiatives involving Indian diaspora in the USA. “Awareness, Early Detection, and Timely Interventions” are the keys to enhancing cardiac health and quality of life. The basics are stopping tobacco use, regular physical activity, healthy diet, maintaining an average weight, controlling blood pressure, cholesterol, and blood glucose, adequate sleep, and stress control through meditation/yoga. They should be tailored to the individual needs as advised by their Physicians, Dr. Murthy said.

A community-interactive two-hour workshop involving distinguished speakers Drs.Samir Shah, Meher Medvaram, Radhika Chimata, Gopika SenthilKumar and Deepali Aul on topics such as Cardiac disease among South Asians and Prevention, Heart disease among women and Heart-healthy diet was the highlight of the event. The program also provided EKG screenings and CPR Training for the attendees. Mrs. Smita Shah, the emcee for the program, thanked all the dignitaries and participants who attended the event.

Global Power Shift: The Rise of New Superpowers in the Next Decade

Despite economic challenges such as Brexit, the coronavirus pandemic, and ongoing trade disputes, the global economy is projected to experience significant growth over the next ten years. While these obstacles may create temporary headwinds, experts believe the world will still see steady economic progress. According to projections by the United Nations, the global population will reach 8.5 billion by 2030. Concurrently, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) predicts that the global economy will grow at a rate of 3.2% in 2024 and 3.3% in 2025.

Global defence spending has also seen a considerable rise. According to data from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), global military expenditure increased by 6.8% in real terms, reaching $2,443 billion compared to the previous year. This uptick in defence spending occurred across major regions, including the Americas, Europe, Asia, the Middle East, and Africa.

As a result, the distribution of global power is expected to shift from a unipolar system dominated by the United States to a multipolar framework. In this new world order, power will be spread among multiple states, corporations, and non-state actors. This shift will be driven by emerging economies, technological advancements, and evolving geopolitical dynamics. Several key factors will determine which countries emerge as the new global superpowers, including economic growth, military strength, technological innovation, and political influence.

In his “Great Powers Index 2024,” renowned investor Ray Dalio outlined the countries most likely to dominate the global stage in the coming decade. His analysis is based on various metrics, including economic output, military power, trade capabilities, and per capita strength. Dalio’s report highlights that while the United States remains the world’s dominant superpower, other nations like China and India are positioning themselves as major players in global affairs.

Top 10 Countries Expected to Emerge as Global Superpowers

The United States and China are recognized as the two most powerful nations in the world, with the U.S. likely to maintain its position as the leading superpower over the next decade. The United States continues to exert dominance in global financial markets and technological innovation. The U.S. dollar is involved in 85% to 90% of all foreign currency exchange trades, makes up 59% of the world’s foreign exchange reserves, and represents 61% of global stock market capitalization.

China, which ranks second on the list, is rapidly increasing its military strength, boasting the largest naval fleet in the world. It is also a major trading partner for many countries, contributing to its rise as a global superpower. However, China faces significant challenges, including high levels of debt and external conflict risks, which may hinder its progress.

According to Dalio’s index, the top ten countries poised to become global superpowers over the next ten years are:

  1. United States – With a total strength score of 0.89 and a per capita strength score of 0.71, the U.S. leads in terms of economic size, military power, and influence in global markets.
  2. China – With a total strength of 0.80 and a per capita strength of 0.30, China’s growing military and economic influence put it in second place, though it faces internal and external challenges.
  3. Eurozone – The Eurozone countries collectively rank third, with a total strength score of 0.56 and a per capita strength score of 0.43, driven by their economic size and integrated trade.
  4. Germany – Germany ranks fourth with a total strength of 0.38 and a per capita strength of 0.54, benefiting from its strong industrial base and influence within the European Union.
  5. Japan– Japan secures the fifth spot with a total strength score of 0.33 and a per capita strength of 0.40, supported by its technological innovation and economic stability.
  6. South Korea – South Korea ranks sixth with a total strength of 0.32 and a per capita strength of 0.54, leveraging its advancements in technology and manufacturing.
  7. India – India ranks seventh with a total strength of 0.30 and a per capita strength of 0.07, reflecting its growing economic output and potential for future growth.
  8. United Kingdom– The U.K. ranks eighth with a total strength score of 0.29 and a per capita strength of 0.46, benefiting from its financial markets and military power.
  9. France – France ranks ninth with a total strength of 0.27 and a per capita strength of 0.45, supported by its military capabilities and economic influence in Europe.
  10. Russia – Russia rounds out the top ten with a total strength of 0.26 and a per capita strength of 0.28, despite facing significant economic challenges and political isolation.

India’s Path to Becoming a Superpower

India, ranked seventh on Dalio’s list, is expected to experience rapid economic growth over the next decade. The country is forecasted to achieve the fastest real GDP growth globally, positioning it as a key player in the future global order. India is in a highly advantageous phase in both its economic and financial cycles, with a relatively low debt burden and strong projected growth.

According to the report, India is set to grow at an average rate of 6.3% annually over the next ten years. This growth will be driven by several factors, including a modest expansion of the workforce, competitive labor costs, high rates of investment, and a favorable cultural environment that encourages economic development. As the country continues to grow, its influence on the global stage is expected to rise significantly.

S&P Global Market Intelligence predicts that India’s nominal GDP will nearly double, reaching over $7 trillion by the fiscal year 2030-31, up from $3.6 trillion in the fiscal year 2023-24. This growth would make India the third-largest economy in the world, increasing its share of global GDP from 3.6% to 4.5%. Additionally, India’s per capita income is projected to rise to the level of upper-middle-income countries, further enhancing its global standing.

In conclusion, the global power dynamic is undergoing a significant shift, with emerging economies like China and India set to challenge the traditional dominance of the United States. While the U.S. is likely to remain the leading global superpower for the next decade, other nations are rapidly gaining strength and influence, leading to a more multipolar world order. Economic growth, military capabilities, technological advancements, and political power will determine the future superpowers in this evolving global landscape.

Israeli Airstrike Kills Hezbollah Leader Nasrallah Amid Rising Tensions

The death of Hezbollah’s Hassan Nasrallah in an Israeli airstrike marks a pivotal moment in the ongoing conflict between Israel and militant groups in the Middle East. President Joe Biden addressed the killing on Saturday, framing it as a “measure of justice” for the numerous victims of Nasrallah’s long-standing “reign of terror.” Nasrallah’s death, Biden emphasized, follows more than 40 years of violence attributed to the Hezbollah leader and his organization, known for targeting Americans, Israelis, and Lebanese civilians alike.

The airstrike that killed Nasrallah occurred in Beirut, a day after Israeli forces executed the attack. Hezbollah, the powerful Lebanese militant group, confirmed the loss of their leader on Saturday, sparking widespread reactions across the region. Biden contextualized Nasrallah’s demise within the broader framework of the conflict ignited by Hamas’ massacre of Israeli civilians on October 7, 2023. In a public statement, Biden said, “Nasrallah, the next day, made the fateful decision to join hands with Hamas and open what he called a ‘northern front’ against Israel.”

Hezbollah, under Nasrallah’s leadership, has been involved in various high-profile attacks on U.S. interests. These include the infamous 1983 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Beirut, which resulted in significant American casualties. The group was also responsible for the kidnapping and eventual death of a CIA station chief in the Lebanese capital. Additionally, Hezbollah has armed and trained militias responsible for attacks on U.S. forces during the Iraq War. Nasrallah’s death is seen as a crippling blow to Hezbollah, though the U.S. administration is cautiously navigating the situation to prevent a broader regional conflict.

The Biden administration quickly moved to distance itself from direct involvement in the Israeli operation, clarifying that it had not been informed of the airstrike beforehand. This careful approach reflects the U.S. strategy of managing the volatile Middle East situation, particularly the delicate balance between supporting Israel’s right to defend itself and avoiding a wider war that could engulf the region. Vice President Kamala Harris, in her own statement on Saturday, echoed Biden’s sentiment that Nasrallah’s death was “a measure of justice.” She emphasized the importance of diplomacy, stating, “Diplomacy remains the best path forward to protect civilians and achieve lasting stability in the region.”

Nasrallah’s death comes amid heightened tensions, with Biden’s top security advisors recently pushing for a cease-fire between Israel and Hezbollah. They hoped that such a truce could also revive stalled efforts to negotiate a cease-fire in Gaza, where fighting between Israel and Hamas continues. The Biden administration’s efforts at diplomacy are further complicated by Hezbollah’s close ties to Iran, which also backs Hamas. Following Nasrallah’s death, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu delivered a forceful speech to the United Nations, pledging that Israel’s military campaign would continue until all displaced Israeli citizens could return home. Shortly after Netanyahu’s speech, Israeli forces launched the fatal airstrike against Nasrallah.

In response to the killing, Biden reiterated his call for cease-fires in both Gaza and between Israel and Hezbollah. “It is time for these deals to close, for the threats to Israel to be removed, and for the broader Middle East region to gain greater stability,” he said on Saturday. This vision of peace, however, was immediately challenged by Iranian President Masoud Pezeshkian, who condemned the United States for its alleged complicity in Nasrallah’s death. Pezeshkian accused the U.S. of aiding Israel in executing the airstrike and declared that the international community would not forget that the “order of the terrorist strike was issued from New York.”

As a precautionary measure, the U.S. State Department has ordered the families of non-essential U.S. diplomats to leave Beirut due to the “volatile and unpredictable security situation” following the airstrike. Additionally, the U.S. embassy in Beirut has provided Americans in the country with information about potential assistance for leaving Lebanon. While no formal evacuations have been organized, the embassy’s advisory hinted at the possibility of such operations if the situation worsens. The State Department had previously warned Americans against all travel to Lebanon, citing the escalating instability throughout the region.

The evacuation measures, which allow for the voluntary departure of non-essential diplomatic staff and their families at government expense, underscore the severity of the security concerns in Lebanon. The State Department regularly issues such directives in regions where the safety of American personnel is at risk. While an “ordered departure” requires those affected to leave the country, an “authorized departure” provides them the option to do so at their discretion.

Meanwhile, President Biden and Vice President Harris have been closely monitoring the situation in the Middle East from their respective locations. Biden, spending the weekend at his Delaware vacation home, and Harris, who is campaigning in California, held a call with their national security advisors on Saturday to discuss the rapidly evolving conflict. Biden remained firm in his stance on a cease-fire, responding to reporters’ questions by saying, “It’s time for a cease-fire.” However, concerns about the conflict escalating further persist, particularly as U.S. military officials continue to evaluate troop deployments and strategic posture in the region.

On Friday, Biden directed the Pentagon to reassess and potentially adjust U.S. force posture in the Middle East in response to the mounting tensions. The Pentagon had already announced earlier in the week that additional U.S. troops would be deployed to the region to address growing security concerns. The exact number of troops remains unspecified, but the move signals the administration’s efforts to bolster deterrence and ensure the safety of American personnel and assets in the area.

With Hezbollah’s Nasrallah now dead, the situation in the Middle East remains precarious. The death of one of the region’s most notorious figures is a major development, yet it also risks escalating an already volatile conflict. Both the U.S. and Israeli governments are hoping for cease-fires to take root in Gaza and along Israel’s northern border with Hezbollah. However, with ongoing military operations and diplomatic efforts hampered by deep-rooted hostilities, achieving lasting peace remains an uphill battle.

Indian Diaspora: A Global Influence Across Continents

The Indian diaspora represents a thriving and influential community spread across the globe, contributing significantly to the cultural, economic, and social landscapes of various countries. From the island nation of Mauritius to the bustling streets of New York and Silicon Valley in the United States, the Indian community has left an indelible mark, enriching the societies they are part of while maintaining a strong connection to their heritage.

The widespread Indian diaspora encompasses non-resident Indians (NRIs), persons of Indian origin (PIOs), and overseas Indians, collectively forming one of the most diverse and influential expatriate communities globally. According to the Get Global Immigration Services (GIS), a significant number of Indian expatriates are scattered across several countries, including the United States, the UAE, Malaysia, Saudi Arabia, and the United Kingdom. This vibrant community has managed to influence both their host nations and India through various contributions.

Mauritius: A Strong Cultural Connection

Mauritius stands as one of the most prominent examples of a nation deeply influenced by its Indian population. With approximately 70% of its residents tracing their ancestry back to India, the island reflects a profound connection to Indian culture. Indian traditions thrive in cities such as Port Louis, Quatre Bornes, and Curepipe, where the diaspora enjoys a mix of cultural richness and the beauty of nature, surrounded by picturesque white-sand beaches. The Indian influence in Mauritius is undeniable, with festivals, music, dance, and cuisine blending seamlessly into the island’s daily life.

United States: A Hub of Indian-American Success

The United States is home to over 4 million Indian Americans, making it one of the largest Indian populations outside of India. This community has established itself in major urban areas such as Silicon Valley, New York, Chicago, and Houston. These cities serve as hubs for Indian professionals, entrepreneurs, students, and families, where they foster cultural exchange and celebrate traditional festivals like Diwali and Holi. The Indian community has made significant contributions to the U.S. economy, particularly in the technology and healthcare sectors.

Reflecting on the vibrant cultural presence, cities like New York and Silicon Valley witness large-scale celebrations of Indian festivals, showcasing the community’s commitment to preserving their heritage. The economic contributions of Indian Americans, especially in fields such as technology, medicine, and education, have earned them a reputation for excellence and influence.

UAE: Driving Economic Growth

The Indian expatriate community in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) has grown rapidly over the years, with over 3 million Indians now residing in the country. Indians play a crucial role in the UAE’s development, particularly in industries like construction, healthcare, and finance. The cultural presence of Indians in the UAE is also significant, with festivals such as Diwali being celebrated on a grand scale. “Indians have become an integral part of the UAE’s economic landscape, contributing across various sectors,” reports GIS.

Indian expatriates in the UAE have become pillars of the workforce, particularly in labor-intensive sectors, and their contributions have helped shape the nation’s modern infrastructure and economy. In return, they enjoy a vibrant expatriate life that balances work and cultural celebration.

Malaysia: A Diverse Indian Community

Malaysia is home to a diverse Indian community comprising Tamils, Malayalees, Punjabis, and Bengalis, who have played a significant role in the country’s socio-economic development. Indians in Malaysia have contributed to sectors ranging from trade to politics, with their cultural impact seen in religious celebrations, such as Thaipusam, and traditional arts like Bharatanatyam.

In cities like Kuala Lumpur and Penang, the Indian community continues to flourish, contributing to Malaysia’s diverse cultural mosaic. Their influence extends to education, commerce, and politics, making them a vital part of the nation’s progress.

Saudi Arabia: Building the Kingdom

Saudi Arabia hosts a large Indian workforce, particularly in fields like construction, healthcare, and information technology. Indian expatriates have played a key role in the development of Saudi Arabia’s infrastructure, contributing to the kingdom’s growth over the decades. The celebration of Indian festivals such as Diwali and Holi in Saudi Arabia brings a sense of home to the expatriates, allowing them to maintain their cultural identity.

Despite the challenges of living in a different cultural environment, the Indian community in Saudi Arabia has created a significant presence, making substantial contributions to the kingdom’s economy and labor market.

Myanmar: A Legacy of Indian Presence

The Indian community in Myanmar dates back centuries, with roots in ancient trade routes. Over the years, Indians have become integral to the country’s economic framework, particularly in sectors like trade, manufacturing, and finance. This long-standing presence has left a cultural mark on Myanmar, with Indian traditions continuing to influence the country’s social and economic fabric.

The contributions of Indian expatriates to Myanmar’s economic landscape have helped shape the country’s progress, creating a legacy of cooperation and development.

### Canada: A Multicultural Tapestry

Canada has become a favored destination for Indian immigrants, offering opportunities for a better quality of life. With over 1.6 million Indians now residing in the country, they have seamlessly integrated into Canadian society while retaining their cultural identity. Canadian cities like Toronto and Vancouver are home to vibrant Indian communities that celebrate their heritage through festivals, food, and religious observances. “The Indian community has enriched Canada’s multicultural landscape through its traditions and values,” GIS notes.

The contributions of Indian Canadians extend beyond cultural celebrations; they are actively involved in shaping Canada’s economy, politics, and education system, making them a vital part of the nation’s diversity.

United Kingdom: A Historical Bond

The United Kingdom’s Indian community is deeply rooted in the country’s colonial history. Today, Indians are a prominent part of British society, with over 1.7 million residents of Indian origin. London, in particular, is home to a thriving Indian population that has made significant contributions to various fields, including politics, business, and academia.

The Indian community in the UK continues to preserve its cultural heritage while contributing to the nation’s development, making them a respected and influential group.

South Africa: A Community with a Purpose

South Africa’s Indian community dates back to the colonial era when Indian laborers were brought to work in the sugar plantations. Today, Indians in South Africa have become a vital part of the country’s cultural and political landscape. The legacy of Indian leaders like Mahatma Gandhi, who began his activism in South Africa, continues to inspire the community’s contributions to the nation.

Indian traditions and values have been woven into South African society, with the community playing an active role in the nation’s progress.

Singapore: A Dynamic Presence

Singapore is home to a vibrant Indian diaspora that plays a significant role in the island’s multicultural society. Little India, one of the most iconic cultural districts in Singapore, is a testament to the strong ties between the Indian community and the country. Singapore’s institutions have also attracted many Indian students, further strengthening the relationship between the two nations.

The Indian community in Singapore contributes to the country’s economic and cultural life, making it an essential part of the island’s identity.

Across the world, the Indian diaspora continues to influence their host countries while staying connected to their roots. Whether in technology, culture, or politics, Indians abroad have made a lasting impact on global society.

Religious Nationalism Under Fire at New York Events

This past weekend, the Federation of Indian American Christian Organizations of North America (FIACONA) was represented at two significant events in New York City, standing alongside activists, faith leaders, and civil society members to address religious nationalism and the persecution of religious minorities. On Friday, September 20, at 2 PM, an interfaith press conference took place during the Annual United Nations General Assembly. The event, held at 777 United Nations Plaza, was titled “The Scourge of Religious Nationalisms” and aimed to bring attention to the growing dangers posed by religious nationalism worldwide.

The press conference was organized under the banner of The Religious Nationalism Project (TRNP), a collaborative initiative designed to amplify diverse voices and raise awareness about the harm that religious nationalism inflicts on democratic societies. Speakers emphasized the threat posed by religious nationalism, which, they argued, undermines democracy by promoting divisive ideologies that distort religious teachings for political gain.

Several influential figures spoke at the event, including The Reverend Peter Cook, Executive Director of the New York State Council of Churches; The Reverend Neal Christie, Executive Director of FIACONA; Rabbi Barat Ellman from Rabbis for Ceasefire; The Reverend Chloe Breyer, Executive Director of the Interfaith Center of New York; Imam Saffet Catovic, Director of the UN Office of Justice for All; Sahar Alsahlani, Board Member of the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR)-NY; Nikhil Arur, an organizer from Hindus for Human Rights; and The Reverend Dr. Gideon Jebamani, Board Member of both FIACONA and the New York State Council of Churches.

Here are key excerpts from some of the speakers who highlighted FIACONA’s efforts in combating religious nationalism:

The Reverend Peter Cook

The Reverend Peter Cook, a Board Member of FIACONA and Executive Director of the New York State Council of Churches, emphasized the dangers posed by religious nationalism. He began by stating, “We address the scourge of religious nationalism as heads of state come to New York for the annual United Nations General Assembly.” Cook highlighted the broad coalition of faith groups and civil society organizations that had gathered to denounce the misuse of religion by governments and politicians to advance supremacist agendas.

Cook pointed out that governments often use religion to justify harmful policies. “We are also concerned about his [President Biden’s] tepid willingness to stand up to Narendra Modi and his Hindu nationalist cause, which twists the Hindu faith to justify genocidal actions and ethnocentric violence,” he said, criticizing the U.S. government for not doing enough to address the issue in India. He stressed that religious nationalism is a global problem, noting how various religions—including Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Judaism—can be weaponized to suppress religious minorities. “We reject all forms of religious nationalism, as they are anti-democratic and strip billions of people worldwide of their religious freedom,” Cook declared.

The Reverend Neal Christie

The Reverend Neal Christie, Executive Director of FIACONA and a principal of The Religious Nationalisms Project, gave a powerful address linking religious nationalism in India to broader global threats. He criticized Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi for creating “a valley of despair for over 1.4 billion people,” by propagating a vision of a Hindu supremacist state. Christie highlighted the deepening oppression faced by India’s marginalized communities, including Dalits, Indigenous peoples, and religious minorities.

Christie referenced a significant legal precedent in India where the Supreme Court declared Lord Ram, a Hindu deity, as a “juristic person,” giving him legal standing in a property dispute over the Babri Masjid in Ayodhya. “Tell me, in what other secular democracy except India, has one God been determined to be a ‘juristic person,’ allowing him to claim ownership of land?” Christie asked. He further stressed the international ramifications of India’s slide toward religious nationalism, quoting Dr. Fernand de Varennes, former UN Special Rapporteur for Minorities, who warned that India is becoming a major global source of instability due to the systemic persecution of minorities.

Christie recounted alarming statistics from 2023, noting a rise in attacks on Christians in India, with religious nationalists targeting over 1,570 Christians and killing more than 200. “Hate crimes have justified the demolition of 300 churches and the extrajudicial arrests of thousands,” he said. Christie called on the United Nations to investigate these violations and to support religious and human rights organizations working on the frontlines. “Now is the time to create an independent multilateral Truth and Reparations commission to investigate the systemic harm inflicted on Christians and other religious minorities by the Indian government,” he urged.

Reverend Dr. Gideon Jebamani

Reverend Dr. Gideon Jebamani, a Dalit advocate and Board Member of FIACONA, spoke about the oppression of Dalit Christians in India, calling it a profound human rights violation. He described how religious nationalism marginalizes minority groups and denies them the right to practice their faith. “In India, religious nationalism excludes all minorities of other faith groups, denying their right to practice their beliefs,” Jebamani said, adding that critics of the government are labeled as “anti-social” or “terrorists” and jailed without trial.

Jebamani condemned the false accusations against Christians in states like Uttar Pradesh, where they are often jailed for allegedly converting others to Christianity. “This is the damage that religious nationalism brings to humanity,” he said. Jebamani called for a united effort to ensure that all people, regardless of their religious affiliation, have the freedom to practice their faith. “Together, let us raise our voices against any religious nationalist movement that seeks to strip away human dignity and freedom,” he concluded.

Pieter Friedrich

Journalist Pieter Friedrich, a Board Member of FIACONA, focused his remarks on the broader global implications of religious nationalism, highlighting the rise of Christian nationalism in the United States. “Here in America, one of our most pressing concerns is the rise of Christian nationalism,” Friedrich said, noting that while it has not yet fully achieved power, its growing influence is cause for alarm. He linked the U.S. experience to the rise of Hindu nationalism in India and Jewish nationalism in Israel, warning of a global trend toward theocratic authoritarianism.

Friedrich noted a recent conference in Washington, D.C., where leaders from Jewish, Christian, and Hindu nationalist movements gathered to forge alliances. “It was a confluence of Jewish, Christian, and Hindu nationalism that vividly illustrated how these movements are forming alliances with each other,” he said. Friedrich emphasized the need for people of faith to stand against the weaponization of religion for political gain. “Our call is to educate, agitate, and organize,” he said, urging those in attendance to continue raising awareness about the dangers of religious nationalism.

The speakers at the event sent a clear message: religious nationalism, in any form, is a threat to democracy and human rights. They called for global action to combat the rise of religious extremism and protect the freedoms of all people, regardless of their faith.

India’s Ambitious Drive to Become a Semiconductor Powerhouse

India, the world’s fifth-largest economy, has set its sights on becoming a global semiconductor leader. The country, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has laid out ambitious goals to boost its semiconductor sector, aiming to grow its electronics industry from $155 billion today to $500 billion by 2030. This target has generated a mix of skepticism and optimism, with experts highlighting both the opportunities and challenges that lie ahead.

Despite the high aspirations, there’s a consensus among industry insiders that India cannot achieve this milestone alone. Eri Ikeda, an assistant professor at the Department of Management Studies at the Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, noted that while the pace of progress is promising, the country is essentially starting from scratch. “While the speed of development seems to be fast and the momentum is there, India has just started to embark on the semiconductor industry development from scratch,” she said.

Globally, Taiwan is the leading chipmaker, holding 44% of the market share, followed by China with 28%, South Korea at 12%, the U.S. with 6%, and Japan at 2%, according to data from Taiwanese consultancy Trendforce. For India to compete at this level, collaboration with established industry leaders is crucial.

Rishi Bhatnagar, chair of the Institution of Engineering and Technology’s future tech panel, pointed out that partnerships with international companies are key to India’s success. He referenced Taiwan’s Powerchip Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation working with Tata Electronics to establish India’s first 12-inch wafer fabrication plant in Gujarat. Additionally, American chipmaker Micron Technology is expected to produce India’s first semiconductor chip by 2025. Last week, U.S. chipmaker Analog Devices and Tata Group signed an agreement to explore semiconductor product development in India. “These examples show that collaboration is necessary,” Bhatnagar emphasized.

Learning from China

India is increasingly seen as a potential alternative to China for companies looking to diversify their supply chains. However, analysts caution that India must first master the complexities of semiconductor manufacturing, as its industry is still in its infancy. Despite this, China remains India’s top trading partner, with bilateral trade between the two nations reaching $118.4 billion in financial year 2024. India’s imports of telecom and smartphone components from China amounted to $4.2 billion, data from the Ministry of External Affairs showed.

Bhatnagar acknowledged the gap between India and China in terms of semiconductor manufacturing but expressed optimism about India’s ability to catch up. “India is far behind China in semiconductor manufacturing. Although India may be able to run fast and catch up, China will be running faster,” he remarked, adding that collaboration between the two countries is essential.

Even China, which is striving to keep up with Taiwan’s TSMC and other semiconductor giants, has been scaling up its industry by importing vast amounts of equipment from the U.S. and Japan, Ikeda noted. She highlighted that India should learn from China’s experience as it builds its semiconductor sector.

Strengthening U.S. Ties

India’s semiconductor ambitions align with its strategy to deepen ties with the U.S., as both countries aim to counterbalance China’s dominance. In September, the U.S. Department of State announced a partnership with the India Semiconductor Mission and the country’s electronics and IT ministry to enhance the global semiconductor value chain. This move came shortly before the Biden administration imposed new export controls on critical technologies, including semiconductor goods, aimed at limiting China’s progress in AI and computing.

For the U.S., collaborating with India offers an opportunity to diversify its chip supply sources, reducing dependence on Taiwan. Bhatnagar pointed out the strategic advantages of the partnership. “They’re investing in a democratically elected country with a legal framework and a growing number of English speakers. So when two democracies are talking, that’s a very different kind of discussion. And we need to accept and agree this is needed when global scenarios are changing,” he said.

Indian Prime Minister Modi’s recent meetings with tech CEOs, including Nvidia’s Jensen Huang and Google’s Sundar Pichai, have further underscored the country’s growing importance in the global tech landscape. Huang described this as “India’s moment” and pledged to work closely with the nation. Leaders of other semiconductor firms, such as GlobalFoundries’ Thomas Caulfield and AMD’s Lisa Su, were also part of the discussions.

Analysts suggest that India’s focus on semiconductors could bolster U.S. standing in its “chip war” with China. Ikeda remarked that India’s willingness to attract both U.S. and Chinese investments could ultimately position the country as a competitor to these global giants if its efforts are successful. However, she cautioned that India faces significant challenges, particularly in terms of infrastructure and investment.

India’s Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal echoed these sentiments, acknowledging the country’s early stage in semiconductor development. “We are encouraging [the] semiconductor industry in a big way. We started building up the ecosystem, which is essential before we can see more and more foundries coming into the country to the actual chip making,” Goyal said.

India’s Advantages

While India has a long way to go before it becomes a semiconductor powerhouse, it does have several advantages. One of the most significant is its low labor costs, which make the country an attractive option for companies seeking to reduce their dependence on China. In New Delhi, the monthly minimum wage for skilled workers is 21,215 Indian rupees ($253.85), compared to 2,420 yuan ($344.30) in Beijing. Minimum wages vary across states and provinces in both countries, but the general cost difference is significant.

Ikeda believes that if India can improve its technological capabilities and offer competitively priced products, it could gain an edge over China. “If India can become more technologically advanced and cater to the global demand with cheaper and fair quality products, it will have a competitive advantage over China,” she said.

With its growing population and potential to become the world’s second-largest economy by 2075, according to Goldman Sachs, India has already attracted major tech investors like Apple and Google. Tarun Pathak, research director at Counterpoint Research, noted that Apple is now exporting more products from India than it sells domestically. “It’s huge domestic market and young nation that gives India an edge,” Pathak added.

India’s progress in infrastructure development is also expected to bolster its semiconductor ambitions. In the interim budget for 2025, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman estimated that capital expenditure would rise by 11.1% to 11.11 trillion rupees ($133.9 billion), with a focus on railways and airports. This infrastructure will be crucial for supporting the country’s semiconductor supply chain. Bhatnagar highlighted that the semiconductor industry’s needs are unique, as chips are small items that can be transported efficiently by air rather than requiring large cargo ships.

As demand for semiconductors continues to rise globally, India is positioning itself as a solution for companies looking to cut costs and meet growing needs. Samir Kapadia, CEO of India Index, expressed confidence in India’s ability to reach its semiconductor goals. “I would not bet against India. When you look around the world, there are very few places where you can see the right kind of infrastructure, economics, stability and workforce to actually achieve this goal,” he said.

Kamala Harris Leads Trump by 38 Points Among Asian American Voters, Survey Reveals

Vice President Kamala Harris holds a commanding 38-point lead over former President Donald Trump in a recent survey targeting Asian American voters. This survey, conducted by the Asian and Pacific Islander American Vote (APIAVote) and AAPI Data, shows Harris’s dominance in this key demographic as she continues her campaign for the 2024 presidential election.

The poll, carried out by the National Opinion Research Center (NORC) at the University of Chicago, indicates a significant surge in support for Harris and the Democratic ticket. Since President Biden’s decision to step out of the race, Harris’s support among Asian American voters has grown by 23 points. The data places Harris in a strong position, with 66 percent of Asian American voters backing her, compared to just 28 percent supporting Trump. The remaining six percent are either undecided or favor other candidates.

Christine Chen, co-founder and executive director of APIAVote, spoke to the significance of these results: “These results reinforce what we’ve been hearing and seeing from the Asian American community since July: they are re-energized and poised to once again play a decisive role in the election.” The growing enthusiasm among Asian American voters suggests that this demographic could indeed be a major factor in determining the outcome of the 2024 election.

The survey further highlights Harris’s increasing favorability among Asian American voters. Sixty-two percent now view her positively, reflecting an 18-point rise in approval since the April-May period of 2024. Meanwhile, Trump’s favorability among the same group remains far lower, with only 28 percent of respondents holding a positive opinion of the former president. A significant 70 percent of respondents view Trump unfavorably, underscoring the challenges his campaign faces in winning over this growing demographic.

The popularity of the Democratic ticket extends beyond Harris, as the poll also indicates that Tim Walz, the Democratic vice-presidential nominee, is far more popular among Asian American voters than his Republican counterpart, JD Vance. Walz enjoys a 56 percent favorability rating, while only 21 percent of respondents view Vance positively. This disparity in favorability between the two vice-presidential candidates further strengthens the Democratic Party’s appeal among Asian American voters.

Karthick Ramakrishnan, executive director of AAPI Data, emphasized the importance of the Asian American and Pacific Islander (AAPI) electorate in the upcoming election. “Asian American and Pacific Islander voters are poised to play a pivotal role in this election. Instead of speculating about how AAPI voters are reacting to the Harris, Walz, and Vance candidacies, we have nationally representative survey data to inform news coverage and public understanding,” Ramakrishnan said. His remarks underscore the growing influence of AAPI voters, whose voting patterns have often been overlooked in previous elections.

In addition to favorability ratings, the survey also reveals a notable rise in voter engagement within the Asian American community. Seventy-seven percent of Asian American voters expressed certainty that they would vote in the upcoming election, a significant increase from 68 percent earlier in the year. This heightened level of voter commitment suggests that outreach efforts by both political parties are having an impact.

The Democratic Party appears to be making more significant inroads with Asian American voters, as 62 percent of respondents reported having been contacted by the Democratic Party. In comparison, 46 percent said they had been contacted by the Republican Party. This difference in voter outreach may further explain Harris’s strong lead among Asian American voters, as consistent communication often plays a crucial role in securing voter loyalty.

Harris’s appeal to Asian American voters is multifaceted. While her identity as an Asian Indian or South Asian is significant to some, her identity as a woman resonates more strongly within this demographic. Thirty-eight percent of Asian American voters in the survey emphasized the importance of her gender, while 27 percent highlighted her ethnic background. This demonstrates that voters are responding to both Harris’s gender and heritage, though her role as a woman appears to carry more weight with a larger portion of the electorate.

The findings of the 2024 AAPI Voter Survey provide valuable insights into the voting trends of Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Islanders. The survey, conducted between September 3 and 9, 2024, reflects the growing importance of these communities in the national political landscape.

As the fastest-growing electorate in the United States, Asian American voters are increasingly viewed as a crucial bloc in the race for the presidency. The support Harris has garnered within this group further solidifies her position as a formidable candidate. Given the increasing voter engagement, as evidenced by the survey results, Asian American voters may very well play a decisive role in shaping the outcome of the 2024 election.

This shift in favor of the Democratic ticket among Asian American voters is a significant development as both parties compete for key demographic groups in battleground states. Harris’s ability to connect with Asian American voters, particularly as a woman and a representative of their community, is proving to be a vital asset for the Democratic campaign.

In contrast, Trump’s inability to improve his favorability among this demographic suggests that his campaign faces an uphill battle in trying to win over Asian American voters. With 70 percent of respondents viewing him unfavorably, it remains unclear how the former president plans to reverse these trends before Election Day.

The rise in voter engagement among Asian Americans also reflects broader efforts to increase participation within historically underrepresented communities. With voter turnout among Asian Americans rising, both political parties will likely continue to invest in outreach efforts to win over this crucial voting bloc.

The 2024 AAPI Voter Survey underscores the pivotal role that Asian American voters are expected to play in the upcoming election. With Harris holding a significant lead over Trump and the Democratic ticket receiving strong support from this demographic, the results suggest that Asian American voters will be instrumental in shaping the outcome of the 2024 presidential race. As voter outreach efforts intensify and engagement continues to rise, Asian American voters are poised to make their voices heard in a significant way this election season.

India, the Most Populous Country, Faces Declining Population Growth

India, currently the world’s most populous nation, is experiencing a decline in its population growth rate, as indicated by a recent report from the economic research department of the State Bank of India. The report, titled “Precursor to Census 2024: The Fine Prints of a Rapidly Changing Nation,” estimates India’s population in 2024 to be between 138 and 142 crore.

Despite an increase in absolute numbers, the growth rate of the population is decreasing. According to the report, the average annual exponential growth rate has fallen from 1.63 percent in 2011 to 1.2 percent in 2024. This growth rate peaked at 2.22 percent in 1971. The reduction in growth rate suggests that India’s population will grow at a slower pace over the coming decade.

As indicated by the report’s title, the study was published in anticipation of the forthcoming census. Union Home Minister Amit Shah announced on September 17 that the census process, which had been halted due to the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, is set to resume shortly.

The SBI report notes that while southern states, including Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, and Telangana, are contributing less to national population growth compared to 2011, northern states, particularly Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, are experiencing significant increases. It is projected that these two states will account for approximately 33 percent of the overall population growth.

Furthermore, the combined share of the northern and eastern regions has risen to about 52 percent, up from 51 percent in 2011. In contrast, both the eastern and southern regions are witnessing a decrease in their population shares relative to a decade earlier.

The report also analyzed data on the number of births, adjusting for infant mortality rates from total live births, revealing that both North and East India are leading the population growth. In the southern region, however, the number of annual births is continuously declining. “In the southern region, where addition to yearly babies (after adjustment) are declining uninterruptedly,” the report noted.

In 2001, the number of babies born was 24.2 million, which rose to 25.1 million in the 2011 census. Projections for 2024 suggest an increase to 26.7 million births.

The youth population in India, defined as those aged 15 to 59, has shown an upward trend since 1971 and is expected to reach 64.4 percent by 2021, with a further increase to 65.2 percent by 2031, according to the report. This trend is promising for the nation’s productivity.

India’s median age is projected to rise from 24 years in 2021 to between 28 and 29 years by 2023-24, solidifying its status as one of the youngest nations globally. This suggests that while the overall population growth is slowing, the working-age population is set to expand.

“India fares quite well on this parameter with China, whose median age now comes to 39.5 years against 34.5 years in 2011… The demographic dividends can be huge and a growth multiplier in the coming decade,” the report elaborated.

As India’s demographic dividend increases, it has the potential to act as a significant catalyst for economic growth in the years ahead.

Consulate General of India in New York Reassures Indian American Community Amid Confusion Over OCI Cardholder Status

The Consulate General of India in New York has addressed growing concerns and misleading reports about the status of Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cardholders. On Saturday, the Consulate issued a statement aiming to clarify the situation and reassure the Indian American community. “We have come across news reports spreading false information that restrictions have been placed on OCI cardholders in the recent past. Friends in the Indian American community are hereby informed that no new change has been introduced for OCI cardholders. Provisions of the Gazette Notification dated March 4, 2021, regarding the rights of OCI cardholders, continue to remain in force,” the statement emphasized.

The Consulate’s response comes in the wake of widespread claims that the Indian government had recently reclassified OCI cardholders as “foreign nationals,” a move that was said to strip away various privileges these cardholders previously enjoyed. According to the alleged changes, OCI cardholders would now need permits to visit certain regions, making travel to India more complicated for the Indian diaspora worldwide. This development triggered concern among Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), many of whom viewed the rumored restrictions as an unnecessary increase in bureaucratic hurdles that could hinder their ability to travel, conduct business, and engage in religious activities in India.

The supposed changes caused a wave of frustration within the Indian diaspora, with many voicing their disappointment over the potential impact on their long-standing connection to India. Critics have pointed out that the perceived restrictions could harm the relationship between India and its overseas citizens. OCI cardholders play a crucial role in India’s economy, especially as contributors to Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), and there are growing fears that any perceived shift in their status could damage trust, discourage further investments, and weaken economic ties.

Calls for legal protections for NRI investments have gained momentum in response to these concerns. Many argue that NRIs and OCI cardholders deserve clearer and more stable legal safeguards, given their significant contributions to various sectors in India, including real estate, education, and technology. If the reported restrictions were to be enforced, critics warn that it could send a negative message to overseas investors, potentially discouraging them from contributing to India’s growth.

Adding to the confusion, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) also weighed in on the controversy. According to a report by CNBC-TV18, the MEA clarified that the Indian government is not introducing any new rules but is simply implementing the regulations that were notified in March 2021. The ministry reiterated that there has been no recent change to the status or rights of OCI cardholders. These rules, the ministry explained, had already been outlined in the Gazette Notification issued in March 2021, which remains the governing document for OCI cardholders’ rights and responsibilities.

Nevertheless, the reclassification of OCI cardholders as “foreigners” has continued to stir dissatisfaction among members of the OCI community. Many cardholders have expressed feelings of marginalization, arguing that the classification does not fully reflect their deep connections to India. Some have raised complaints about the bureaucratic challenges they face, pointing to increased requirements that could complicate not just travel but also other activities, such as business dealings and personal engagements in India.

For years, the OCI card has served as a vital link for members of the Indian diaspora who wish to maintain close ties to their country of origin while living abroad. By holding an OCI card, individuals are granted several privileges, including the right to visit India without a visa for most purposes, the ability to own property, and certain benefits in education and employment. However, the card does not provide the same rights as Indian citizenship, such as the ability to vote or hold public office. Despite these limitations, the OCI program has been seen as an essential means for the Indian government to engage with its vast diaspora, which has historically maintained strong connections to India’s cultural, social, and economic life.

In light of these rumors, many OCI cardholders and members of the broader Indian diaspora are seeking more detailed clarifications from the government. While the Consulate General’s statement and the Ministry of External Affairs’ response have provided some reassurance, the ongoing concern reflects broader anxieties about the potential for changing relationships between India and its overseas citizens. Many within the diaspora have expressed hope that the Indian government will continue to honor the historical ties that bind them to India, ensuring that any changes to regulations are communicated clearly and with sensitivity to the unique needs of NRIs and OCI cardholders.

Meanwhile, calls for additional legal protections and clearer policies surrounding NRI investments and rights continue to grow. Critics argue that while the Indian government has successfully attracted FDI from overseas Indians in the past, it must now ensure that future policies do not create uncertainty or undermine the trust that has been built over the years. By offering greater transparency and consistency, the government can safeguard the vital contributions that NRIs and OCI cardholders make to India’s economy and society.

The controversy over the reclassification of OCI cardholders underscores the delicate balance that the Indian government must maintain in its dealings with its global diaspora. As India seeks to boost its international influence and foster stronger ties with NRIs, it must be mindful of the complex and sometimes fragile nature of these relationships. OCI cardholders, many of whom view India as a second home, play an essential role in supporting the country’s development, both economically and culturally. Ensuring that their rights and privileges are protected, while also managing the legal and practical requirements of citizenship, will be crucial to maintaining strong ties with the Indian diaspora moving forward.

The Indian Consulate General in New York has made efforts to dispel false rumors about changes in the status of OCI cardholders, reaffirming that no new restrictions have been imposed. The Indian government’s position remains consistent with the Gazette Notification issued in March 2021. Despite these reassurances, there remains a level of concern and frustration among the diaspora, particularly in light of reports suggesting that OCI cardholders are being reclassified as foreign nationals. The situation highlights the importance of transparent communication and the need for ongoing dialogue between India and its overseas citizens, especially on matters that impact travel, business, and the overall relationship between NRIs and their homeland.

Macron Backs India’s Bid for Permanent Seat on Reformed UN Security Council

French President Emmanuel Macron has thrown his weight behind India’s push for a permanent position in a reformed United Nations Security Council (UNSC). In addition to India, Macron also endorsed Germany, Japan, Brazil, and two African nations for permanent membership.

“Germany, Japan, India, and Brazil should be permanent members, as well as two countries that Africa would designate to represent it. New elected members should also be admitted,” Macron stated. He was speaking at the general debate of the 79th session of the UN General Assembly in New York early Thursday morning, according to India’s time zone.

Macron’s address highlighted his strong stance on the need for reform within the UN system, particularly concerning the Security Council. His reasoning centered around making the council more effective and more representative of the global landscape.

“The United Nations should not be discarded, but rather reformed to reflect today’s realities,” he emphasized. Macron pointed out that the existing structure of the Security Council, often gridlocked by competing interests of its members, was no longer fit for purpose.

“Is there a better system? I don’t think so. So let’s just make these United Nations more effective, first by perhaps making them more representative. That is why France, and I repeat here, is in favour of the Security Council being expanded,” Macron explained.

He expanded on the idea by expressing hope that a reformed Security Council would lead to changes in its working methods. These changes, he suggested, could include limitations on the use of veto power in cases of mass atrocities and ensuring that the council’s decisions are focused on maintaining global peace and security.

Macron’s vision for a reformed council also touches on the need for more operational decision-making processes, which he believes are essential for the council to effectively fulfill its mandate in today’s world. “This is what we must have the courage and audacity to do, and that we must carry forward with the current permanent members,” he urged.

India’s bid for a permanent seat has garnered significant international support over recent years. Chilean President Gabriel Boric Font joined Macron in advocating for India’s inclusion, proposing a concrete timeline for reform. He suggested aligning the restructuring of the UNSC with the 80th anniversary of the UN, signaling the urgency of addressing the council’s outdated structure.

US President Joe Biden is another notable leader who has voiced strong support for India’s candidacy. During his recent bilateral meeting with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Biden reiterated the United States’ full backing of India’s bid for a permanent seat in the Security Council. The Biden administration views India as a key player in the international system and has frequently mentioned its support for India’s increased role in global governance.

Russia, a long-time ally of India, has also continued to endorse India’s aspirations. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, during the ongoing UN General Assembly discussions, reiterated Moscow’s stance. He emphasized the need for greater representation of developing countries on the council, which includes countries like India, as crucial to making the UN body more equitable and effective.

The growing international consensus on the need for reform has been driven by calls for the Security Council to better reflect the contemporary global order. The current structure, which grants permanent seats to five countries – the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Russia, and China – reflects a post-World War II reality that many argue is no longer representative of today’s geopolitical dynamics.

Countries like India, which has the world’s largest population and is one of the fastest-growing major economies, have repeatedly highlighted that the UNSC’s composition is outdated. India’s leaders argue that without more inclusivity and representation, the council risks losing legitimacy in the eyes of the international community.

Biden’s administration, along with other major world powers, appears to agree with the need for a more inclusive council. In his speech, Macron echoed this sentiment, stating that reforming the Security Council would be a necessary step toward making the UN more effective in its mission to maintain international peace and security.

While Macron’s support adds significant weight to India’s candidacy, the path to reforming the UNSC is far from straightforward. Changing the structure of the council would require the agreement of two-thirds of the UN member states, including the current five permanent members. Any one of these five, including China, could veto any proposal for reform. China has historically been less enthusiastic about expanding the council, particularly in ways that might reduce its own influence.

Despite these challenges, the momentum for change appears to be growing. With France, the US, and Russia all backing India’s inclusion, along with Germany, Japan, and Brazil, the push for reform is entering a critical phase. Macron’s call to limit veto powers in cases of mass atrocities may resonate with some current permanent members, who have been criticized for their use of vetoes in situations like the Syrian civil war, where humanitarian crises unfolded while the Security Council remained deadlocked.

As the UN approaches its 80th anniversary, there is increasing pressure from many corners of the world to make the body more representative of the current global power balance. Macron’s call to action reflects a widespread desire for the UN to evolve in order to stay relevant in addressing today’s challenges.

The UNSC, established in 1945, was designed to maintain international peace and security, but critics argue that it has become ineffective due to the competing interests of its permanent members. Calls for reform have grown louder as the world faces new global threats, including climate change, terrorism, and cyber warfare, which require coordinated international responses.

India, a country with significant geopolitical influence, has positioned itself as a strong candidate for permanent membership. Its participation in peacekeeping missions, commitment to multilateralism, and growing economic power make it an appealing choice for those advocating for a more balanced global governance system.

The reform of the UNSC remains a complex and politically charged issue, but the increasing chorus of world leaders advocating for change could signal a shift in the international community’s approach to global governance. The next few years may see renewed efforts to bring the Security Council in line with modern realities, potentially ushering in a new era of international cooperation.

Macron’s endorsement of India, along with the backing of several other key global leaders, marks a significant step toward the long-discussed reforms of the UN Security Council. However, the road ahead will likely be fraught with diplomatic negotiations, as the current permanent members weigh their interests against the growing calls for a more inclusive and representative council.

India’s Tourism Sector Set to Create Millions of Jobs by 2025

India’s tourism industry is on track to create a significant number of employment opportunities in the coming years, according to a recent report. The sector is projected to generate around 39.5 million jobs by the end of this year, a figure expected to rise further to 42.3 million by 2025. This development highlights the tourism sector’s expanding role in the Indian economy.

The report, published by NLB Services, a company specializing in technology and digital talent solutions, reveals that direct employment will constitute 31% of the jobs created. These roles primarily include positions like tour guides, hotel staff, and tour operators. Sachin Alug, the CEO of NLB Services, emphasized the broad scope of employment that will be created within the sector.

On the other hand, indirect employment will make up the remaining 69%. “Indirect employment will involve roles such as local artisans, logistics and transport operators, supply chain workers, IT support for online booking systems, data analysis, and landscape maintenance,” said Alug. These jobs are crucial in supporting the growth and sustainability of the tourism industry.

The World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) has also offered an optimistic outlook for India’s travel and tourism sector, projecting an annual GDP growth of 7.1% over the next decade. This growth rate signals the sector’s ability to positively impact the national economy. Currently, tourism contributes around $199.6 billion to India’s GDP, making it a critical industry for the country’s economic development.

The government has taken steps to bolster this important sector. In the Union Budget for the fiscal year 2025, an allocation of Rs 2,479 crore has been earmarked specifically for tourism. This funding aims to stimulate further growth, improve infrastructure, and attract both domestic and international tourists. The financial boost is expected to support various facets of the tourism industry and create new job opportunities.

One of the defining characteristics of the tourism sector is its multiplier effect on employment. “The tourism sector has a strong multiplier effect as each direct job in this field is expected to generate multiple indirect jobs,” added Alug. The widespread impact of tourism job creation means that it is not just confined to traditional roles but extends into various supporting industries as well.

Several emerging trends within the tourism industry are expected to fuel job creation. Adventure and wellness tourism, for example, are becoming increasingly popular as travelers seek experiences that combine exploration with personal well-being. Culinary tourism is another trend gaining traction, with tourists eager to sample local cuisines and immerse themselves in the unique flavors of different regions. These niches within the broader tourism sector are not only enhancing the visitor experience but are also driving demand for specialized services.

Spiritual tourism continues to be one of the key attractions for both domestic and international travelers. Cities like Varanasi, Rishikesh, and Bodh Gaya remain top destinations for visitors seeking spiritual and religious experiences. These locations have seen a steady influx of tourists over the years, and this trend is expected to continue, contributing significantly to the overall growth of the tourism sector.

India’s standing on the global stage is also noteworthy, particularly in medical tourism. The country currently ranks 10th on the Medical Tourism Index (MTI) for the years 2020-2021. With a reputation for providing affordable and high-quality medical treatments, India is expected to see continued growth in this area. This rise in medical tourism will lead to an increase in the number of healthcare professionals. The report forecasts a 12% rise in the number of nurses, a 10% increase in doctors, and a 15% growth in other healthcare staff. These figures reflect the importance of medical tourism as a subset of the broader tourism industry, and its potential to generate employment in the healthcare sector.

Additionally, a growing trend in the tourism industry is the expansion of the backpacker hostel market. These hostels, which are budget-friendly accommodations catering to younger travelers, are becoming increasingly popular across India. Backpacker hostels not only provide affordable lodging but also offer opportunities for socializing and cultural exchange, making them attractive to millennial and Gen Z travelers. “This segment will create opportunities for hostel managers, event coordinators, and digital marketers, contributing an additional 5% to overall employment in tourism,” explained Alug. The rise of such hostels is expected to diversify job roles within the sector, adding to the range of career paths available to those entering the tourism industry.

The report also highlights the importance of digital tools and services in shaping the future of tourism in India. With the increasing reliance on technology for bookings, travel planning, and customer service, there is a growing need for skilled professionals in IT support, data analysis, and digital marketing. As more tourists turn to online platforms for their travel needs, these technological roles will become essential for the industry’s continued growth and competitiveness on a global scale.

Overall, India’s tourism sector is not only a vital contributor to the economy but also a significant source of employment. With the creation of millions of jobs expected over the next few years, the industry offers opportunities for both direct and indirect employment. Emerging trends like wellness, culinary, and spiritual tourism, coupled with advancements in medical tourism and the growing backpacker market, are set to drive further growth. The government’s commitment to supporting the sector, evidenced by the substantial budget allocation, further strengthens the outlook for tourism in India. As Sachin Alug pointed out, the tourism sector’s job-creating potential extends well beyond the obvious roles, encompassing a broad range of industries and professions.

Looking ahead, the tourism sector in India is poised for robust growth. Its ability to adapt to changing traveler preferences and incorporate digital advancements will be key to sustaining this upward trajectory. Whether through traditional roles like tour operators or new opportunities in digital marketing and event coordination, the future of employment in tourism appears bright, offering diverse career options for millions of people.

Pulitzer Prize Winning Author Jhumpa Lahiri Withdraws from Noguchi Award in Protest Against Museum’s Dress Code

Pulitzer Prize-winning author Jhumpa Lahiri has chosen to forgo her acceptance of the 2024 Isamu Noguchi Award from New York City’s Noguchi Museum. This decision comes in light of the museum’s recent termination of three employees who wore keffiyeh headscarves, which are widely recognized as a symbol of Palestinian solidarity, in response to a revised dress code.

In a statement issued on Wednesday, the museum confirmed Lahiri’s decision, stating, “Jhumpa Lahiri has chosen to withdraw her acceptance of the 2024 Isamu Noguchi Award in response to our updated dress code policy.” The museum further expressed, “We respect her perspective and understand that this policy may or may not align with everyone’s views.” Lahiri, who garnered the Pulitzer Prize in 2000 for her acclaimed work “Interpreter of Maladies,” highlighted the ongoing tensions surrounding this issue.

The controversy over the keffiyeh scarf has intensified globally, particularly as protests continue to demand an end to Israel’s military actions in Gaza. The black-and-white keffiyeh has become a prominent symbol of Palestinian self-determination, with historical significance linked to figures such as Nelson Mandela, who frequently donned the scarf in his fight against apartheid in South Africa.

Conversely, supporters of Israel assert that the keffiyeh is indicative of support for extremism. The complexities surrounding the Israel-Palestine conflict are further complicated by recent violent incidents. In November, three students of Palestinian descent were shot in an attack, two of whom were wearing keffiyeh scarves at the time. This incident has fueled discussions regarding the implications of wearing such symbols during a period of heightened tensions.

The ongoing military assault by Israel on Gaza has resulted in the deaths of tens of thousands and has led to the displacement of nearly the entire population of the region. This military action was initiated following a deadly attack carried out by Palestinian Hamas militants on Israel on October 7. The conflict has sparked widespread protests and calls for solidarity with the Palestinian cause.

In the wake of the museum’s revised dress code, which was introduced last month, employees were prohibited from wearing any attire that expressed “political messages, slogans, or symbols.” This policy change led to the dismissal of three employees, igniting debates about the intersection of workplace policies and political expression.

Lahiri’s withdrawal from the award is part of a broader trend in which individuals across the United States have faced job loss due to their views on the Israel-Gaza conflict. In May, a Palestinian American nurse was terminated from her position at a New York City hospital after she referred to Israel’s actions in Gaza as “genocide” during an acceptance speech for an award. This incident has drawn attention to the pressures faced by those who voice their opinions on sensitive political matters, particularly in relation to the ongoing conflict in the Middle East.

The museum’s decision to enforce a dress code prohibiting political symbols and messages has sparked discussions about the role of cultural institutions in political discourse. Many argue that museums and similar organizations should provide a platform for diverse viewpoints rather than restricting them. Critics of the dress code argue that it stifles individual expression and the ability to advocate for important social issues.

As the situation in Gaza continues to deteriorate, the impact of the conflict is felt not only in the region but also in communities around the world. Protests have erupted globally, with demonstrators calling for an end to the violence and expressing solidarity with Palestinians. The choice of symbols, such as the keffiyeh, has taken on heightened significance as individuals navigate their beliefs and affiliations in a polarized political landscape.

Jhumpa Lahiri’s decision to withdraw from the Isamu Noguchi Award highlights the complexities surrounding artistic recognition, political expression, and the role of cultural institutions in contemporary society. As debates over dress codes and political messages continue, the intersection of art, politics, and social justice remains a crucial area of discourse, reflecting the ongoing struggles for self-determination and human rights around the world.

Israeli Airstrike Targets Hezbollah Headquarters, Escalating Conflict in Beirut

The Israeli military launched a significant airstrike on Hezbollah’s headquarters in Beirut on Friday, triggering a series of powerful explosions that destroyed multiple high-rise buildings in the southern suburbs of the Lebanese capital. This marked the largest attack on the city in over a year, and its repercussions are expected to push the ongoing conflict between Israel and Hezbollah closer to a full-scale war.

According to Lebanon’s Health Ministry, the attack resulted in the deaths of at least six people and injured 91 others. Rescue operations continued, and the number of casualties is expected to increase as emergency workers search through the rubble of six demolished apartment buildings.

Sources familiar with the situation, including a U.S. official, revealed that the target of the strike was Hezbollah’s leader, Hassan Nasrallah. However, it remains unclear whether Nasrallah was present at the site during the bombing. The Israeli military did not confirm who was being targeted, and Hezbollah has refrained from commenting on the reports.

After the blasts, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu cut short his visit to the United States and immediately returned to Israel. He had earlier addressed the United Nations, where he vowed to intensify Israel’s military campaign against Hezbollah. The prime minister’s speech signaled a bleak outlook for the possibility of an internationally mediated ceasefire.

News of the strikes broke while Netanyahu was briefing reporters following his U.N. address. His briefing was abruptly ended when a military aide informed him of the situation. Rear Adm. Daniel Hagari, a spokesperson for the Israeli army, stated that the strikes targeted Hezbollah’s central headquarters, which, according to Hagari, was concealed underground beneath residential buildings.

The devastating explosions flattened several apartment towers in Haret Hreik, a densely populated Shiite district in the Dahiyeh suburbs of Beirut. The blasts sent plumes of black and orange smoke into the air, shaking buildings as far as 30 kilometers north of the capital. Footage from the scene showed rescue workers navigating through massive slabs of concrete and debris, with craters visible, one large enough to hold a toppled vehicle. As the chaos unfolded, numerous residents were seen fleeing the area, carrying whatever belongings they could salvage.

Though the Israeli military did not specify the type or number of bombs used, the sheer destruction led some experts to speculate that the attack involved 2,000-pound “Bunker Buster” bombs. Richard Weir, a crisis and weapons researcher with Human Rights Watch, noted that the explosions were consistent with this type of bomb, which is designed to penetrate deep into underground targets.

Following the initial strike, Israel launched a second round of attacks early Saturday morning, also targeting the southern suburbs of Beirut. The Israeli army issued warnings to residents of three buildings, urging them to evacuate before the bombs hit. Israel claimed these buildings were being used by Hezbollah to store weapons, including anti-ship missiles. Additional strikes were carried out in the Beqaa region of eastern Lebanon and the southern city of Tyre.

Over the past week, Israel has significantly ramped up its military campaign against Hezbollah, aiming to neutralize the group’s senior leadership. However, an attempt on Nasrallah’s life, successful or otherwise, would represent a major escalation in the conflict. The U.S. Department of Defense stated that it had no prior knowledge of the attack targeting Nasrallah.

Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah has been in hiding for years, rarely making public appearances. His speeches are typically delivered via video from undisclosed locations. Although the site targeted on Friday evening was located in Hezbollah’s so-called “security quarters” in Haret Hreik, it had not been publicly identified as the group’s main headquarters.

Hours after the strikes, Hezbollah refrained from issuing any statements regarding the attack but instead claimed responsibility for launching rockets at the Israeli city of Safed. In a statement, Hezbollah declared that the rocket attacks were in “defense of Lebanon and its people” and as retaliation for Israel’s bombing of civilian areas. Israel confirmed that a house and a car in Safed were damaged by the rockets, with one 68-year-old woman suffering minor shrapnel injuries.

Israel’s recent military operations have taken a significant toll on Lebanon. The conflict has claimed the lives of more than 720 people, many of them civilians, including women and children, according to Lebanon’s Health Ministry. In a particularly tragic incident, an Israeli airstrike on Friday morning in the border town of Chebaa killed nine members of a single family.

The United Nations reports that the fighting has displaced over 211,000 people within Lebanon, with 85,000 taking refuge in public schools and other makeshift shelters. The airstrikes have forced the closure of 20 primary health care centers and disrupted clean water access for nearly 300,000 people.

As Israeli forces move closer to Lebanon’s southern border, a ground invasion remains a possibility. Thousands of Israeli troops have been stationed near the border in preparation for potential ground operations aimed at pushing Hezbollah forces further away from Israeli territory. At the United Nations, Netanyahu reiterated Israel’s determination to “degrade Hezbollah” until its objectives are met, dampening any hope for a ceasefire.

The proposed U.S.-backed ceasefire, which sought to create a 21-day pause in hostilities to allow diplomatic negotiations, now seems increasingly unlikely. Hezbollah has not formally responded to the truce proposal, and Israeli officials appear committed to their military campaign. An Israeli security official, speaking on condition of anonymity, noted that the campaign against Hezbollah might not last as long as the ongoing war in Gaza, since the military’s goals in Lebanon are more limited. “The goal here is to push Hezbollah away from the border. It’s not as high a bar as Gaza,” the official said.

Hezbollah’s involvement in the current conflict began shortly after the October 7 Hamas attack on Israel, which triggered an almost immediate exchange of fire between Hezbollah and the Israeli military. Since then, the two sides have traded rocket attacks on a near-daily basis, forcing tens of thousands of residents on both sides of the border to evacuate their homes.

Despite the intensified airstrikes, Hezbollah remains defiant. In Tyre, Lebanese civil defense workers recovered the bodies of two women from the wreckage of a building brought down by Israeli bombs. The victims were identified as 35-year-old Hiba Ataya and her mother, Sabah Olyan. “That’s Sabah, these are her clothes, my love,” a man cried out as the bodies were pulled from the rubble.

While Israel claims to have inflicted significant damage on Hezbollah’s military capabilities, the extent of the group’s remaining arsenal is unclear. Hezbollah is known to possess a vast stockpile of rockets and missiles, and their exact capabilities are difficult to assess.

In a show of defiance, Hezbollah supporters held a large funeral for three of the group’s members killed in earlier Israeli strikes, including the head of Hezbollah’s drone unit, Mohammed Surour. Thousands of mourners gathered in Beirut’s suburbs, chanting, “We will never accept humiliation,” as they marched behind the coffins. Addressing the crowd, Hussein Fadlallah, Hezbollah’s top official in Beirut, declared that the group would continue to fight until Israel ended its operations in Gaza. “We will not abandon the support of Palestine, Jerusalem, and oppressed Gaza,” Fadlallah said. “There is no place for neutrality in this battle.”

Concerns Rise as India Tightens Restrictions on Overseas Citizens

The Consulate General of India in New York has recently issued a clarification regarding the status of Overseas Citizens of India (OCI) cardholders. Contrary to circulating news reports, the consulate emphasized that no changes have been made to the rules concerning OCI cardholders. In a post on X (formerly known as Twitter), the office stated, “We have come across news reports spreading false information that restrictions have been placed on OCI card holders in the recent past. Friends in the Indian American community are hereby informed that no new change has been introduced in the recent past for OCI card holders.”

The Consulate General also referenced a Gazette notification from March 4, 2021, explaining that the current rules, particularly concerning OCI cardholders’ rights, remain intact. They provided a link to the FAQ page for additional clarification, underscoring that the Indian diaspora, which numbers around 32 million globally, has nothing to worry about with respect to recent rule changes. However, despite these assurances, concerns have been raised by many in the diaspora, expressing that they feel certain privileges they once enjoyed are being lost.

The recent wave of confusion stems from modifications made to OCI cardholder regulations that were introduced by India’s Home Ministry in early 2021. These changes have been seen as a tightening of controls on activities carried out by OCI cardholders, which now classify them more strictly as foreign nationals. This shift affects various areas, including travel, business, and religious activities, marking a departure from the more lenient rules that had been in place previously.

A key update is that OCI cardholders must now obtain permits for numerous activities that were once more accessible. For instance, traveling to restricted regions such as Jammu & Kashmir, Arunachal Pradesh, and other northeastern areas requires special permission. Under the new regulations, OCI cardholders are now regarded as foreign nationals, as the Ministry clarified, “The OCI Cardholder (including a PIO cardholder) is a foreign national holding a passport of a foreign country and is not a citizen of India.”

This formal recognition of OCI cardholders as foreign nationals fundamentally changes their legal standing in India. Previously, these individuals enjoyed many rights and privileges akin to Indian citizens, but the revised regulations introduce stricter limitations. George Abraham, vice chair of the Indian Overseas Congress, expressed his disappointment with the changes, saying, “This is really a setback for OCI cardholders and the Indian diaspora. We always felt as though we were moving towards dual citizenship, but now the government is saying it will treat us like foreigners.”

One of the most notable restrictions involves religious activities. The regulations require OCI cardholders to obtain special permission for activities such as missionary work, journalism, and certain religious functions, particularly those linked to promoting Islamic agendas, referred to as “Tabligh.” Additionally, activities like mountaineering and accessing certain restricted areas now need formal government approval. These areas include parts of Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, and several other states, which are geopolitically sensitive or require permits for foreign nationals to enter.

Further restrictions have been imposed on inter-country adoptions by OCI cardholders, and the requirements for pursuing higher education in India have also become more stringent. OCI cardholders residing in India are now required to report any changes in their residential address or occupation to the Foreigners Regional Registration Officer (FRRO) via email.

Despite these stricter controls, the Indian government has introduced a few minor concessions. For example, OCI cardholders will now pay the same fees as Indian citizens for entry to national parks, museums, historical monuments, and for domestic flights. However, these changes are seen as relatively insignificant in the face of the broader, more restrictive measures.

Thomas Abraham, chairman of the Global Organization of People of Indian Origin, voiced his concerns about the implications for the business community. He highlighted that the new regulations place additional bureaucratic hurdles on OCI cardholders wishing to conduct business in India. “The regulations are burdensome for OCI cardholders wishing to do business in India,” he said. Under the new classification as foreign nationals, OCI cardholders are subject to more stringent processes, including the need for permits and licenses that could obstruct business operations. Abraham added that these regulations complicate the real estate market, where diaspora investment has played a significant role. Previously, OCI cardholders could buy and sell property with relative ease, but the new rules require them to obtain special permission from the Reserve Bank of India for property transactions.

Furthermore, the restrictions on purchasing agricultural land remain unchanged, with foreign nationals, including OCI cardholders, still prohibited from owning such land. George Abraham remarked, “This sends a negative message. It is not a step forward in reclaiming the Indian diaspora to engage with India’s development.”

Beyond business and real estate, concerns about religious freedom have also arisen. Abraham mentioned that the restrictions could impact minority communities. “If you go to a church while visiting India, you could be accused of doing missionary activity,” he said, adding that similar limitations apply to Muslims as well.

The new rules have also caused alarm among journalists, particularly those covering critical stories about India. Abraham warned that OCI journalists could face repercussions for their work. “If you write an article critical of India, you may never be allowed to return,” he said, reflecting concerns that the regulations could be a move to shield the government from external criticism, especially in light of global attention on issues like the large-scale farmer protests.

There is also speculation that these changes may align with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s broader political agenda. Some observers suggest that these new rules reflect the influence of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), a right-wing Hindu nationalist organization. George Abraham said, “This government is not upholding the values of the Indian constitution. It is not consistent with the democracy we are so proud of.”

Business leaders in the Indian American community share concerns about the potential negative impact on diaspora engagement. The complex bureaucratic procedures required for business activities in India could deter future investments. Moreover, the real estate sector may experience significant challenges due to the new regulations and the Supreme Court ruling, which now mandates that any non-Indian citizen must seek permission from the Reserve Bank of India for property transactions. As Thomas Abraham noted, “This will create problems for India’s real estate industry. If there are hurdles here, we will just pack up and go elsewhere.”

With the new regulations now in effect, the Indian government faces growing criticism from the diaspora, particularly those with deep connections to their homeland. Many in the Indian community worry that these rules will significantly impact their ability to engage economically, socially, and culturally with India. While the long-term effects remain uncertain, the overall sentiment is one of concern, with many feeling that the Indian government may be moving in the wrong direction.

Rishabh Pant Returns to Top 10 in ICC Test Batting Rankings, Afghanistan Players Make History in ODI Rankings

India’s wicketkeeper-batsman Rishabh Pant has made a remarkable return to the top 10 Test batting rankings, marking his resurgence after a significant period away from the spotlight. The latest International Cricket Council (ICC) rankings reveal several notable shifts across both Test and One Day International (ODI) formats following an exhilarating week of international cricket. Top players from various countries have seen their rankings fluctuate, with some making impressive gains.

Pant’s return to form was underscored by his performance during India’s recent Test match against Bangladesh, held in Chennai. His vital contribution in the second innings, where he played a key role in India’s victory, pushed him to sixth place in the ICC Test batting rankings. With a total of 731 rating points, Pant has solidified his position among the elite Test batsmen in the world.

In addition to Pant’s climb, his fellow Indian teammate, Yashasvi Jaiswal, also secured a spot in the top 10. Jaiswal, who delivered a commendable half-century in the same match against Bangladesh, currently sits at fifth place with 751 points. This places him just one spot ahead of Pant, emphasizing the strength of India’s young batting lineup. Indian captain Rohit Sharma, despite being one of the most prominent names in world cricket, experienced a decline in his ranking. After struggling to perform in the two innings against Bangladesh, where he failed to score more than 10 runs in either innings, Sharma dropped five places. He now holds the 10th position in the Test batting rankings with 716 rating points.

Shifting to the bowling side, Sri Lanka’s Prabath Jayasuriya garnered widespread attention with his outstanding performance during Sri Lanka’s match against New Zealand in Galle. Jayasuriya took a total of nine wickets, an impressive feat that propelled him to climb five spots in the Test bowling rankings. He now holds the eighth spot with 743 rating points, making him one of the leading bowlers in the format. While Jayasuriya’s star continues to rise, his compatriot Asitha Fernando experienced a dip in his rankings. Fernando, who did not perform as expected, has fallen to 13th place.

On the batting side, Sri Lankan Kamindu Mendis made his presence felt, climbing to 16th place in the Test batting rankings, showcasing his growing influence in the Sri Lankan lineup. Meanwhile, Dhananjaya de Silva, another key player for Sri Lanka, improved his standing in the all-rounder rankings. His versatile performances across both batting and bowling have helped him move up five spots, securing 18th position in the all-rounder category. This rise indicates the increasing prominence of Sri Lankan players in international cricket, particularly in the Test format.

In the world of ODI cricket, Afghanistan’s young stars have achieved significant milestones, with their performances leaving a lasting impact on the latest rankings. Rahmanullah Gurbaz, one of Afghanistan’s brightest talents, made a stunning leap in the ODI batting rankings. After delivering an outstanding performance, which included his seventh century before the age of 23, Gurbaz jumped 10 spots, landing in eighth place. This achievement marks a historic moment for Afghanistan cricket, as Gurbaz becomes the first player from the country to break into the top 10 of the ICC Men’s ODI Batting Rankings.

Gurbaz’s rise in the rankings comes at a time when Afghanistan cricket continues to make strides on the international stage. His consistent performances have not only earned him recognition but have also paved the way for other Afghan players to make their mark. As the first Afghan cricketer to enter the top 10, Gurbaz’s success symbolizes the growing strength of Afghanistan’s cricketing future. His extraordinary run of form saw him surpass Australia’s Travis Head, who moved down to ninth place. Head, despite scoring an unbeaten 154 runs against England in the first of five ODIs, was edged out by Gurbaz in the rankings.

Afghanistan’s success is not limited to their batting lineup. The country’s bowling department also saw a major boost, with leg-spinner Rashid Khan making a significant leap in the ODI bowling rankings. Rashid, widely regarded as one of the best bowlers in the limited-overs format, jumped eight spots to claim the third position. His remarkable performance in Afghanistan’s historic series win over South Africa, where he claimed seven wickets, was instrumental in the team’s victory. The series win was a monumental achievement for Afghanistan, as it marked their first ODI series triumph over a team ranked in the top five of the ICC rankings.

Rashid Khan’s rise in the bowling rankings further highlights his dominance in international cricket, particularly in the ODI format. Over the years, he has established himself as a key player for Afghanistan, consistently delivering match-winning performances. His ability to take wickets at crucial moments has made him one of the most sought-after bowlers in the world. In Afghanistan’s recent victory over South Africa, Rashid’s contributions were vital, and his upward movement in the rankings reflects the impact he continues to have on the global stage.

Afghanistan’s cricketing success, spearheaded by players like Gurbaz and Rashid, demonstrates the country’s rapid development as a cricketing nation. Despite the challenges they face, Afghanistan’s cricketers continue to push boundaries and achieve new heights. Their presence in the top 10 of both batting and bowling rankings signals a bright future for Afghan cricket on the international scene.

As the rankings continue to shift, the performances of players like Pant, Jaiswal, Gurbaz, and Rashid serve as reminders of the ever-evolving nature of the sport. With upcoming series and tournaments, these players will have further opportunities to solidify their positions or make additional gains. For now, the latest ICC rankings reflect a dynamic period in international cricket, where young stars are making their mark, and established players are facing new challenges.

The latest ICC rankings across both Test and ODI formats have highlighted the performances of several standout players. Rishabh Pant’s return to the top 10, Yashasvi Jaiswal’s continued rise, and Rohit Sharma’s dip in form reflect the evolving nature of India’s cricketing lineup. Meanwhile, Afghanistan’s Rahmanullah Gurbaz and Rashid Khan have made history with their impressive gains, showcasing the strength and potential of Afghanistan’s cricketing future.

Mini Moon to Orbit Earth for a Brief Visit Before Continuing Its Journey

Earth is about to gain a short-term companion in space, often referred to as a “mini moon.” This mini moon is actually an asteroid, with a size comparable to a school bus, measuring approximately 33 feet (10 meters) in length. On Sunday, the asteroid will come close enough to Earth to be temporarily captured by the planet’s gravity, causing it to orbit Earth for a brief period. However, its stay will only last for about two months before it continues its journey through the cosmos.

The asteroid, designated as 2024 PT5, was first discovered in August by astronomers from Complutense University of Madrid. They made the discovery using a highly advanced telescope located in Sutherland, South Africa. The identification of such temporary moons, while not unheard of, is a relatively recent development in the field of astronomy. These mini moons, which come into Earth’s gravitational pull, stay only briefly before resuming their independent courses in space.

Richard Binzel, an astronomer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), commented on the phenomenon of mini moons. He explained that these short-lived objects might be more common than most people think, but due to their small size and the challenges in detecting them, they are often overlooked. “This happens with some frequency, but we rarely see them because they’re very small and very hard to detect,” Binzel noted. “Only recently has our survey capability reached the point of spotting them routinely.”

Astronomers have long suspected that Earth has temporary moons from time to time, but the tools and technology available to track and confirm these objects have only advanced in recent years. The discovery of this particular mini moon was made by astronomers Carlos de la Fuente Marcos and Raúl de la Fuente Marcos, and their findings have been published by the American Astronomical Society.

According to the astronomers who discovered it, 2024 PT5 won’t be visible to the naked eye. Additionally, it won’t be visible through typical amateur telescopes either, making it a challenging object for space enthusiasts to observe. However, it can be tracked using large, research-grade telescopes. In an email discussing the asteroid, Carlos de la Fuente Marcos explained, “It can be observed with relatively large, research-grade telescopes,” which highlights the sophistication required to detect such an object.

Richard Binzel, though not directly involved in the research surrounding this particular discovery, has raised an interesting question about the origin of the asteroid. He said it remains unclear whether 2024 PT5 is a typical asteroid or if it could potentially be a fragment from the moon that was blasted away during some unknown event. “It’s not clear whether the space rock originated as an asteroid or as ‘a chunk of the moon that got blasted out,'” Binzel added, suggesting there could be more to the story of this mini moon than currently known.

During its brief stay in Earth’s orbit, 2024 PT5 will not complete a full orbit of the planet. Instead, it will circle Earth for approximately 57 days before it eventually escapes Earth’s gravity and resumes its independent journey through space. The asteroid will continue its cosmic travels without being permanently bound to Earth. According to astronomers tracking its path, 2024 PT5 will depart from Earth’s vicinity on November 25, marking the end of its temporary status as Earth’s mini moon. However, its journey near Earth is far from over. Predictions indicate that the asteroid is expected to pass by Earth once again in 2055, giving future astronomers another chance to observe it up close.

Though the idea of mini moons may seem novel to many, they have been observed in the past, with the last known mini moon being detected in 2020. However, that discovery and others like it have been rare, largely due to the difficulty in spotting such small objects in space. The mini moon phenomenon provides an exciting opportunity for astronomers to study the behavior of space rocks that come close to Earth and temporarily orbit our planet.

Overall, the discovery of 2024 PT5 adds to the growing body of knowledge about Earth’s temporary moons. While the asteroid won’t be visible to the general public or even most amateur astronomers, its brief orbit around Earth is an event of scientific interest, especially for those with access to research-grade telescopes and tools to track its movements. After 57 days, the mini moon will leave Earth’s orbit and resume its solitary journey through space, reminding us of the vast, ever-changing nature of the cosmos.

The discovery also highlights the advances in astronomy and the increased capability to detect and track even small celestial objects. While 2024 PT5’s stay in Earth’s orbit will be brief, it serves as a reminder of the fascinating and dynamic nature of our planet’s relationship with the universe. The asteroid’s brief visit might be a fleeting event in astronomical terms, but it is a notable milestone for scientists and researchers dedicated to exploring and understanding the complexities of space.

As technology continues to improve, it is likely that more mini moons will be detected in the future, shedding light on the lesser-known phenomena that occur around our planet. For now, 2024 PT5 will have its brief moment as Earth’s companion before it moves on, leaving astronomers to await its return in 2055.

Vatican Urges Compassionate Dialogue for 2025 World Communications Day

The Vatican has unveiled the theme for the 2025 World Communications Day: “Share the Hope in Your Hearts with Gentleness” (cf. 1 Peter 3:15-16). This theme, drawn from the First Letter of Saint Peter, addresses a significant issue in today’s communication landscape—shifting away from aggressive discourse toward one rooted in dialogue and compassion. In an era where public communication frequently appears dominated by hostility and conflict, this message comes as a plea for more humane interactions.

A Call for Gentleness in an Era of Aggression

Today’s communication platforms, from social media to talk shows, seem driven by a mentality focused on winning at any cost. This aggressive tone has seeped into the fabric of public life, often manifesting as personal attacks and heated confrontations that divide rather than unite. In response, the Vatican’s 2025 World Communications Day theme calls for a “disarmament” of communication, advocating for conversations free of hostility and aimed at fostering understanding.

The Vatican emphasized that communication must move away from competition and domination. As stated in the press release, the goal of conversations should not be to land blows but to build bridges. It is no longer acceptable for discourse to serve as a battleground where participants try to overpower each other; instead, the focus should be on gentleness, which brings people together. The upcoming event will encourage gentleness as a vital tool for cultivating a culture of dialogue and unity.

Hope Rooted in Christ and Community

For Christians, the concept of hope is central to their faith. The 2025 theme reinforces that Christian hope is not just an abstract idea but a reflection of Christ himself. The Vatican reminds believers that this hope is not a solitary pursuit but one grounded in community. The Christian message of hope should be lived out authentically, in a way that resonates with others and brings them closer to understanding the promise of Jesus.

“When we speak of Christian hope, we cannot separate it from the community that lives the message of Jesus so authentically that it reveals the hope it embodies,” the Vatican’s statement explained. This idea underscores that hope, communicated with humility and gentleness, has the potential to break through the noise of divisive rhetoric. Hope can inspire genuine dialogue and healing when delivered with a spirit of kindness and empathy.

An Invitation to Engage with Empathy

The theme of World Communications Day 2025 is especially relevant in today’s polarized world, where opinions are becoming more entrenched and divided. Social media, once hailed as a tool to bring people closer, often exacerbates these divisions. The Vatican’s emphasis on hope and gentleness directly challenges this trend, advocating for a more responsible and empathetic approach to communication.

By encouraging people to share the hope within their hearts, the Church is calling both Christians and the wider public to reconsider how they engage with others, both in person and online. It is an invitation to pause before reacting with anger, to listen carefully, and to respond with empathy rather than aggression. This message transcends religious boundaries, as the principles of gentleness, empathy, and understanding are fundamental to building a peaceful and united society.

A Day of Reflection on Communication for Unity

Scheduled to take place on the Feast of the Ascension in 2025, World Communications Day offers an opportunity for individuals, organizations, and media outlets to reflect on their role in shaping public discourse. The event is expected to include discussions, workshops, and sermons focusing on how communication can either harm or heal. It will encourage media professionals and the public alike to consider the power of their words and the impact they have on others.

The Vatican’s goal for this day is to remind the world that communication is not merely about expressing opinions but about fostering understanding and reconciliation. “It is about creating the conditions for dialogue,” the Vatican emphasized, stressing that communication should work toward unity rather than perpetuate conflict.

Bringing Hope into the Digital Age

As technology continues to evolve, the nature of communication has transformed as well. The Vatican’s message for 2025 directly addresses the challenges of the digital age, where the pace of information often outstrips our ability to process it thoughtfully. In the fast-moving world of social media, where outrage tends to draw more attention than reason, the call to “share hope with gentleness” takes on new urgency.

This year’s World Communications Day theme serves as a reminder that even in the hyper-connected digital landscape, there is room for thoughtful, compassionate communication. It challenges individuals to reconsider how they engage online, advocating for platforms to be used not as arenas for hostility but as spaces where hope and gentleness can prevail, and where dialogue can thrive.

A Future of Hopeful Dialogue

Looking ahead to World Communications Day 2025, the Vatican’s vision extends beyond addressing the immediate issues in media today. The goal is to inspire a long-term transformation in the way people communicate with one another. By focusing on hope, gentleness, and community, the Church is promoting a model of communication that extends beyond words. This model aims to heal divisions and create a culture in which every voice is heard with respect.

In a world increasingly defined by polarization, the 2025 World Communications Day theme serves as a powerful reminder that communication is not just about speaking—it is also about listening, understanding, and sharing hope. The Vatican’s message challenges people across all platforms to communicate with a gentleness that fosters unity, building a more compassionate and empathetic society.

In closing, as public discourse grows more aggressive and divisive, the Vatican’s message for World Communications Day in 2025 calls for a vital shift. The theme “Share the Hope in Your Hearts with Gentleness” offers a timely and necessary call to action. It urges everyone, from individuals to media organizations, to reevaluate how they communicate, prioritizing gentleness, hope, and empathy as tools for healing and dialogue. As we look toward the future, the Vatican’s emphasis on these values invites us to build a more understanding and united world.

U.S. Suicide Rates Hold Steady at Historic High, CDC Data Shows

Suicides in the U.S. last year remained near the highest levels ever recorded, according to preliminary data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). In 2023, over 49,300 suicide deaths were reported, though that figure may increase slightly as additional death investigations are finalized and reported. The final number of suicides for 2022 was just under 49,500, as revealed in official data released by the CDC. Despite these minor differences, CDC officials noted that the suicide rates for both years are virtually identical.

The U.S. has experienced a worrying upward trend in suicide rates for almost two decades, with only a brief two-year decline occurring around the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. Although these latest figures suggest a stabilization in the increase, experts remain cautious. “A leveling off of any increase in suicide is cautiously promising news,” commented Katherine Keyes, a public health professor at Columbia University who specializes in suicide research.

There are, however, some encouraging signs for the future. One such positive development is the implementation of a national crisis helpline, established two years ago. This service allows anyone in the U.S. to dial 988 and be connected with mental health professionals. Keyes suggested that this initiative, among others, might be starting to make an impact. However, she added, “It really remains to be seen” whether these efforts will bring about a sustained reduction in suicide rates.

While suicide prevention measures are being ramped up, experts point out that the issue is highly complex, and the reasons behind suicide attempts are diverse. Several factors are believed to contribute to the persistently high suicide rates, including rising rates of depression, limited access to mental health care, and the widespread availability of firearms. The availability of guns is particularly significant: CDC data shows that around 55% of all suicide deaths in 2022 involved firearms.

The CDC’s report, released on Thursday, shed light on several key demographic trends related to suicide in the U.S. For instance, suicide was found to be the second leading cause of death for individuals aged 10 to 14 and 20 to 34. For teenagers aged 15 to 19, it was the third leading cause of death.

A pronounced gender disparity in suicide rates also emerged from the data. Men and boys continue to die by suicide at higher rates than women and girls. The most vulnerable group by far was men aged 75 and older, with approximately 44 suicides per 100,000 men in that age range, a significantly higher rate compared to other demographics. Among women, those in middle age were most at risk, with a suicide rate of about 9 per 100,000.

While middle-aged women have the highest suicide rates for their gender, the most striking increases in suicide deaths have been observed in teenagers and young women. Over the past two decades, the suicide rate in this group has doubled, marking a sharp upward trajectory.

As for the broader picture, the overall suicide rate in both 2022 and 2023 was 14.2 deaths per 100,000 people. This rate is identical to the rate recorded in 2018, which had marked the highest suicide rate in the U.S. since 1941.

The complexities surrounding suicide are underscored by the wide range of contributing factors that make prevention efforts so challenging. Experts warn that despite advances in crisis intervention, such as the 988 hotline, there is no single solution to address the problem. Mental health resources, particularly those accessible to vulnerable populations, remain limited in many areas of the country. The pandemic further exacerbated these issues, leading to increases in depression, anxiety, and feelings of isolation, which are all risk factors for suicide.

A significant challenge in suicide prevention remains the accessibility of firearms, which are involved in the majority of suicide deaths. Advocates for stronger gun control measures have long argued that reducing the availability of guns could significantly lower the overall suicide rate. However, firearms remain widely accessible in much of the U.S., and any legislative changes face considerable political obstacles.

The CDC’s findings on the age groups most affected by suicide paint a troubling picture of the impact on younger Americans. Suicide’s ranking as the second leading cause of death for people as young as 10 and up to 34 years old suggests that mental health challenges among youth are particularly acute. Adolescence and young adulthood are already periods of significant emotional and psychological vulnerability, and societal pressures, coupled with increasing use of social media, may be intensifying feelings of loneliness and despair.

For older adults, particularly elderly men, the CDC data reveals a starkly different set of challenges. The high suicide rate among men over the age of 75 may be attributed to factors such as declining physical health, loss of independence, and social isolation. Many older adults struggle with chronic illnesses and may face a lack of social support, leading to feelings of hopelessness. As a result, this demographic sees disproportionately high suicide rates.

In recent years, there has been a growing recognition of the need to address the mental health of older adults, but mental health care services for this age group remain underfunded and understaffed. Additionally, cultural stigmas around mental health, particularly for older generations, can make it more difficult for elderly individuals to seek the help they need.

The rise in suicides among women, especially younger women, presents another critical area of concern. Over the last two decades, the suicide rate for teenage girls and young women has doubled, reflecting the unique pressures faced by this group. Issues such as body image, cyberbullying, academic stress, and the prevalence of mental health conditions like anxiety and depression are contributing to the growing number of suicides among young women.

Although the leveling off of the suicide rate in 2022 and 2023 offers some hope that interventions may be starting to have an effect, experts like Katherine Keyes stress that continued vigilance and investment in mental health services are essential. Keyes noted that while the stabilization is “cautiously promising,” it is too early to draw any definitive conclusions.

The future of suicide prevention in the U.S. may depend on a multifaceted approach, one that addresses the broad range of factors contributing to suicide, from gun control to mental health care access. The establishment of the 988 national crisis line represents a significant step forward, but its effectiveness will only become clear with time.

As the U.S. grapples with this persistent public health crisis, the CDC’s data underscores the urgent need for comprehensive and sustained efforts to reduce the suicide rate and provide support for those at risk. The challenge remains vast, but with ongoing efforts, there is hope that the trend may one day reverse.

Jack Smith’s Filings Could Reveal New Evidence in Trump Election Subversion Case

Special counsel Jack Smith has presented new evidence in the election subversion case against former President Donald Trump. These documents, now with the federal court, include witness testimonies from key figures such as former Vice President Mike Pence, Ivanka Trump, and former White House chief of staff Mark Meadows. It is now up to District Judge Tanya Chutkan to decide how much of this evidence will be made available to the public and when it will be released.

The documents were filed under seal by 4:40 p.m. ET, according to Peter Carr, the spokesperson for the special counsel’s office. These submissions could potentially offer the public the most detailed account of Smith’s case, which alleges that Trump conspired to overturn the results of the 2020 election by defrauding the United States.

The evidence includes grand jury transcripts, FBI interview notes with witnesses, and other documentary evidence. This material is crucial for prosecutors as they aim to support their updated indictment against Trump, particularly in light of a recent Supreme Court ruling concerning presidential immunity.

The Supreme Court’s decision requires the prosecutors to convince Judge Chutkan, and possibly higher courts, that Trump was not acting within his official duties when he and his supporters took actions leading up to and on January 6, 2021, when the Capitol was attacked. Trump’s defense will likely argue that his actions fell under his presidential duties, which could grant him immunity.

One key aspect of the filings is expected to detail Trump’s pressure campaign on Pence. This conduct, which occurred in the lead-up to the Capitol attack, could be protected by presidential immunity according to the Supreme Court’s decision. Additionally, the documents could provide new insights into the events of January 6, including the rally at the Ellipse and Trump’s attempts to convince state officials to block the certification of the 2020 election results.

Prosecutors have indicated they intend to file a version of these documents with proposed redactions. This version, also filed under seal, may eventually be made public once the court reviews and approves it. The redacted filings could offer the public a glimpse into the evidence without compromising sensitive information.

Smith had previously obtained permission to submit a lengthy brief, stretching to 180 pages—four times the typical length. This brief will not include the additional exhibits that prosecutors plan to attach to their arguments. Prosecutors have described these exhibits as “substantial,” with the footnotes referencing them taking up over 30 pages of the main brief.

Trump’s legal team has strongly opposed the timing of the brief. They argue that it resembles special counsel reports that are usually released only after a special counsel’s work is completed. According to Trump’s lawyers, filing this brief now would be premature.

However, in a decision issued on Tuesday, Judge Chutkan approved the prosecutors’ plan to file the brief. She referred to the Supreme Court’s language from the July immunity ruling, which stated that Trump had absolute immunity for actions related to his “core” executive duties. However, for other official actions, the court indicated that immunity is only “presumptive.” This means it can be challenged if prosecutors can demonstrate that criminalizing Trump’s conduct would not interfere with the essential functions of the executive branch.

In her decision, Chutkan emphasized the need for a detailed analysis of the allegations in the indictment. She referenced the Supreme Court’s directive for a “close” and “fact-specific” examination of Trump’s actions, particularly his interactions with state officials and private individuals during the efforts to overturn the 2020 election. This analysis will also consider evidence that wasn’t included in the original indictment but provides important context for understanding Trump’s conduct.

Chutkan wrote, “It anticipated that the analysis would require briefing on how to characterize ‘numerous alleged interactions with a wide variety of state officials and private persons,’… and supplementing other allegations with ‘content, form, and context’ not contained in the indictment itself.”

Trump’s legal team will have the opportunity to respond to the prosecutors’ brief. Their response is due by October 17, after which further legal proceedings will continue. The forthcoming filings could play a pivotal role in shaping the trajectory of the case and determining whether Trump’s actions leading up to January 6 will be shielded by presidential immunity or subjected to legal scrutiny.

As the case unfolds, the public will likely learn more about Trump’s alleged attempts to interfere with the certification of the 2020 election and the efforts of his allies to challenge the electoral outcome. If Judge Chutkan allows portions of the sealed filings to be made public, Americans may gain a deeper understanding of the events that led to the January 6 attack and Trump’s role in them.

These developments come as Trump faces multiple legal challenges related to his time in office and his post-presidency actions. The case presented by Smith is one of several high-profile legal battles that could impact Trump’s political future and legacy.

Given the importance of the filings and the potential legal precedent at stake, all eyes are on Judge Chutkan as she deliberates on how much of this evidence to reveal and when the public will get a chance to see it.

NYC Mayor Eric Adams Indicted for Bribery, Fraud, and Accepting Illegal Campaign Donations

The indictment against New York City Mayor Eric Adams, unsealed Thursday, accuses him of soliciting and accepting illegal campaign donations and gifts from wealthy foreign nationals, including Turkish officials, dating back to 2014. Allegedly, Adams used his position to influence decisions, such as pressuring the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) to approve a new Turkish consular building without a proper fire inspection. These accusations form the crux of the federal indictment against him, which includes five counts: bribery, wire fraud, conspiracy, and two counts of soliciting campaign donations from foreign nationals.

Adams, a Democrat elected as mayor in 2021, has denied any wrongdoing and maintains his intention to stay in office. He stated, “I look forward to defending myself and defending the people of this city as I’ve done throughout my entire professional career.”

CNN reviewed the 57-page indictment, which outlines what Adams allegedly accepted from foreign nationals, what he provided in return, and his efforts to hide his actions. The charges laid out by the prosecutors aim to prove a series of illegal acts spanning several years.

What Adams Allegedly Accepted

The indictment alleges that for nearly a decade, Adams actively sought out and accepted various benefits, including free luxury travel and illegal campaign donations from foreign businessmen. Between 2016 and October 2023, Adams reportedly committed 23 “overt acts” that involved accepting free flights, hotel accommodations, and orchestrating donations through “straw donors” to circumvent federal law. These straw donors were U.S.-based individuals who falsely claimed they were donating their own money to Adams’ campaigns.

The indictment reveals that Adams received free business class tickets for international flights, luxury hotel stays, high-end restaurant meals, and “lavish” entertainment during trips to Turkey. In one instance, he allegedly accepted business class tickets for three international flights and a significantly discounted stay at the St. Regis Istanbul in 2017. The total value of this trip exceeded $41,000, yet Adams failed todisclose it, according to the indictment.

From 2016 to 2021, Adams allegedly accepted over $123,000 worth of luxury travel without reporting any of it. By 2018, he was not only receiving illegal campaign contributions for his 2021 mayoral bid, but he also began actively seeking out such donations from foreign nationals. The indictment further claims that Adams had already agreed to accept foreign contributions for his 2025 campaign by January 2022.

What Adams Allegedly Gave in Return

In exchange for the luxury travel and other perks he received from Turkish officials, Adams allegedly used his influence to push the FDNY to approve the opening of a Turkish consular building without a fire inspection. This action was prompted by a request from a Turkish official, who in September 2021, allegedly told Adams that “it was his turn to repay.” The official asked Adams to ensure the building would open without the required fire safety check, as Turkey’s President Recep Tayyip Erdogan was scheduled for a visit.

Court documents suggest that the building would not have passed a fire inspection at the time due to “major issues.” Adams allegedly put pressure on the FDNY Commissioner to approve the building, and the same day, the FDNY Chief of Department warned the fire prevention chief that failure to approve the building could cost them their jobs. In response, a conditional letter was drafted to facilitate the opening of the building, even though this procedure was not standard.

Despite the safety concerns, the consular building was opened as requested following Adams’ intervention. CNN reached out to both the Turkish House and the FDNY for comment on the matter.

Efforts to Conceal the Scheme

The indictment also details Adams’ efforts, along with those of his co-conspirators—including an unnamed “Adams staffer”—to conceal their actions from the public. They allegedly created fake paper trails, deleted messages, and changed phone passwords to hide evidence of their dealings.

According to the indictment, “Adams repeatedly did not disclose the free and heavily discounted travel benefits he accepted from the Turkish Official, the Promoter, and the Airline Manager.” He created a false record suggesting he had paid for the travel when, in fact, he had not. Additionally, Adams allegedly told his staffer that he routinely deleted all messages between them and instructed the staffer to ensure that his activities in Turkey in 2021 remained hidden from the public.

The cover-up reportedly continued even after Adams and his co-conspirators became aware of the federal investigation in November 2023. In one instance, an Adams staffer, during an interview with investigators, went to the bathroom and deleted encrypted messaging apps she had used to communicate with Adams and others. Another example detailed in the indictment involves Adams changing the passcode on his personal cell phone.

On November 6, 2023, when investigators searched Adams’ electronic devices, he did not have his personal phone on him. When he later provided the phone, it was locked, and Adams claimed he had forgotten the new password, which he said he changed to prevent staff members from deleting data on the phone.

The Charges Against Adams

In total, Adams faces five counts, which could lead to a maximum prison sentence of 45 years, according to the U.S. Attorney’s Office. The most serious charge, wire fraud, carries a potential 20-year sentence. This charge stems from allegations that Adams misused New York City’s matching funds program, which is intended to amplify the voices of New Yorkers by matching donations from city residents with public funds. The indictment claims Adams not only accepted illegal campaign contributions but also used eight of these donations to request matching funds from the city. Each illegal contribution allowed him to secure up to $2,000 in public funds.

Adams’ 2021 mayoral campaign received more than $10 million from the city’s matching funds program, though the indictment does not specify how much was directly tied to the illegal donations.

The bribery charge, punishable by up to 10 years in prison, relates to the alleged quid-pro-quo arrangement involving luxury travel benefits provided by a Turkish official in return for Adams pushing the approval of the Turkish consular building.

The two counts of soliciting campaign contributions from foreign nationals are each punishable by up to 5 years in prison. One of these charges is related to allegations from 2021, while the other pertains to events from 2023.

Finally, the conspiracy charge, also punishable by up to 5 years in prison, alleges that Adams and “others known and unknown” agreed to commit federal offenses, including wire fraud, soliciting and accepting illegal campaign contributions, and bribery. The indictment outlines 23 specific actions taken in furtherance of the conspiracy.

World Leaders Adopt Pact for the Future to Tackle Global Challenges

On September 22, 2024, world leaders agreed on a historic Pact for the Future that encompasses a Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations. This landmark agreement is the culmination of a long, inclusive process designed to reshape international cooperation for today’s challenges and future demands. It is one of the most comprehensive international agreements in recent history, addressing entirely new domains while resolving issues that have lingered for decades. The primary aim of the Pact is to ensure that global institutions remain effective in a rapidly changing world. As United Nations Secretary-General noted, “we cannot create a future fit for our grandchildren with a system built by our grandparents.”

The Pact reflects a collective commitment to upholding the principles of the United Nations and international law. World leaders presented a clear vision of an international framework that not only keeps its promises but is more representative of modern realities. It draws strength from the involvement of governments, civil society, and other key partners.

“The Pact for the Future, the Global Digital Compact, and the Declaration on Future Generations open the door to new opportunities and untapped possibilities,” the Secretary-General said during his remarks at the Summit of the Future. The President of the General Assembly highlighted that this Pact would “lay the foundations for a sustainable, just, and peaceful global order – for all peoples and nations.”

The agreement spans a wide range of critical global issues, including peace and security, sustainable development, climate change, digital cooperation, human rights, gender equality, youth, future generations, and the reform of global governance. The Pact introduces several key deliverables:

Peace and Security

One of the Pact’s most significant provisions is the commitment to reforming the United Nations Security Council. This reform represents the most progressive step toward enhancing the Council’s effectiveness since the 1960s. A major focus of the reform is to correct Africa’s historical under-representation. Additionally, the Pact includes the first multilateral recommitment to nuclear disarmament in over a decade, emphasizing the goal of fully eliminating nuclear weapons.

In space-related issues, the Pact strengthens international frameworks governing outer space, with a commitment to preventing an arms race in space. It also stresses the need to ensure that all nations can benefit from safe and sustainable exploration of space. Furthermore, the agreement aims to prevent the weaponization of new technologies, including lethal autonomous weapons, and affirms that international laws of war must apply to these technologies.

Sustainable Development, Climate Change, and Financing

The Pact is structured to accelerate progress toward achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). A pivotal aspect of this is the reform of international financial systems to better serve developing countries. This reform includes:

– Providing developing nations with greater influence in decision-making at international financial institutions.

– Mobilizing more resources from multilateral development banks to help these countries meet their developmental needs.

– Restructuring sovereign debt frameworks to allow developing nations to borrow sustainably while investing in their futures, with cooperation from key entities like the IMF, UN, and G20.

– Strengthening global financial safety nets to protect vulnerable populations from economic shocks, through coordinated action by the IMF and member states.

– Speeding up climate change action by delivering more financial resources for adaptation efforts and investments in renewable energy.

The Pact also emphasizes the importance of redefining how human progress is measured. Rather than solely relying on GDP, the Pact advocates for metrics that account for human and planetary well-being and sustainability. Another significant commitment is the introduction of a global minimum tax for high-net-worth individuals. Regarding climate change, the agreement reaffirms the need to limit global temperature rise to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels and transition energy systems away from fossil fuels to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050.

Digital Cooperation

The annexed Global Digital Compact provides the first comprehensive global framework for digital cooperation and governance of artificial intelligence (AI). Central to this Compact is the idea that technology should be designed, used, and governed to benefit everyone. The Compact outlines commitments to:

– Connect all individuals, schools, and hospitals to the internet.

– Anchor digital cooperation in human rights and international law.

– Ensure that online spaces are safe for everyone, especially children, through the joint efforts of governments, tech companies, and social media platforms.

– Govern AI through a roadmap that includes the creation of an International Scientific Panel and a Global Policy Dialogue on AI.

– Increase openness in data access, with agreements on open-source data, models, and standards.

This agreement marks the first global commitment to data governance, placing it firmly on the United Nations agenda. Countries are expected to take concrete steps by 2030 to meet these commitments.

Youth and Future Generations

The Pact includes the first-ever Declaration on Future Generations, which proposes practical measures to incorporate future generations into current decision-making. One of the proposed measures includes appointing an envoy for future generations. Additionally, there is a clear pledge to create more opportunities for young people to have meaningful involvement in decisions that impact their lives, particularly on a global scale.

Human Rights and Gender Equality

The Pact underscores the importance of advancing human rights and gender equality. It emphasizes empowering women and protecting human rights defenders. Furthermore, it highlights the need for engagement from diverse stakeholders, such as local and regional governments, civil society organizations, and the private sector, to address global governance challenges.

Implementation and Follow-up Actions

The Pact also includes detailed provisions for follow-up actions to ensure that the commitments made during the Summit are implemented effectively. This ensures that the ambitious goals set forth in the Pact lead to tangible results.

Summit Process and Participation

The Summit of the Future, which resulted in the Pact for the Future, was deeply enriched by contributions from millions of voices and thousands of stakeholders worldwide. Over 4,000 participants, including heads of state and government, observers, intergovernmental organizations, and representatives from the United Nations system, civil society, and non-governmental organizations, took part in the Summit.

Preceding the formal Summit were the Action Days held from September 20-21, 2024. These events attracted over 7,000 individuals representing all sectors of society. During the Action Days, stakeholders made strong commitments to action and pledged $1.05 billion to promote digital inclusion.

In conclusion, the Pact for the Future represents a groundbreaking agreement that not only addresses today’s global challenges but also prepares the international community for the issues of tomorrow. It is a bold, comprehensive effort to reform international systems and institutions so they can better serve the needs of all nations and peoples.

Saudi Arabia Prepares to Abandon $100 Oil Price Target to Regain Market Share

Saudi Arabia is shifting its strategy by preparing to move away from its informal goal of maintaining oil prices at $100 per barrel, according to a report by the *Financial Times* on Thursday. The kingdom is planning to raise its oil output in a bid to reclaim its lost market share, even if that leads to a drop in prices.

For years, the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), led by Saudi Arabia, has implemented oil production cuts, collaborating with allies like Russia under the OPEC+ alliance. These cuts were aimed at supporting oil prices. However, despite these efforts, global oil prices have dropped by almost 5% since the start of the year. This decline has been attributed to rising oil production from other countries, particularly the United States, along with slower demand growth from China.

OPEC+ has been making adjustments to its output strategy in response to the fluctuating oil market. Earlier in the month, the group decided to postpone a planned increase in oil production for October and November. This decision came after crude oil prices fell to a nine-month low. The group also indicated that further delays or reversals of production hikes might be considered depending on market conditions.

The Financial Times, citing sources familiar with Saudi Arabia’s plans, reported that the kingdom remains committed to increasing oil production as planned on December 1. The decision to raise output could lead to an extended period of lower oil prices. However, Saudi Arabia is reportedly willing to accept this outcome in its pursuit of greater market share.

Following the release of the Financial Times report, Brent crude, a global oil benchmark, saw a 1.7% drop, reaching $72.25 by 10:31 GMT.

As of now, Saudi Arabia’s government has not commented on the report. However, the shifting dynamics within OPEC+ have been evident in the group’s declining influence over the global oil market. Formed in 2016, OPEC+ has seen its market share decrease due to production cuts implemented since 2022, coupled with rising output from other producers, particularly the United States. According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), OPEC+ now accounts for less than half of the world’s total oil supply, a significant drop from previous years.

OPEC+ is responsible for approximately 48% of the world’s oil output. Within this group, Saudi Arabia contributes less than 10% of global oil supply, while U.S. production has increased to 20% of the global market. This shift highlights the growing dominance of U.S. oil producers, especially as they ramp up production to meet global demand.

According to the Financial Times, Saudi Arabia has concluded that it will no longer sacrifice its market share in order to maintain higher prices. The kingdom believes it is well-positioned to handle the economic impact of lower oil prices, with enough financial reserves and access to debt markets to withstand any temporary setbacks. This strategy reflects Saudi Arabia’s determination to reassert its dominance in the global oil market, even if it means enduring short-term financial pain.

Saudi Arabia, which holds the title of the world’s largest oil exporter, has shouldered a considerable portion of the production cuts that OPEC+ has imposed since 2022. The kingdom has reduced its own output by approximately 2 million barrels per day (bpd) since late 2022, playing a pivotal role in efforts to stabilize global oil prices.

Currently, OPEC+ members are collectively cutting 5.86 million bpd from their production levels, a reduction that accounts for about 5.7% of global oil demand. These cuts have been crucial in balancing the oil market, but Saudi Arabia’s willingness to boost output now signals a shift in priorities.

This isn’t the first time Saudi Arabia has chosen to increase production in defense of its market share. In 2020, the kingdom engaged in a price war with Russia, another major oil producer, after Moscow refused to back OPEC’s plan for deeper production cuts to address the economic fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic. During that time, both countries flooded the market with oil, driving prices lower in an attempt to outlast the other.

Saudi Arabia also made a similar move in 2014 when it resisted calls from other OPEC members to reduce production in order to prevent oil prices from falling further. This decision set the stage for a prolonged battle for market share between OPEC and non-OPEC producers, as U.S. shale oil production surged, adding more supply to an already saturated market.

Despite these aggressive market tactics, Saudi Arabia and OPEC have repeatedly maintained that they do not aim for a specific oil price target. Instead, the group’s decisions are driven by market fundamentals, with the primary objective of balancing global supply and demand.

Although Saudi Arabia is now willing to accept lower prices in exchange for greater market share, this move could have significant consequences for the global oil market. Increased production from the kingdom could push prices down further, putting pressure on other OPEC+ members and non-OPEC producers alike. Countries that rely heavily on oil revenue may find it challenging to cope with prolonged periods of low prices, leading to economic instability in some regions.

At the same time, consumers and industries around the world could benefit from lower oil prices, particularly as the global economy continues to recover from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Reduced energy costs could provide much-needed relief for businesses and households, especially in countries that are still grappling with inflation and supply chain disruptions.

However, Saudi Arabia’s decision to prioritize market share over price stability may not sit well with all of its OPEC+ partners. Some members of the alliance may be more dependent on higher oil prices to support their domestic economies and could push back against the kingdom’s plan to increase output. The internal dynamics within OPEC+ could become more complicated as countries weigh their own economic interests against the collective goals of the group.

As the global oil market continues to evolve, Saudi Arabia’s willingness to adapt its strategy underscores the kingdom’s commitment to remaining a key player in the industry. By focusing on market share, Riyadh hopes to secure its long-term position as a leading oil producer, even if that means enduring short-term financial challenges

Pope Francis Calls Europe to Embrace Peace and Welcome Migrants

Pope Francis called on Europe to become a symbol of peace and a welcoming refuge for migrants and refugees as he began his visit to Luxembourg on Thursday. This trip aimed to address both spiritual and humanitarian concerns while energizing the dwindling Catholic community in a region once considered a bastion of Christianity.

Upon his arrival in Luxembourg, the second-smallest and wealthiest country per capita in the European Union, Francis received a warm welcome despite the chilly weather that soon turned into rain. The 87-year-old Pope had recently canceled some of his engagements due to a mild flu, but he appeared to be in good health during the visit. Although he did not make his customary walk down the airplane aisle to greet journalists, the Vatican spokesperson clarified that it was because of the short flight and the layout of the plane, not health concerns.

Luxembourg was the first stop for Pope Francis before he headed to Belgium, where he will spend the weekend. His agenda includes discussions about immigration and peace, especially with the ongoing war in Ukraine. He is also expected to meet with survivors of clergy sexual abuse, a significant issue in the Belgian Catholic Church.

In Luxembourg, Francis was accompanied by Cardinal Jean-Claude Hollerich, a close confidant and one of Francis’ trusted advisors. Hollerich, a Jesuit like the Pope, guided him around the country, taking him to a soccer-themed coffee shop near his home during an afternoon break. Hollerich is Luxembourg’s only cardinal and has played a crucial role in shaping the Pope’s reform initiatives within the Catholic Church.

In his opening address to Luxembourg’s government officials and diplomats, Pope Francis highlighted the country’s historical significance as a European crossroads. Luxembourg, having been invaded during both World Wars, is acutely aware of the devastation that nationalism and harmful ideologies can bring. He emphasized that the country could serve as a model, showcasing the advantages of peace over the horrors of war. “Luxembourg can show everyone the advantages of peace as opposed to the horrors of war,” Francis said.

Francis also praised Luxembourg for its long-standing tradition of opening its doors to foreigners. He urged the country to continue this role and to use its wealth to help poorer nations, reducing the economic pressure that forces people to migrate. “This is one way to ensure a decrease in the number of those forced to emigrate, often in inhumane and dangerous conditions,” the Pope stated. “Let us not forget that having wealth includes responsibility.”

Luxembourg, with a population of 660,000, is a melting pot, where more than half of its residents are non-native. Many are EU bureaucrats or second-generation Portuguese citizens, and the country has a history of welcoming migrants from both within and outside the EU. It has accepted a significant number of migrants crossing the Mediterranean and those fleeing conflict in regions such as Ukraine. By March 2024, Luxembourg was providing temporary protection to over 4,200 non-EU citizens displaced by the war in Ukraine.

Denise Berans, a local resident, noted the excitement in the air, saying, “There are a lot of people here too, border residents who have come and foreigners who live in Luxembourg to see the pope. It is an exceptional thing.”

During a meeting with the Catholic community at Luxembourg’s Cathedral of Notre Dame, Pope Francis lauded the country’s commitment to welcoming those in need. The cathedral, built by Jesuits in the early 1600s, stands as a reminder of Christianity’s deep roots in European history. The Pope urged the Catholic community to uphold this legacy and continue to make Luxembourg a welcoming place for those seeking help. “I encourage you to be faithful to this legacy, and to continue to make your country a friendly home for those who knock at your door seeking help and hospitality,” Francis said, reiterating his call for everyone to feel welcomed in the church.

Luxembourg’s Christian heritage dates back to the 4th century, and it was once a strongly Catholic nation. However, Vatican statistics reveal that only 41% of the population identifies as Catholic today. The rapid decline in religious participation mirrors trends seen across much of Europe, where secularism has gained ground, and the Catholic Church faces increasing challenges.

Pope Francis’ visit to Luxembourg was much shorter than St. John Paul II’s 10-day tour of the region in 1985, which included stops in Belgium and the Netherlands. During that trip, John Paul II delivered 59 speeches and sermons, and was met by enthusiastic crowds. Yet even then, the Catholic Church faced opposition to its stances on issues like contraception, a resistance that has only grown over time.

The sexual abuse crisis, as well as disagreements with Vatican teachings on sexual morality, have contributed to a sharp decline in church participation. Today, church attendance is low, and new priest ordinations have significantly decreased.

Still, despite these challenges, crowds of well-wishers gathered in the narrow streets near the Dukal Palace to catch a glimpse of the Pope in his popemobile. Even rain did not deter the crowd, though one protester jumped over the barricades in an attempt to reach the Pope and was quickly subdued by security.

In a recent article in the Vatican newspaper L’Osservatore Romano, Cardinal Hollerich attributed the decline in the Catholic Church in Luxembourg to secularism and the influx of people with different or no religious beliefs. He argued that the church must adapt to the current reality, rather than attempt to restore its former dominance. “We can no longer look back in the hope of restoring that church that existed a half-century ago. We have to try to find traces of God in the current secularization,” Hollerich wrote.

Cardinal Hollerich, appointed a cardinal by Francis in 2019, plays a pivotal role in the Pope’s ongoing reform efforts. He serves as the general rapporteur for the Synod on Synodality, a major initiative aimed at addressing the future of the Catholic Church. In this capacity, Hollerich has overseen consultations with Catholics worldwide and compiled their views into working papers for bishops to discuss at the Vatican. The second session of this multi-year synod is set to begin next week.

Pope Francis’ high regard for Hollerich is evident. Last year, the Pope named Hollerich to his Council of Cardinals, an advisory group of nine prelates who meet regularly to assist the Pope in governing the Church.

Francis’ trip to Luxembourg, though brief, emphasized the pressing issues of migration, peace, and the church’s future in an increasingly secularized Europe. His message to the continent was clear: Europe must embrace its role as a beacon of peace and continue to open its doors to those in need, while the Catholic Church must find new ways to remain relevant in a rapidly changing world.

297 Indian Antiquities to Return from U.S. Following Diplomatic Efforts

India is set to welcome back 297 antiquities from the United States after months of investigation and negotiation. The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) revealed that these precious items, many of which were either stolen or illegally trafficked out of India, will soon be returned. This development coincided with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s three-day visit to the U.S. from 21 to 24 September. During this visit, the U.S. took steps to facilitate the return of these cultural treasures.

In an official statement released by the MEA on Sunday, it was announced that “in a symbolic handing over, a select few pieces were showcased to the prime minister and President Biden on the sidelines of their bilateral meeting in Wilmington, Delaware.” The symbolic gesture marked the beginning of a complex and meticulous process to bring these antiquities back to India.

Recovering antiquities is a lengthy and intricate process, requiring detailed documentation and coordination between various authorities. According to Dr. Sanjib Kumar Singh, a senior archaeologist and museologist at the National Museum in New Delhi, the process involves thorough collaboration between Indian consulates and U.S. authorities. He explained, “The embassy or consulate starts negotiations, on the advice of the Archaeological Survey of India, to share documents and photos pertaining to antiquity, to prove how the object belongs to our country. This is followed by discussions. Then, the antiquities are returned.”

The collection of antiquities being returned is a diverse array of items. Some were originally housed in the Metropolitan Museum of Art (Met) in New York, while others were confiscated by U.S. authorities and had been in the possession of the New York Attorney General’s office. Modi expressed his appreciation for this development, writing on social media platform X, “Deepening cultural connect and strengthening the fight against illicit trafficking of cultural properties.”

Antiquities Dating Back 4,000 Years

The antiquities being returned to India span a remarkable time period of nearly 4,000 years, ranging from 2000 BCE to 1900 CE. The items have origins from various regions across India, with most being terracotta artifacts from the eastern parts of the country. The collection also includes items made from stone, metal, wood, and ivory.

A significant part of the antiquities recovered in the U.S. can be traced back to Subhash Kapoor, a notorious figure in the art trafficking world. Kapoor, who operated an art gallery in the U.S., was implicated in the trafficking of over 2,500 antiquities. From 2011 to 2022, U.S. Homeland Security and the New York District Attorney’s office conducted investigations that led to the recovery of these artifacts, which were valued at over $143 million. Of the 2,500 items recovered, 307 pieces, estimated to be worth $4 million, are now slated for return to India.

Some of the most remarkable pieces in this collection include an apsara (celestial being) carved in sandstone from central India, dating back to the 10th or 11th century CE, a bronze Jain Tirthankar from central India dating to the 15th or 16th century CE, and a bronze statue of the Hindu deity Vishnu from eastern India, crafted between the 17th and 18th centuries CE.

Additionally, a number of items from this group had been part of the Met’s collection. In 2023, the museum announced that it would return 15 significant pieces to India. Among them are a terracotta sculpture of a yakshi (a female spirit associated with fertility) from 1st century BCE West Bengal, a bronze sculpture depicting the god Revanta returning from a hunt, crafted in the 10th century CE, and a 15th-century parikara (backplate). The director of the Met, Max Hollein, noted in a statement, “Last month, in light of new provenance information, we returned 16 works to India, including the celestial dancer, a sculpture that enraptured visitors for decades.”

These items, now formally handed over, are part of the total 297 antiquities being returned to India as a result of the efforts by U.S. and Indian authorities.

### The Process of Returning Antiquities

The return of stolen or trafficked cultural artifacts is governed by India’s Antiquities and Art Treasures Act of 1972. This act provides the legal framework for the identification, registration, and accession of cultural objects. Proper identification and accession—whereby each item is assigned a unique number for permanent storage and cataloging—are critical to ensuring the security and preservation of these historical treasures.

However, recovering these artifacts from overseas markets or museums is often complicated by the significant time lapse between when an item is stolen and when it reappears in foreign collections. Smugglers tend to target culturally unique or region-specific objects that hold both high monetary value and deep cultural significance. Statues of deities like yoginis, or items like ancient temple artifacts, are often the most sought after by traffickers.

According to Sanjib Kumar, spokesperson for the National Museum, New Delhi, “These smugglers often target objects which cannot be found outside of India, or are unique to the region, like yogini, or statues of various gods. These become extremely valuable, both in terms of their monetary worth and cultural significance.”

While many stolen artifacts remain at large, the return of these 297 antiquities represents a significant diplomatic and cultural achievement. “The return of antiquities is of course part of diplomacy, but, either way, it is a great moment for India’s cultural heritage,” Kumar added.

This diplomatic success highlights not only the importance of international cooperation in protecting cultural heritage but also the ongoing efforts by the Indian government to retrieve and preserve its stolen antiquities. Thanks to these initiatives, a significant portion of India’s cultural legacy will be restored, allowing future generations to experience and appreciate the artistic and historical treasures of the country.

Steve Jobs’ Secret to Problem Solving: The 10-Minute Rule and How It Can Help Your Brain

When faced with a complex issue at work, you might sit at your desk, stressing over the solution. After ten minutes of intense focus, you still come up blank. What should you do? If you were Steve Jobs, the answer was simple: get up and take a walk.

“Taking a long walk was his preferred way to have a serious conversation,” writes Jobs’ biographer, Walter Isaacson. Legendary designer Jony Ives also recalls, “So much of our time together was spent quietly walking.” It’s evident from various accounts that Jobs spent much of his time walking barefoot, whether he was deep in thought or discussing business strategies.

Jobs’ habit of walking wasn’t just about enjoying the outdoors or staying physically fit. He had an intuitive understanding of something science is now beginning to prove — walking helps the brain function more efficiently. Specifically, it aids in solving complex problems that often seem impossible to crack while sitting still.

As neuroscience suggests, walking shifts the brain into a mode that allows for creativity and problem-solving, which is why modern experts recommend adopting the “10-minute rule”: If you haven’t found a solution within ten minutes of focused thinking, take a walk.

Your Brain Isn’t a Muscle

This advice comes from Mithu Storoni, a neuroscientist from the University of Cambridge and author of the book *Hyperefficient: Optimize Your Brain to Transform the Way You Work*. On a recent HBR IdeaCast podcast, Storoni shared several strategies for improving brain efficiency, one of which is the 10-minute rule.

“I have some clients, and… one managing director has adopted a rule of, if he’s sitting in front of his computer with a problem that he hasn’t managed to solve for 10 minutes, he leaves his desk, he goes for a walk,” says Storoni.

She explains that unlike muscles, the brain doesn’t respond to more effort in the same way. If you’re doing a physically repetitive task, like working on an assembly line, pushing your muscles harder can yield more results until they tire out. But when the brain is your main tool, simply trying harder often leads to diminishing returns.

For tasks that are routine and don’t require much creativity, such as going through emails, focused effort works well. You can sit down, concentrate, and power through. However, when the job requires generating new ideas or solving a tricky problem, you need a more relaxed, open mental state where your mind can explore possibilities and make connections that weren’t immediately obvious.

Sitting in frustration for long periods doesn’t produce these “aha!” moments. Instead, trying to force ideas leads to mental exhaustion, blocking the creative process. Storoni emphasizes that instead of brute-forcing your way through a mental block, it’s better to coax your brain into a state that fosters innovative thinking.

Why the 10-Minute Rule Enhances Brain Function

So, how does stepping away from a problem after 10 minutes and taking a walk help your brain reach the right state to solve it?

According to Storoni, how you move your body affects how your mind functions. Taking a walk keeps your mind alert, but not fixated on one particular idea. “It keeps you in the right alert mental state, so you don’t just drift off, you don’t just fall asleep, or feel lethargic, or [look] at your phone,” she says. At the same time, walking keeps your attention moving because your surroundings are in motion. This constant yet gentle shift in focus allows your mind to wander, encouraging it to explore different solutions to the problem you’re working on.

Walking, she explains, prevents you from becoming overly focused on any one thought. “You can’t ruminate, because your attention can’t stick to one problem for too long because you also have to pay attention to where you’re walking,” Storoni adds.

In simple terms, as you walk, you have to navigate the physical world around you, avoiding obstacles like streetlights or uneven sidewalks. This physical movement mirrors a similar mental process where your mind lightly skips between ideas without getting stuck. It’s this fluid mental state that allows new ideas to form and breakthrough solutions to emerge.

The Power of Walking: Supported by Great Thinkers

If you’re wondering whether this technique is truly effective, consider the achievements of Steve Jobs. His creative genius and problem-solving abilities are legendary, and he regularly used walking as a tool to enhance his thinking. But Jobs isn’t the only one who relied on walking to sharpen his mind. Many other influential figures, from Charles Darwin to Mark Zuckerberg, have also advocated for walking as a way to unlock creativity and innovation.

The connection between walking and cognitive function is backed by both anecdotal evidence and scientific research. According to various studies, moving your body not only improves physical health but also boosts brain activity, particularly when it comes to tackling complex problems. When you feel stuck, continuing to sit and struggle at your desk may only deepen your frustration. But by getting up and taking a walk, you shift your brain into a more conducive state for creative thinking.

Applying the 10-Minute Rule to Your Own Life

The science and real-life examples are clear: if you’re stuck on a problem and haven’t made progress after 10 minutes, it’s time to get moving. This doesn’t mean giving up or abandoning the task; rather, it’s about shifting how you approach the challenge. Walking provides a change of environment and pace, which nudges your brain into a mode better suited for idea generation.

If you’re still skeptical, give it a try next time you encounter a mental block. Set a timer for 10 minutes of focused work. When the timer goes off and you haven’t cracked the problem, stand up, go for a brief walk, and allow your mind to wander. You may find that when you return to your desk, the solution you were struggling to find comes to you naturally.

Ultimately, the 10-minute rule isn’t just a technique for clearing mental roadblocks — it’s a philosophy that acknowledges the importance of working smarter, not harder. Whether you’re in the midst of a high-stakes project or trying to think creatively about a new initiative, taking a break after 10 minutes of frustration might be the key to unlocking your next big idea.

Harvard Medical Student Consumes 720 Eggs in a Month for Cholesterol Study, Sees Surprising Results

In an unconventional self-experiment, Harvard medical student Dr. Nick Norwitz set out to study the effects of consuming a massive quantity of eggs on cholesterol levels. Over the course of a month, Norwitz ate an astounding 720 eggs – averaging 24 eggs per day – to test how such a diet would impact his cholesterol, particularly his LDL (low-density lipoprotein), commonly referred to as “bad” cholesterol. Surprisingly, instead of seeing an increase, Norwitz observed that his LDL levels dropped by nearly 20 percent by the end of the month.

Before beginning his egg-heavy experiment, Norwitz hypothesized that consuming 60 dozen eggs would not elevate his LDL cholesterol levels. His normal diet was a mixed, standard American-style one, during which his LDL levels hovered around 90 mg per deciliter. Norwitz had since switched to a ketogenic diet, a high-fat, low-carb eating style. The primary goal of his experiment was to observe how drastically increasing dietary cholesterol intake would affect his cholesterol markers.

Norwitz detailed his findings in a video on YouTube, explaining that his dietary cholesterol intake skyrocketed during the month. He estimated his total cholesterol intake at around 133,200 milligrams, with his intake of dietary cholesterol increasing more than fivefold. Despite this, Norwitz noted a 2 percent drop in his LDL levels after the first week of consuming 24 eggs a day. By the end of the experiment, his LDL levels had fallen by a total of 18 percent.

For those unfamiliar with cholesterol metrics, LDL cholesterol is often seen as a marker for heart disease risk. However, some studies suggest that the relationship between dietary cholesterol and blood cholesterol levels may not be as direct as once believed. For instance, according to Healthline, research has shown that consuming eggs – up to two per day or half a cup – does not appear to raise cholesterol levels in healthy individuals. Furthermore, even individuals with health conditions like diabetes who consume six to twelve eggs per week do not seem to experience adverse effects on their cholesterol levels or heart disease risk factors. Instead, egg consumption is linked to an increase in HDL (high-density lipoprotein) or “good” cholesterol.

Norwitz’s self-study contributes to the ongoing debate about cholesterol and diet, particularly in the context of low-carb and ketogenic diets. “In lean, insulin-sensitive people who go on low carbohydrate diets, especially ketogenic diets, it’s common for LDL levels to rise as part of a lipid triad,” Norwitz explained. The lipid triad consists of elevated LDL cholesterol, elevated HDL cholesterol, and low triglycerides, forming what he called “a metabolic signature of an extreme shift from carb-burning to fat-burning.” This shift is particularly notable in people on ketogenic diets, which prioritize fat as the primary energy source over carbohydrates.

Despite Norwitz’s massive intake of cholesterol over the month, his cholesterol levels defied conventional expectations. In addition to his LDL decrease, Norwitz mentioned that adding carbohydrates back into his diet during the final two weeks led to further dramatic changes. As a “lean, mass hyper-responder,” Norwitz’s body showed extreme sensitivity to his diet. Adding carbs, including fruits like blueberries, bananas, and strawberries, helped lower his LDL further. Although he didn’t fully reverse his metabolic response, Norwitz said the addition of carbs “dominated over the insane amounts of cholesterol I was consuming,” leading to a noticeable shift in his cholesterol markers.

Norwitz consumed around 60 grams of net carbohydrates per day in the final two weeks. This wasn’t enough to fully negate his ketogenic state, but it was sufficient to bring him in and out of ketosis – the metabolic state in which the body burns fat instead of carbohydrates for energy. Despite this ebb and flow in ketosis, Norwitz continued to consume high levels of dietary cholesterol. His daily intake of saturated fats reached about 75 grams, which amounts to roughly 100 calories, and he consumed about 5,000 milligrams of dietary cholesterol per day. This is far beyond the American Heart Association’s recommendation that no more than 6 percent of daily calories should come from saturated fat.

The outcome of Norwitz’s extreme experiment raises questions about conventional advice on cholesterol and diet. Typically, people are warned to limit dietary cholesterol and saturated fat to prevent heart disease. However, Norwitz’s experience suggests that the relationship between cholesterol intake and blood cholesterol levels may be more complex, particularly in people following specific diets like keto.

Norwitz acknowledged that his month-long egg diet was “crazy,” but he was motivated by more than curiosity about his own cholesterol. He hoped that his experiment would spark “intellectual provocation” regarding extreme dietary messaging often seen on social media. Referring to his experiment as “legit-bait,” Norwitz admitted that the bizarre nature of his diet was designed to attract attention. By sharing his experience, Norwitz aimed to encourage more researchers to investigate the nuances of metabolic health and cholesterol.

Beyond the eye-catching nature of his experiment, Norwitz emphasized that the results shed light on the importance of context in dietary studies. While some people may be able to handle large amounts of dietary cholesterol without negative consequences, others may not react in the same way. His findings suggest that individual factors, such as body composition and metabolic state, play a significant role in how dietary cholesterol is processed.

Ultimately, Norwitz’s self-experiment is a reminder that dietary science is constantly evolving. What works for one person may not work for another, and extreme dietary changes can lead to unexpected results. While eating 24 eggs a day may not be advisable for most people, Norwitz’s findings contribute to the ongoing dialogue about cholesterol, diet, and health.

Norwitz’s egg-centric experiment serves as an example of how unconventional methods can provoke deeper conversations about nutrition and health. By challenging the assumptions about dietary cholesterol, his experiment may pave the way for further research on how different diets affect metabolic markers. In a field where nutrition advice can often be contradictory, Norwitz’s experiment underscores the need for more nuanced understanding and study of the relationship between diet and cholesterol.

Though Norwitz’s findings are unlikely to result in widespread recommendations to consume 24 eggs a day, his experiment adds another layer of complexity to our understanding of dietary cholesterol and its role in overall health.

Modi Wraps Up US Visit Without Meeting Trump, Despite Earlier Claims

Prime Minister Narendra Modi concluded his three-day official visit to the United States, notably avoiding a meeting with former President Donald Trump, despite the latter’s public announcement of such a meeting. Trump had claimed at a rally in Flint, Michigan, that Modi would join him, but this encounter did not materialize.

According to Fox News, Modi was expected to attend Trump’s rally on Long Island on Sunday, yet despite Trump’s comments, Indian officials had dismissed the possibility of such a meeting even before Modi left for the U.S. Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri confirmed that there was no “specific meeting at present” planned with the former President.

Throughout his U.S. visit, Modi participated in several high-profile events. He attended the Quad Leaders’ Summit in Wilmington, addressed a large gathering of Indian-Americans on Long Island, met with U.S. technology leaders, and spoke at the United Nations’ Summit of the Future on Monday. Additionally, Modi held bilateral meetings with world leaders on each of the three days of his visit. However, despite the political significance of this trip, Modi chose not to meet either of the U.S. presidential candidates—Vice President Kamala Harris and Donald Trump.

The decision not to meet Trump raised eyebrows, particularly after Trump claimed at a rally that Modi, his “fantastic friend,” would be coming to the U.S. specifically to see him. “He’s fantastic. I mean, fantastic, man. A lot of these leaders are fantastic,” Trump told supporters during the town hall event in Flint, Michigan, just days before Modi’s visit.

Modi Declines to Reignite ‘Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar’

This recent decision stands in stark contrast to Modi’s previous engagements with Trump, where he had, in subtle ways, endorsed Trump’s re-election. During Trump’s presidency, Modi demonstrated a strong camaraderie with him, and the two leaders were often portrayed as having a solid personal bond, underscored by shared political ideologies. Both had been vocal about policies aimed at bolstering their respective countries’ self-reliance, with Modi’s “Make in India” campaign drawing parallels to Trump’s “America First” approach.

The friendship between the two became a focal point in global media, particularly during the 2019 “Howdy, Modi” rally in Houston. At the time, Trump was seeking a second term as president, and Modi, as a foreign leader, shared the stage with him at an event attended by 50,000 Indian-Americans, a crucial voter demographic for Trump. It was at this event that Modi famously said, “Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar,” which loosely translates to “This time, it’s Trump’s government,” a statement seen by many as an endorsement of Trump’s re-election campaign.

Modi’s enthusiastic participation in the “Howdy, Modi” rally had a significant impact, particularly among Indian-American voters, many of whom tend to lean Republican. Trump capitalized on this moment, portraying himself as a strong ally of the Indian community in the U.S.

In February 2020, Modi hosted Trump for the “Namaste Trump” event in Ahmedabad, India, where over 100,000 people gathered to welcome the American president. This grand reception further reinforced the idea that the two leaders shared a close bond, and it was widely seen as a strategic move to boost Trump’s appeal among Indian-American voters during his re-election campaign.

However, this year, there was a noticeable absence of similar support or endorsement from Modi. While Trump had publicly expressed expectations of a meeting, Modi’s decision to avoid such an encounter suggests a deliberate move to distance himself from the former president, particularly as the U.S. political landscape shifts ahead of the 2024 election.

Despite the close rapport they had shared in the past, Modi’s decision not to meet Trump or endorse him this time could reflect a shift in India’s foreign policy approach. As the U.S. gears up for another highly charged election, Modi may be seeking to maintain neutrality or avoid appearing to favor one candidate over another. This could also signal India’s broader strategy of focusing on strengthening ties with the current U.S. administration and other global leaders, rather than becoming entangled in American electoral politics.

By refraining from repeating the “Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar” slogan or attending a rally with Trump, Modi has shown a more cautious approach, likely aimed at preserving India’s diplomatic flexibility. While the earlier endorsements helped to solidify India’s ties with Trump during his presidency, the political climate has since changed, and Modi may be recalibrating his approach accordingly.

In contrast to the past, where personal rapport between leaders took center stage, this visit demonstrated Modi’s emphasis on formal bilateral relations and multilateral engagements. His meetings with U.S. tech leaders, participation in the Quad Leaders’ Summit, and address at the U.N. Summit of the Future highlight India’s growing global role. By choosing to focus on these aspects of the visit, rather than rekindling a personal alliance with Trump, Modi underscored India’s priorities in a rapidly changing international order.

The lack of a meeting with Trump, despite the latter’s anticipation, sends a clear signal that India is focused on its broader foreign policy agenda, rather than being swayed by the dynamics of U.S. domestic politics. It also reflects a shift in the nature of diplomacy, where leaders may prefer to focus on long-term strategic partnerships rather than short-term political alignments.

Ultimately, Modi’s visit to the U.S. highlighted India’s increasing influence on the world stage, while his decision to skip a meeting with Trump marked a significant departure from the past. Whether this decision will have any impact on Trump’s re-election efforts remains to be seen, but it certainly underscores India’s cautious and calculated approach to international relations in an era of global uncertainty.

US Tech Layoffs Hit Indian H-1B Visa Holders Hard Amid New Visa Challenges

The U.S. technology industry is currently experiencing a significant wave of layoffs, disproportionately impacting Indian workers, particularly those holding H-1B visas. This troubling trend comes alongside a series of tougher visa regulations and increasing application fees, creating a much more challenging landscape for immigrants, international students, and skilled laborers in the country.

Recent data from Layoffs.fyi shows that around 438 tech companies have laid off approximately 137,500 employees. This mass downsizing has shattered the long-standing belief that the tech sector is immune to economic downturns. The reality of widespread layoffs is forcing many workers, especially those on temporary visas like the H-1B, to scramble for new employment to maintain their legal status in the United States.

For H-1B visa holders, the stakes are especially high. Under current U.S. immigration law, H-1B visa holders must secure a new job within a limited timeframe if they are laid off, or risk being forced to leave the country. This job insecurity, coupled with strict visa rules, puts additional pressure on foreign workers.

Compounding the issue is the significant backlog of green card applications, which has left many Indian professionals in a precarious situation. According to the U.S. Congressional Research Service, some Indian workers face extraordinarily long waits, often exceeding 190 years, to receive permanent residency, despite meeting all labor requirements. This backlog adds another layer of complexity to the already difficult situation for these highly skilled professionals.

New Visa Regulations Intensify Hardships

In addition to layoffs and job insecurity, recent changes to U.S. visa regulations have made life even more difficult for Indian workers. The October 2024 visa bulletin, released by the U.S. Department of State, outlines the availability of immigrant visas for the upcoming fiscal year. These new rules have raised concerns among several visa categories, including the EB-5 investor visa program.

The EB-5 visa allows individuals to gain residency in the U.S. through significant investments in designated target areas. However, applicants from mainland China and India often face delays due to high demand and limited availability. As a result, Indian nationals trying to invest and settle in the U.S. through this visa route are finding the process increasingly difficult.

Moreover, the cost of obtaining an H-1B visa has skyrocketed, creating an additional financial strain on applicants. Previously, the application fee was $10 per beneficiary, but it has now soared to $215, representing a staggering 2150% increase. Alongside this, the fee for paper filing applications has jumped from $460 to $780, a 70% rise. These substantial fee hikes add to the burden on foreign workers, many of whom are already dealing with job insecurity in a rapidly shifting tech industry.

The sharp increase in visa fees is another element that underscores the growing challenges faced by immigrants in the U.S. Those applying for green cards, for example, are also seeing higher costs. The fee for filing an I-30 petition for a family-based green card has gone up to $675 for paper submissions, while the online application fee is $625. In addition, a new $600 fee has been introduced for certain asylum petitions.

International students are not immune from these changes, either. Those seeking to study in the U.S. on F, M, or J visas are now under more intense scrutiny. They are required to provide more detailed and accurate information related to their passports, which can be difficult for some students to provide, especially in cases of passport irregularities or administrative delays.

Broader Implications for Immigrants

The combination of mass layoffs and stricter visa rules paints a bleak picture for Indian workers and other immigrants in the U.S. tech industry. Many of these individuals came to the U.S. with the promise of securing high-paying jobs and potentially gaining permanent residency. However, with the job market shrinking and visa regulations becoming more burdensome, that path is becoming increasingly difficult to navigate.

The H-1B visa program, in particular, is under strain. Designed to allow U.S. employers to hire foreign workers in specialty occupations, such as technology, the program has long been a lifeline for skilled workers from countries like India. However, as tech companies continue to downsize, H-1B workers are finding it harder to secure jobs within the narrow time window mandated by immigration law. Failure to do so often means returning to their home countries, potentially leaving behind years of work experience and career growth in the U.S.

According to one H-1B visa holder who recently lost their job, “The uncertainty is overwhelming. We have only 60 days to find a new position, and the job market is brutal right now. It’s a race against time, and every day feels like a countdown.”

The surge in visa fees has added another layer of stress to this already difficult situation. For many workers, the rising costs of applying for visas or renewing their status is an additional financial burden at a time when job security is precarious. This is especially challenging for those laid off, as they are already navigating the costs associated with unemployment.

“These fee hikes feel like a slap in the face,” said another Indian worker affected by the recent changes. “We’re already dealing with so much uncertainty—now we’re being asked to pay significantly more just to keep our visa status.”

Impact on U.S. Tech Industry

The challenges faced by Indian workers and other foreign nationals could also have broader implications for the U.S. tech industry. Many of these individuals bring specialized skills in areas like software development, engineering, and data science—skills that are in high demand. However, as the visa process becomes more complicated and costly, it could deter foreign talent from coming to the U.S. or encourage those already here to leave.

The tech industry has long relied on foreign workers to fill key positions, especially in fields where there is a shortage of domestic talent. If these workers find it too difficult to navigate the U.S. immigration system, it could result in a talent drain, leaving companies struggling to fill critical roles.

Moreover, with increasing layoffs and fewer job opportunities, some experts worry that the U.S. could lose its edge as a global leader in technology and innovation. The current environment, marked by layoffs, visa challenges, and rising fees, creates uncertainty not just for foreign workers but also for the companies that employ them.

For now, Indian workers and other H-1B visa holders face an uphill battle in maintaining their legal status and finding employment in a tightening job market. As the U.S. continues to adjust its immigration policies, the impact on both individuals and industries is likely to be profound. Many hope that changes will be made to address the growing backlog and fee increases, but until then, the road ahead remains uncertain.

Air India Expands its Reach in North America Amid Strong Market Competition

Air India currently operates 11 direct routes to North America, connecting key Indian cities such as Delhi, Mumbai, and Bengaluru with major hubs like New York (JFK and Newark), San Francisco, Chicago, Toronto, and Vancouver. Nine of these flights are bound for the U.S., and two serve Canada. Despite this strong network, Air India has hinted at expanding its North American operations with potential new routes to Dallas/Fort Worth, Los Angeles, and Seattle. While these new destinations have been discussed, official confirmations and start dates are yet to be announced. Los Angeles, once served by Air India via Frankfurt, is a prominent candidate for relaunch, and there has been frequent talk of launching a route to Boston, though no official statements have been made regarding this.

According to Cirium data, from October 2024 to February 2025, Air India will account for three-quarters of all non-stop flight seats between India and North America. When factoring in Air India’s Star Alliance partners, United Airlines and Air Canada, the share jumps to 94%. This highlights the alliance’s significant presence in the market. However, Air India holds only a 13% market share of total passengers traveling between India and North America. This relatively small share is primarily due to the abundance of one-stop flight options available through hubs in Europe, the Middle East, and East Asia. These alternatives offer travelers more flexibility and competitive fares, drawing a substantial number of passengers away from direct flights.

The airline’s current North American fleet includes Boeing 777s and 787-8 Dreamliners. Its Boeing 777-300ER fleet comprises 328-seat planes previously used by Etihad Airways and 342-seat models owned by Air India. The airline also operates Boeing 777-200LR aircraft with 238 and 288-seat configurations, some of which were once part of Delta Air Lines’ fleet. The 787-8 Dreamliners, offering 256 seats, are utilized for select routes.

Looking ahead, Air India’s long-haul operations will soon receive a major upgrade with the introduction of the Airbus A350-900. These planes, configured with 316 seats, will enter service in early 2024. The A350 will provide an enhanced passenger experience, addressing feedback on the aging interiors of Air India’s older Boeing 777s. The addition of the A350 is expected to boost the airline’s competitiveness, improve passenger comfort, and possibly lead to higher ticket prices. The A350 will debut on the Delhi-New York JFK route in November 2024, followed by the Delhi-Newark route in January 2025.

Current Route Timings and Fleet Details

Air India’s schedule for its North American routes showcases its extensive reach. The Delhi to Toronto route operates 10 flights per week, with plans to increase to double daily service in November 2024, using Boeing 777-300ERs. The Delhi to San Francisco route has 10 weekly flights, flown on the 777-200LR. A daily service operates between Delhi and Chicago O’Hare on the 777-300ER, while the Delhi to New York JFK route also operates daily on the 777-300ER, though this will switch to the A350-900 in November 2024.

In addition, the Delhi to Vancouver route runs daily using the 777-300ER. Mumbai’s daily service to New York JFK also utilizes the 777-300ER. The Delhi to Newark route operates five times weekly, transitioning from the 777-200LR/300ER to the A350-900 by January 2025. Delhi to Washington Dulles offers five flights weekly, using the 787-8. The Mumbai to San Francisco route runs four times weekly on the 777-200LR, while the Bengaluru to San Francisco service operates three times weekly on the same aircraft. Mumbai to Newark offers three flights weekly on the 777-300ER.

Among these routes, the Delhi-Toronto corridor is particularly critical for Air India. In 2023, booking data showed that 760,000 passengers traveled between these two cities, averaging over 2,000 passengers daily. Due to this high demand, Air India plans to expand its Delhi-Toronto service from 10 weekly flights to double daily beginning in early November 2024. This increase in service will intensify competition with Air Canada, which operates its own daily flights on the same route. By doubling its flights, Air India hopes to capture a larger share of the point-to-point traffic between Toronto and Delhi, as well as expand its reach to the broader Toronto-India market, which includes other Indian cities.

In 2023, nearly 660,000 passengers flew between Toronto and destinations beyond Delhi, highlighting the significance of this market. Increasing the frequency of flights will also position Air India to attract more connecting passengers from Toronto to key destinations across Southeast Asia. These include popular cities such as Bangkok, Dhaka, Ho Chi Minh City, Kathmandu, Kuala Lumpur, Phuket, and Singapore. With connection times as short as 75 minutes in some cases, Air India is poised to offer one of the fastest travel options for passengers flying between Toronto and Southeast Asia. The airline is expected to attract more travelers by providing competitive fares and promotional deals as it ramps up its service on these routes.

As Air India increases its North American footprint, the introduction of more direct flights and the upgrade of its fleet with the A350 will be crucial in differentiating the airline from its competitors. Despite the abundance of one-stop options for passengers traveling between India and North America, the airline’s expansion efforts and improved service offerings are aimed at making it a stronger contender in the long-haul market. Passengers can look forward to a blend of convenience, competitive pricing, and enhanced comfort as Air India moves to capitalize on growing demand in the India-North America travel corridor.

Japan’s Declining Power and Shifting Dynamics in Asia

Japan’s status as a major power in Asia is on a downward trajectory, largely attributed to its economic decline. This change is reflected in Tokyo’s fall to fourth place across several key indicators that measure the most powerful and influential nations in Asia. The Asia Power Index, an annual study conducted by Australia’s Lowy Institute, evaluates the relative power of states in the region, analyzing factors such as resources and influence.

The Index, which has been in place for several years, ranks 27 countries and territories across Asia, from Pakistan in the west to Russia in the north, and includes Pacific nations such as Australia, New Zealand, and the United States. It is widely regarded as a comprehensive tool to assess the changing power dynamics in Asia.

In the latest 2024 edition, which covers six years of data, significant shifts have been observed. The United States remains the dominant force in the region, but it faces increasing military competition from China. Despite China’s growing military strength, its overall influence in the region has stabilized. As the report notes, “China’s power is neither surging nor collapsing. It is plateauing below that of the United States but still well above any Asian competitors.”

Although the U.S. continues to hold the top position, it is losing ground to China in the realm of military capability. China’s persistent military advancements have allowed it to close the gap with the U.S., though not enough to overtake its position. The report emphasizes, “The United States has bolstered its standing in Asia, but it is losing ground to China on Military Capability.”

India’s ascent is one of the major takeaways of the 2024 Index. It has overtaken Japan to become the third most powerful country in Asia, though its potential remains underutilized. The survey indicates that “India is rising although a tad bit slowly. India has overtaken Japan to become the third-ranked power in Asia, but its clout remains below the potential promised by its resources.”

India’s growing influence in Asia marks a significant shift in the region’s power balance. However, the report also highlights the gap between India’s projected rise and its actual influence. It states, “The Asia Power Index shows that New Delhi still has limited ability to project power and influence east of the Malacca Strait. However, the fact that its influence remains well below the level promised by its resources suggests it still has ample potential for further growth as a major power.”

Japan, despite its decline in economic prowess, is becoming more active in regional security matters. Tokyo’s transformation from an economic and cultural powerhouse to a more defense-oriented player is notable. The report mentions, “With Japan taking a stand on security issues in the region, its image is changing from an economic and cultural powerhouse to one much more active in defense and security.”

Japan’s once formidable technological edge has eroded due to competition from countries like South Korea, China, and Taiwan. This has significantly impacted its economic standing, although Japan has gained recognition in the defense sector. Increased collaboration with the U.S. and other regional partners has enhanced Tokyo’s role as a regional security provider. The report specifically cites Japan’s signing of a Reciprocal Access Agreement with the Philippines as an example of its growing influence in defense matters.

Despite these developments, the power dynamics in Asia remain dominated by the United States and China. Both countries are engaged in what the report describes as a “long contest.” The survey findings indicate that China’s power has reached a plateau, with no significant increase or decrease in recent years. “China’s power is neither surging nor collapsing but plateauing,” the report states.

This stabilization in China’s power is largely driven by slower economic growth and long-term structural challenges. While China remains a formidable economic force, its growth has flattened, leading the report to conclude that “Flatlining Economic Capability, driven by slower economic growth and longer-term structural challenges, means that China’s economic clout, while still commanding, is no longer growing.”

The U.S. continues to lead China on six out of the eight parameters used to assess power in the Asia Power Index. However, China has made significant strides in military capability, closing more than a quarter of the gap between itself and the U.S. since 2018. The report highlights, “For the first time, experts surveyed for the Asia Power Index judged that China is better able to deploy rapidly and for a sustained period in the event of an interstate conflict in Asia.”

China’s military advancements come at a time of heightened tensions with Taiwan. The self-ruled island has become a focal point of Beijing’s assertive foreign policy. Despite these developments, the report suggests that China’s military power still has limitations when it comes to projecting force beyond its borders.

The 2024 Index provides a nuanced view of China’s power, neither presenting it as an unstoppable force nor as a declining entity. Instead, the report states that “China’s power is neither collapsing nor increasing exponentially. Instead, it shows China finding a new ‘settling point’—with power below that of the United States but well ahead of any other country in Asia.”

China’s military capability has improved, but the report underscores that its ability to project power remains constrained. The survey notes that while China has added more new capabilities than other countries in the Index, it still faces challenges in projecting power on a global scale. “China will not exceed the US in terms of overall Military Capability for the foreseeable future, but that may not be needed to achieve its strategic objectives in East Asia, including Taiwan and the South China Sea,” the report concludes.

The Asia Power Index reveals the evolving landscape of power in Asia, with the U.S. retaining its dominant position but facing increasing competition from China. India’s rise and Japan’s shift toward security play a crucial role in the region’s changing dynamics. Meanwhile, China’s power has plateaued, indicating a stable but uncertain future for its influence in Asia.

Qatar Joins U.S. Visa Waiver Program, Strengthening Bilateral Ties and Security Cooperation

The United States has announced that Qatar will be included in the Visa Waiver Program (VWP), a decision made today by Secretary of Homeland Security Alejandro N. Mayorkas in collaboration with Secretary of State Antony J. Blinken. The inclusion of Qatar in the VWP will bolster U.S. security interests and promote legitimate travel and commerce between the two countries. This move represents a significant step forward in enhancing the already strong relationship between Qatar and the United States.

Qatar’s inclusion in the Visa Waiver Program is a testament to the nation’s commitment to meeting the rigorous security standards set by the U.S. government. According to both Mayorkas and Blinken, Qatar has proven to be a valuable and dependable partner, and its entry into the VWP will further solidify this partnership. In his statement, Secretary Mayorkas emphasized the importance of this collaboration, noting, “The Visa Waiver Program is one of our most successful security initiatives. Qatar’s participation in the program increases information sharing regarding one of the world’s busiest travel and transfer hubs, strengthening the security of the United States.”

Secretary Blinken echoed this sentiment, highlighting how Qatar’s compliance with the stringent requirements of the program will foster closer ties between the two nations. “Qatar’s fulfillment of the stringent security requirements to join the Visa Waiver Program will deepen our strategic partnership and enhance the flow of people and commerce between our two countries. Qatar’s entry will make travel between the United States and Qatar safer, more secure, and easier for both Americans and Qataris,” Blinken said.

The Visa Waiver Program is designed to establish comprehensive security partnerships with designated countries that meet strict standards in areas such as counterterrorism, law enforcement, immigration enforcement, and border management. Countries admitted to the program must maintain a nonimmigrant visa refusal rate below 3%, issue secure travel documents, and offer reciprocal entry privileges to U.S. citizens and nationals regardless of factors like national origin, religion, ethnicity, or gender. Additionally, participating countries are required to work closely with U.S. law enforcement and counterterrorism agencies.

In order to gain admission to the VWP, Qatar underwent a whole-of-government effort, which included entering into partnerships with the United States to share information on terrorism and serious crimes. Qatar’s dedication to these efforts has positioned it as the first Gulf country to join the program, a milestone that both Mayorkas and Blinken commend. “I commend our Qatari partners for meeting the stringent requirements in this agreement entails and look forward to our continued work together on behalf of our respective countries,” Mayorkas stated.

As a member of the VWP, Qatar will join a group of 41 other countries that benefit from the program, which facilitates streamlined travel to the United States for business and tourism purposes. Citizens and nationals of Qatar will soon be able to apply for travel authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA), an online application and mobile app platform. This authorization will permit stays in the U.S. for up to 90 days without needing to secure a visa beforehand. The ESTA platform is set to be updated by December 1, 2024, to accommodate Qatari travelers.

The ESTA application process is generally straightforward, and once approved, authorizations are valid for two years. Citizens of Qatar who already possess valid B-1/B-2 visas will retain the option to travel to the United States using those visas. This system ensures flexibility for Qatari travelers while maintaining high standards of security.

The VWP is not only a boon for Qatari citizens, but it also enhances travel opportunities for U.S. citizens visiting Qatar. As of October 1, 2024, U.S. citizens will enjoy visa-free travel to Qatar with extended stay privileges. Previously, U.S. citizens could only remain in Qatar for up to 30 days; under the new regulations, this period has been extended to 90 days. To qualify for this benefit, U.S. travelers must have a passport valid for at least three months from the date of arrival and must present a confirmed hotel booking.

The benefits of the VWP extend far beyond ease of travel. The program strengthens the security infrastructure between the United States and participating countries through robust information-sharing agreements. As with all countries admitted to the program, Qatar will be subject to regular reviews—at least every two years—to ensure that it continues to meet the stringent requirements set forth by the U.S. government. This ongoing evaluation process is designed to maintain the security and integrity of the Visa Waiver Program.

In total, Qatar will become the 42nd country to join the VWP, and the third nation added under Secretary Mayorkas’s leadership, following Croatia’s inclusion in 2021 and Israel’s in 2023. This expansion of the VWP highlights the United States’ efforts to foster global partnerships that promote both security and economic growth.

Qatar’s admission into the Visa Waiver Program reflects the deepening of the strategic partnership between the two nations. By streamlining travel, enhancing security, and fostering greater collaboration, both countries stand to benefit from this new chapter in their relationship. The move is also expected to encourage other nations to work toward meeting the VWP’s rigorous standards, with the potential for further expansion of the program.

For travelers from Qatar who wish to apply for the ESTA, information and instructions can be found on the official ESTA website or by downloading the “ESTA Mobile” app from the iOS App Store or Google Play. More information about the Visa Waiver Program is available on the Department of Homeland Security’s website. This program aims to maintain high security standards while encouraging international travel and commerce, reflecting the shared commitment of both Qatar and the United States to promoting stability and prosperity.

The inclusion of Qatar in the VWP represents a significant milestone in the bilateral relationship between the two countries. It will not only promote economic exchange and tourism but will also contribute to the broader goals of enhancing security cooperation and counterterrorism efforts in the Gulf region. As the first Gulf nation to enter the program, Qatar sets a precedent for future collaborations between the U.S. and its allies in the region.

Life Lessons from the End: Regrets People Share in Their Final Moments

Shoshana Ungerleider, an internal medicine doctor, believes that to live a truly meaningful and fulfilling life, one must come to terms with the fact that life inevitably ends. Over her years caring for patients in the hospital, she has observed several common regrets people express near the end of their lives, as she shared with CNBC Make It.

“Being close to the end of your life really allows you — pushes you — to be present because that’s all you have,” Ungerleider, 44, remarked. She is the host of the forthcoming “Before We Go” podcast and the founder of the nonprofit End Well Foundation. “That is true for all of us. Throughout our lives, this present moment is all we have.”

As a physician who specializes in end-of-life care, Ungerleider has noticed that many of her patients express certain recurring regrets as they near the end of their journeys. She highlights five major regrets that individuals often confront when reflecting on their lives.

The first common regret she encounters is, “I didn’t spend enough time with the people I love.” Many people look back and realize that they missed out on valuable moments with their loved ones due to other priorities.

A second regret often heard is, “I worked too much and missed out on life.” The realization that time spent at work overshadowed personal joys and experiences is a tough reality for many facing their mortality.

A third regret revolves around fear: “I let fear control my decisions and didn’t take risks.” Ungerleider explains that, for many, the fear of the unknown or of failure kept them from taking opportunities they now wish they had embraced.

Another sentiment frequently expressed is, “I wish I’d been braver in the face of uncertainty or opportunity.” People realize too late that courage in the face of challenges could have led to richer, more fulfilling experiences.

Finally, Ungerleider observes that many regret losing touch with the present moment. “I focused too much on the future and lost touch with the present” is a lamentation she often hears, as people reflect on how they spent too much time worrying about what was to come rather than appreciating what they had in the present.

To help prevent these regrets, Ungerleider suggests a simple but profound practice: consistently reminding oneself that life is finite and uncertain. She advises individuals to regularly ask themselves key, life-defining questions: How do I want to spend my time? What matters most to me?

Ungerleider especially encourages younger people to adopt this habit of reflection. While they may not have yet faced serious health challenges or the mortality of loved ones, she believes that this practice is essential for living a long and healthy life with good quality.

“I’d recommend eating a balanced diet, exercising regularly, and avoiding things like smoking and high-risk activities. Reflecting on mortality should really be on that list,” she says. Ungerleider stresses that thinking about death is an integral part of living well: “Reflecting on our own mortality throughout life, whether you’re 20, 50, 80, whatever, allows us to live better every day with more meaning and purpose in our lives.”

Acknowledging death doesn’t have to be morbid—it can help individuals find beauty and value in life’s everyday moments. In a July episode of “The Happiness Lab” podcast, Alua Arthur, an author and founder of the end-of-life planning organization Going With Grace, echoed this sentiment. Arthur described how grounding herself in the reality of her mortality has helped her appreciate life’s small joys. “Grounding in my mortality means that at some point I won’t have access to all these senses anymore,” Arthur said. “And so, how cool is it that I can feel cold on my hands? How cool is it that I have plates for me to eat off of?”

Recognizing that death is inevitable can help people focus on what truly matters and bring more meaning into their lives. According to Ungerleider, reflecting on life’s impermanence allows us to live with greater intention and focus on what’s important, rather than getting lost in the distractions of daily life.

This idea of finding happiness and fulfillment by acknowledging life’s fragility resonates with others who have also worked closely with people nearing the end of their lives. Siddhartha Mukherjee, a Pulitzer Prize-winning author and oncologist, shared similar insights during his commencement speech at the University of Pennsylvania in May. Mukherjee emphasized that, on their deathbeds, people often express regret about not showing enough love and forgiveness to those they care about. “Waiting [to express yourself] merely delays the inevitable,” Mukherjee noted, suggesting that people should not postpone important emotional expressions or relationships.

Bronnie Ware, a former palliative care worker and author, also explored the regrets of those nearing death in her 2011 book, *The Top Five Regrets of the Dying*. One of the most frequent regrets she heard from patients was, “I wish I’d had the courage to live a life true to myself, not the life others expected of me.” In her work, Ware found that many individuals felt they had conformed to societal expectations rather than pursuing their own desires and dreams.

In a blog post, Ware further explained that people often don’t realize until the end that happiness is a choice. She observed that individuals can become trapped in familiar patterns and habits, which may not necessarily bring them joy. “Many did not realize until the end that happiness is a choice. They had stayed stuck in old patterns and habits,” she wrote. “Life is a choice. It is YOUR life. Choose consciously, choose wisely, choose honestly. Choose happiness.”

The consistent message shared by Ungerleider, Mukherjee, Arthur, and Ware is that, in the face of death, people’s priorities tend to become clearer. Love, relationships, personal growth, and being true to oneself take on greater significance. This shift in perspective often leads to the realization that many of the things people once worried about—such as work, fear, and the future—are far less important than they once seemed.

By confronting mortality and reflecting on what truly matters, individuals can make more conscious choices about how they live. Whether it’s spending more time with loved ones, being braver in the face of uncertainty, or simply appreciating life’s small pleasures, the ultimate lesson is clear: life is precious, and we have the power to live it fully, free from regret.

Modi Pushes for Human-Centric Global Governance at UN Summit of the Future

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi took center stage at the United Nations’ ‘Summit of the Future’ in New York on September 23, 2024, presenting India’s vision for global governance reform and sustainable development. The theme of the Summit, “Multilateral Solutions for a Better Tomorrow,” attracted world leaders from across the globe, all seeking to address the shared challenges of today while creating pathways for a more sustainable and equitable future.

During his speech, Prime Minister Modi underscored India’s commitment to promoting peace, development, and prosperity on the global stage. Representing one-sixth of the world’s population, Modi emphasized the importance of a people-first approach to global governance. “When we are discussing Global Future, we must accord the highest priority to a Human-centric approach,” Modi said, reflecting India’s focus on inclusive development and collective progress. This focus, he suggested, is not just theoretical; India’s recent achievements in poverty reduction provide concrete evidence. Over the past decade, the country has lifted 250 million people out of poverty, a significant achievement Modi proudly cited as proof that sustainable development is possible. “We have demonstrated that Sustainable Development can be Successful,” he declared.

Modi’s speech also reflected India’s broader global role, particularly in relation to nations in the Global South. He offered India’s development experiences as a template for other countries, emphasizing the importance of sharing knowledge and technology in addressing common global challenges. Modi noted how India’s progress in digital public infrastructure could serve as a model for broader global application. This infrastructure, according to Modi, has empowered millions and improved governance in India, and he called for these tools to be made accessible worldwide, especially in developing countries.

Solidarity with the Global South was a recurring theme in Modi’s address, as he underscored India’s willingness to share its experiences and technological advancements for the global good. In his view, collective strength—not military might—is what will drive humanity forward. “Success of Humanity lies in our collective strength, not in the battlefield,” Modi proclaimed, urging for collaboration over conflict in addressing global issues.

The Indian Prime Minister also took the opportunity to call for urgent reforms in global governance institutions, with a particular emphasis on the United Nations Security Council (UNSC). The need for reform, he argued, is crucial to maintaining the relevance of these institutions in an ever-changing global landscape. “Reform is the key to relevance,” Modi stated, pointing out that the current global governance structure has failed to keep pace with emerging challenges, especially in areas such as terrorism and cybersecurity. According to him, the UNSC needs to evolve to better represent today’s geopolitical realities and to be more responsive to the needs and concerns of the world’s population, particularly in regions that are currently underrepresented.

As part of his broader push for reform, Modi also highlighted the necessity for more balanced global regulations on technology. In a world increasingly dependent on digital solutions, he warned against the misuse of technology as a means of division and control. “Digital Public Infrastructure should be a Bridge, not a Barrier,” Modi said, advocating for a more inclusive and equitable approach to technology development and governance. He cautioned against the monopolization of digital infrastructure by a few nations or corporations and called for global standards that would allow for fair access to technology, especially in developing countries.

Modi’s vision for the future was deeply rooted in India’s guiding principle of “One Earth, One Family, One Future,” which was reflected throughout his speech. This idea, Modi explained, is a cornerstone of India’s approach to global challenges, particularly in the areas of health and climate change. He pointed to initiatives like “One Earth, One Health” and “One Sun, One World, One Grid” as examples of how India is working to bring nations together in addressing common global challenges. “One Earth, One Health” promotes a holistic approach to global healthcare, focusing on the interconnectedness of human, animal, and environmental health, while “One Sun, One World, One Grid” seeks to create a global solar power grid that can share renewable energy across borders.

Modi’s call for collective global action came at a time when the world is grappling with multiple overlapping crises, from climate change and pandemics to economic inequality and technological disruptions. For Modi, addressing these challenges requires not only the reform of global institutions but also a fundamental shift in how countries work together. By promoting multilateralism and emphasizing shared responsibility, he envisions a future where global action matches global ambition, particularly in the face of rising threats such as terrorism, climate change, and cyber warfare.

The Summit of the Future concluded with the adoption of a critical outcome document titled “A Pact for the Future.” This document outlines a roadmap for achieving a more equitable and sustainable world by strengthening multilateralism and promoting cooperation across borders. The Pact is accompanied by several key annexes, including the Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations. The Global Digital Compact focuses on creating international standards for digital governance that ensure technology benefits all of humanity, while the Declaration on Future Generations aims to protect the interests of future generations by addressing long-term global challenges such as climate change and biodiversity loss.

Modi’s participation at the Summit underscored India’s growing influence on the global stage, particularly in shaping conversations around sustainable development and global governance reform. By advocating for a human-centric approach and calling for collective action, Modi positioned India as a leader in promoting global peace and prosperity.

As the world continues to face increasingly complex and interconnected challenges, Modi’s message of unity and collaboration resonates as a call to action for all nations. His emphasis on the need for reforms in global institutions, particularly the United Nations, reflects a broader recognition that the current global governance structures are ill-equipped to address today’s challenges. Modi’s speech served as a reminder that, in an era of rapid technological change and geopolitical uncertainty, the path to a better tomorrow lies in multilateral solutions and a commitment to shared progress.

The Summit of the Future provided a platform for world leaders to chart a course toward a more sustainable and equitable world. Modi’s speech, with its focus on human-centric governance, digital inclusion, and global solidarity, offered a vision of a future where humanity’s collective strength can overcome its most pressing challenges. The adoption of the “Pact for the Future” and its accompanying annexes marks a significant step forward in this journey, as the international community seeks to build a better tomorrow for future generations.

Hezbollah Fires Rockets at Israel as Conflict Intensifies, Fears of Regional War Grow

Hezbollah launched several rocket attacks into northern Israel, escalating tensions a day after Israeli airstrikes on the militant group in Lebanon resulted in the deaths of nearly 500 people and left 1,600 others wounded. The airstrikes marked the deadliest day in Lebanon in almost two decades, contributing to growing concerns of a broader regional conflict.

In response to the escalating violence, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu addressed the people of Lebanon, urging them to leave areas where Israel is conducting military operations. He emphasized that Israel’s conflict is not with the Lebanese people, but with Hezbollah, a militant group backed by Iran. Automated calls, text messages, and emergency broadcasts are being sent out to civilians, warning them to evacuate their homes and relocate to safer areas.

The ongoing exchanges between Israel and Hezbollah have escalated since the conflict in Gaza began, with both sides engaged in a series of retaliatory strikes. However, the past week has seen an increase in Israeli military actions against Hezbollah, leading to heightened fears that the situation could spiral into a broader regional war. The sustained attacks and mounting casualties have left residents of northern Israel and southern Lebanon in a state of fear, forcing many to flee their homes in search of safety.

The Israeli military, meanwhile, has announced that it is preparing for the “next phases” of its operations following the latest airstrikes. Israeli officials have not ruled out the possibility of launching a ground invasion as part of their strategy to neutralize Hezbollah’s military capabilities. In a statement, Hezbollah declared that a “battle without limits” was unfolding, signaling that the group is prepared for a prolonged and intense conflict with Israel.

The potential for the conflict to spread beyond Israel and Lebanon has drawn the attention of regional powers, particularly Iran, which provides support to Hezbollah. In the wake of the Israeli airstrikes, Iran issued a stern warning to Israel, cautioning that there would be “dangerous consequences” if the attacks continue. Iran’s involvement, coupled with Hezbollah’s declaration of an unlimited battle, adds to concerns that the hostilities could ignite a wider war in the region, potentially involving other nations and militant groups.

The violence between Israel and Hezbollah comes as the conflict in Gaza continues to rage on, further complicating an already volatile situation in the Middle East. The war in Gaza, which began several weeks ago, has claimed thousands of lives on both sides and has drawn widespread international condemnation. Despite calls for a ceasefire from the international community, both Israel and Hamas, the militant group that controls Gaza, have continued their military campaigns, showing no signs of backing down.

The ongoing Gaza conflict has fueled tensions between Israel and Hezbollah, with the latter launching sporadic rocket attacks on northern Israel in solidarity with the Palestinian cause. In retaliation, Israel has carried out targeted airstrikes against Hezbollah positions in southern Lebanon, including the deadly strike that occurred just a day before the latest rocket barrage. These actions have further strained the fragile peace along the Israel-Lebanon border and have sparked fears that the violence could escalate into a full-scale war.

Lebanese civilians, already reeling from the impact of Israel’s airstrikes, now face the additional threat of Hezbollah’s retaliatory actions against Israel. Many residents of southern Lebanon are living in a state of constant fear, unsure of when or where the next attack will occur. The Israeli military’s warning to Lebanese civilians to evacuate has added to the sense of urgency, as thousands of people are now fleeing their homes, hoping to escape the violence.

Netanyahu’s remarks, in which he emphasized that Israel is not at war with the Lebanese people but with Hezbollah, were intended to reassure civilians that Israel’s military actions are aimed at neutralizing the militant group and not targeting innocent civilians. However, the reality on the ground is that both Lebanese and Israeli civilians are being caught in the crossfire, with lives being lost and homes being destroyed on both sides of the border.

As the conflict intensifies, the possibility of a ground invasion by Israeli forces looms large. Israeli military officials have indicated that they are preparing for the next stages of their campaign, which may involve sending ground troops into southern Lebanon to combat Hezbollah fighters. Such an invasion would likely lead to a dramatic escalation in the conflict, drawing in more regional actors and increasing the likelihood of a wider war.

Hezbollah’s readiness for a “battle without limits” suggests that the group is not willing to back down, even in the face of Israel’s superior military capabilities. This determination to continue fighting, combined with Iran’s support and the growing number of casualties, makes the situation increasingly volatile. Iran’s warning to Israel about the “dangerous consequences” of continued airstrikes further underscores the risks of the conflict spreading beyond the current theater of operations.

The international community has expressed deep concern over the escalation of violence between Israel and Hezbollah, as well as the broader conflict in Gaza. Several countries have called for an immediate ceasefire and urged both sides to engage in dialogue to prevent further bloodshed. However, with both Israel and Hezbollah showing no signs of de-escalating, the prospect of a negotiated peace appears distant.

For now, the focus remains on the rapidly evolving military situation on the ground. Israel’s airstrikes, Hezbollah’s rocket attacks, and the looming threat of a ground invasion are all contributing to an increasingly dangerous and unstable environment in the Middle East. The risk of the conflict spilling over into neighboring countries, particularly Syria and Iraq, where both Hezbollah and Iran have a significant presence, is also growing.

As the world watches, the people of northern Israel and southern Lebanon are left to bear the brunt of the violence. Civilians on both sides are being forced to abandon their homes and seek refuge from the ongoing military operations. For many, the fear of what may come next is overwhelming, as the possibility of a broader regional war becomes more real with each passing day.

In the meantime, the Israeli military continues to carry out its operations, while Hezbollah shows no signs of letting up in its efforts to retaliate. The situation remains fluid, and the potential for further escalation looms large. With both sides digging in and preparing for a protracted conflict, the prospects for peace seem increasingly remote, and the risk of a wider regional war grows more imminent by the day.

World Leaders Adopt Ambitious Global Pact for the Future

World leaders have agreed on the Pact for the Future, a comprehensive global initiative that includes a Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations. This pact is the culmination of an inclusive and multi-year effort to reshape international cooperation in response to current realities and future challenges. Described as the most wide-ranging international agreement in recent years, it addresses both new and long-standing issues where consensus has been elusive for decades. The primary goal of the pact is to ensure that global institutions can effectively respond to the modern world, a world that has drastically evolved since these institutions were first established.

As United Nations Secretary-General Antonio Guterres emphasized, “we cannot create a future fit for our grandchildren with a system built by our grandparents.” This statement highlights the need for international systems to evolve alongside global changes.

The pact represents a firm commitment from nations to uphold the United Nations, international law, and the global system. Leaders outlined a vision for a more inclusive, representative, and effective international system. This vision relies on collaboration among governments, civil society, and other key stakeholders to ensure the system meets its commitments.

“The Pact for the Future, the Global Digital Compact, and the Declaration on Future Generations open the door to new opportunities and untapped possibilities,” Guterres remarked at the Summit of the Future. Echoing this optimism, the President of the General Assembly said the pact would “lay the foundations for a sustainable, just, and peaceful global order – for all peoples and nations.”

Key Issues Addressed in the Pact

The Pact for the Future covers a wide range of pressing global issues, including peace and security, sustainable development, climate change, digital cooperation, human rights, gender equality, youth, and the transformation of global governance.

Peace and Security

Picture2A notable highlight is the most progressive commitment to reforming the United Nations Security Council since the 1960s. These reforms aim to increase the council’s effectiveness and better reflect the contemporary global landscape. A key priority is addressing the historical under-representation of Africa within the council.

Another significant achievement is the first multilateral recommitment to nuclear disarmament in more than a decade. Nations have pledged to pursue the complete elimination of nuclear weapons.

In the domain of outer space, countries agreed to strengthen international frameworks governing space activities. The pact includes a commitment to prevent an arms race in outer space and ensure that all countries can benefit from the peaceful and sustainable exploration of space.

Moreover, world leaders agreed on measures to prevent the weaponization and misuse of new technologies, including lethal autonomous weapons. They affirmed that the laws of war should apply to many of these emerging technologies.

Sustainable Development, Climate, and Financing

The pact aims to accelerate the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). It also contains the most detailed agreement ever made at the United Nations on the need for reform of the international financial architecture to better serve developing countries.

Key financial reforms include granting developing nations a greater role in decision-making at international financial institutions. The pact also calls for mobilizing more resources from multilateral development banks to help developing countries meet their goals.

Another critical reform is a review of the sovereign debt architecture to ensure that developing countries can sustainably borrow to invest in their futures. This effort will involve collaboration between the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the United Nations, the G20, and other global institutions. Additionally, the pact seeks to strengthen the global financial safety net to protect vulnerable populations during economic crises.

To address climate change, the pact outlines a commitment to increase financing for adaptation efforts and investments in renewable energy. Leaders reaffirmed the importance of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5 °C above pre-industrial levels and agreed to transition energy systems away from fossil fuels to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050.

The pact also introduces innovative ideas, such as the potential introduction of a global minimum level of taxation for high-net-worth individuals. This could play a pivotal role in financing future development needs.

Additionally, the pact seeks to go beyond traditional economic measures like GDP by developing new methods to assess human and planetary well-being, emphasizing sustainability.

Digital Cooperation

The Global Digital Compact, annexed to the Pact for the Future, represents the first global framework for digitalPicture3 cooperation and artificial intelligence (AI) governance.

A central tenet of the Compact is the commitment to design, use, and regulate technology in a way that benefits all. World leaders pledged to connect schools, hospitals, and all people to the internet. They also stressed the need to anchor digital cooperation in human rights and international law.

Another key aspect of the compact is the protection of children in the online space, with commitments from governments, technology companies, and social media platforms. The Compact also includes plans for a global policy dialogue on artificial intelligence, supported by an International Scientific Panel.

For the first time, the issue of data governance has been placed on the global agenda. Countries have committed to making data more accessible by adopting open-source data, models, and standards. These actions are expected to be fully implemented by 2030.

Youth and Future Generations

The Declaration on Future Generations, another critical component of the pact, outlines concrete steps to ensure that the needs of future generations are considered in current decision-making processes. A proposal to appoint an envoy for future generations has been included as part of this initiative.

The pact also includes a commitment to create more meaningful opportunities for young people to participate in global decision-making processes, particularly in shaping policies that will directly impact their lives.

Human Rights and Gender Equality

The pact reinforces the global commitment to human rights and gender equality. It includes provisions to protect human rights defenders, signaling a strong commitment to safeguarding those who advocate for fundamental rights.

Furthermore, the pact calls for greater engagement of diverse stakeholders in global governance. This includes local and regional governments, civil society organizations, the private sector, and other key partners.

Follow-Up and Implementation

The Pact for the Future and its annexes contain provisions to ensure that the commitments made are effectively implemented. These follow-up actions are intended to hold countries accountable for delivering on their promises.

Summit Process

The Summit of the Future and the development of the Pact for the Future were marked by extensive input from diverse stakeholders. Millions of voices and thousands of organizations from around the world contributed to the discussions.

The summit brought together over 4,000 participants, including heads of state, government officials, representatives from intergovernmental organizations, and civil society members. To broaden participation, the formal summit was preceded by Action Days on September 20-21, which attracted over 7,000 individuals from various sectors of society. During these Action Days, significant commitments were made, including pledges of $1.05 billion to advance digital inclusion globally.

With the adoption of the Pact for the Future, world leaders have set a new course for international cooperation, one that seeks to address both the challenges of today and the uncertainties of tomorrow. The pact’s broad scope and ambitious goals signal a renewed global effort to build a more just, inclusive, and sustainable world for future generations.

Kiran Rao’s ‘Laapataa Ladies’ Chosen as India’s Official Entry for the 97th Academy Awards

Kiran Rao’s directorial, Laapataa Ladies, has been selected as India’s official entry for the Best International Feature Film category at the 97th Academy Awards, which are scheduled to take place early next year. This significant announcement was made on Monday, September 23.

Released in March, the Hindi film, backed by actor Aamir Khan’s production house, achieved both critical acclaim and commercial success. The plot follows two newlywed women who mistakenly swap places during a train ride as they head to their husbands’ homes. Through this unusual journey, the film offers a heartfelt and, at times, humorous exploration of identity, societal norms, and the expectations placed upon women.

After hearing the news of the selection, Rao expressed her gratitude on Instagram. She said, “It is indeed a great privilege to be selected from among such amazing Indian films this year — who are equally worthy contenders for this honour.”

The Film Federation of India (FFI) revealed that Laapataa Ladies was chosen from a highly competitive pool of 29 films. Other notable contenders included Payal Kapadia’s All We Imagine As Light, which won at Cannes, Anand Ekarshi’s National Award-winning Aattam, and Sandeep Reddy Vanga’s blockbuster Animal, which stirred up controversy.

The Role of the Film Federation of India (FFI)

The Film Federation of India plays a vital role in promoting and protecting the Indian film industry. It acts as the parent body for major film associations across the country. One of its key responsibilities is to select the film that will represent India at the Academy Awards. This task is performed by a 13-member jury, comprising experienced professionals from various creative fields.

This year, the jury was led by acclaimed Assamese director Jahnu Barua, and they conducted their deliberations in Chennai. The jury considered several important criteria for selecting the film, ensuring it met the Academy’s eligibility rules. For example, the film must be at least 40 minutes long, with more than half of its dialogues in a language other than English, and it must have had a minimum seven-day theatrical release within the eligibility period. Additionally, filmmakers are required to pay a submission fee of Rs 1.25 lakh.

However, this year’s selection process attracted some criticism on social media. Many users noted that the jury, which was entirely male, lacked female representation, particularly for a film that centers around the experiences and lives of women.

Praise for Laapataa Ladies

The Film Federation of India praised *Laapataa Ladies* for its ability to resonate with a global audience, especially women. The jury described the film as “a film that can engage, entertain, and make sense not just to women in India but universally as well.”

Yet, the language used in the FFI’s citation sparked some criticism. The jury’s statement referred to Indian women as “a strange mixture of submission and dominance,” which many found controversial and outdated. Additionally, the description that *Laapataa Ladies* portrays women who can “happily desire to be homemakers as well as rebel and be entrepreneurially inclined” was viewed by some critics as an oversimplification of women’s complex roles and aspirations. This phrasing led to debates about how women’s stories are perceived and discussed within the industry.

Best International Feature Film Category at the Oscars

The Best International Feature Film category at the Academy Awards allows each country to submit one film for consideration. The selection process is divided into two stages. In the first stage, a preliminary committee reviews all the submissions from various countries and narrows them down to a shortlist of 15 films. A nominating committee then picks five finalists from this shortlist, and these five nominees compete for the award. The final vote is cast by the members of the Academy, who decide the ultimate winner.

India has had a rich history of submitting films for this category, though only three Indian films have made it to the final nomination list — Mother India in 1957, Salaam Bombay! in 1988, and Lagaan in 2001. Despite several strong entries over the years, India has yet to win an Oscar in this category. Last year’s submission, 2018: Everyone is a Hero, a Malayalam film depicting the Kerala floods, also did not manage to secure a nomination.

The Journey Ahead for Laapataa Ladies

With Laapataa Ladies now in the running, there is renewed hope that the film could break India’s long-standing drought at the Oscars. Its unique narrative, compelling performances, and critical success have already positioned it as a strong contender on the international stage. Many industry insiders believe that the film’s focus on women’s experiences, along with its universal themes, could resonate well with the Academy voters.

Rao and her team are undoubtedly gearing up for an intense few months ahead as they prepare for the global stage. The Oscars are a significant platform, and getting nominated would be a major achievement for the Indian film industry. The global spotlight is now on Laapataa Ladies, and there is considerable anticipation as the film embarks on its journey to possibly clinch an Academy Award.

In the coming months, the film will likely undergo a rigorous campaign process to build momentum among the Academy’s voters. This will involve numerous screenings, interviews, and promotional events to showcase the film to international audiences and critics alike. Aamir Khan, whose production house supported the film, is also expected to play a key role in this campaign, given his previous success with *Lagaan*, which made it to the final round of nominations in 2001.

As India looks ahead to the 97th Academy Awards, there is widespread excitement about the possibility of finally bringing home an Oscar in this category. With a film like Laapataa Ladies, which blends humor, drama, and social commentary, many believe it has the potential to captivate a global audience and make its mark at the prestigious awards ceremony.

In the words of the FFI, Laapataa Ladies is a film that “can engage, entertain, and make sense” not only in India but across the world. As the film’s journey to the Oscars begins, all eyes will be on Kiran Rao and her team to see if they can take Indian cinema to new heights on the global stage.

Companies Exploring Four-Day Workweeks to Combat Burnout and Boost Employee Retention

Companies experimenting with a four-day workweek are aiming to reduce employee burnout and retain talent by offering a better work-life balance, according to Dale Whelehan, CEO of 4 Day Week Global. This organization helps guide businesses through the process of shortening work hours over several months, and Whelehan sees this trend gaining momentum, particularly in Australia, Europe, and Japan. While the four-day workweek is not as prevalent in the United States, interest in the concept appears to be growing. A 2022 Gallup poll revealed that 8% of American full-time employees worked four days a week, a modest increase from 5% in 2020.

Whelehan spoke to the Associated Press about why companies should consider adopting a four-day workweek and how it could benefit both employers and employees. His responses provide insight into the broader implications of this shift and the potential positive outcomes for productivity, equity, and well-being. Below are his thoughts on the subject, edited for clarity and length.

Why Should Organizations Switch to a Four-Day Workweek?

Whelehan believes the real question is, “Why shouldn’t they?” He argues that significant changes are needed in the current work culture to address several widespread issues. He points out that employee burnout is rampant, and many industries are facing recruitment and retention crises. Additionally, stress levels in the workforce are increasing, leading to health problems, conflicts between work and personal life, and work-family tension. Whelehan also highlights the environmental impact of long commutes, which contribute to the ongoing climate crisis.

He explains that certain groups of workers are rewarded for being able to put in more hours, further widening social inequities. Stress, Whelehan notes, is a key factor in long-term health conditions, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and diabetes. “Stress is something not to be taken lightly, and it’s only rising in our world of work,” he emphasized.

To better understand the current situation, Whelehan reflects on how work has evolved over time. His grandfather was a farmer who worked seven days a week with long hours but had a great deal of autonomy in his role. By the time his father entered the workforce, the landscape had changed, with his father working as a technician in a mechanical field, expected to produce products on a large scale in exchange for a salary. This shift, Whelehan says, led to the development of modern management, spearheaded by Frederick Taylor. It was during this era that scientific studies explored the link between fatigue and performance, which eventually resulted in the widespread adoption of the five-day workweek instead of the previously common six-day workweek.

However, when Whelehan himself entered the workforce, the nature of work had changed dramatically. Most jobs were now highly cognitive and emotional, rather than physically laborious. “The fundamental physiological difference,” he says, “is that our brain as a muscle can’t withstand the same level of hours of work as our muscles in our body might be able to.” Whelehan argues that the 40-hour workweek, which was designed for more physically demanding jobs, no longer fits the needs of today’s knowledge-based workforce.

How Can Companies Increase Revenue While Employees Work Fewer Hours?

Whelehan explains that reducing working hours can actually lead to gains in productivity. This is largely due to the fact that employees have more time to rest and recover, enabling them to return to work more energized and engaged. He notes that one of the key ways companies can maintain or even improve productivity during a four-day week is by shifting their focus from time spent working to outcomes achieved.

His organization, 4 Day Week Global, employs what they call the “100-80-100 principle.” This approach involves companies offering 100% of an employee’s pay for 80% of the time, with the expectation that workers will deliver 100% of their usual output. “We ask organizations to design their trials with that philosophy in mind: How can you keep your business at the same level or improve while working less?” Whelehan said.

By focusing on what drives a business forward and emphasizing outcomes rather than hours spent on the job, companies can reframe the way they think about productivity. This shift, Whelehan argues, is necessary for the transition to a shorter workweek to succeed.

How Does a Four-Day Workweek Support Equity?

According to Whelehan, the four-day workweek has the potential to address inequities in the workforce, particularly in terms of gender disparities. Currently, a disproportionate number of part-time workers are women, which often results in reduced pay despite the fact that many part-time workers produce the same output as their full-time counterparts.

In trials of the four-day workweek, everyone participates in the shortened work schedule, which Whelehan says leads to a more balanced distribution of household and parenting responsibilities. This change allows men to take on a greater share of domestic duties, helping to break the cycle in which women are forced to reduce their working hours and pay, while men work longer hours in more stressful jobs to make up for the financial shortfall.

Without the switch to a shorter workweek, Whelehan explains, this cycle perpetuates itself: “It just creates this vicious cycle.”

What Kinds of Work Could Potentially Be Dropped to Increase Productivity?

One of the most obvious areas where companies could save time is in meetings. Whelehan believes that the current workplace culture is “addicted to meetings,” and the issue has only worsened since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. He attributes this to a culture of indecisiveness, where decision-making is delayed or many people are involved in the process to spread responsibility thin. As a result, no one takes full responsibility, and productivity suffers.

In Whelehan’s view, trimming unnecessary meetings is a crucial step in improving productivity during a four-day workweek. He believes that this, along with other time-saving measures, can help companies make the transition successfully while maintaining or even increasing their output.

While the four-day workweek is still relatively uncommon in the United States, its potential benefits—ranging from reduced burnout and improved work-life balance to greater equity and increased productivity—are hard to ignore. Companies willing to take the plunge may find that both their employees and their bottom line benefit from the change.

Escalation Between Israel and Hezbollah Raises Concerns of Full-Scale War

Israel is actively targeting Hezbollah strongholds across Lebanon, including strikes in Beirut that reportedly aim at high-ranking militants. Bombs are believed to be concealed in communication devices like walkie-talkies and pagers. In response, Hezbollah has launched rockets and drones into northern Israel, causing widespread damage to buildings and vehicles. Despite this violence, neither party is officially labeling the situation as a war.

Israeli officials insist that they are not seeking open warfare with Hezbollah, asserting that conflict can be averted if Hezbollah stops its attacks and withdraws from the border areas. Hezbollah has made similar statements, declaring it does not wish for war but will continue its assaults until there is a cease-fire in Gaza. These hostilities erupted after Hamas launched its attack on Israel on October 7. Since then, clashes between Israel and Hezbollah have escalated, reaching a peak on Monday when Israeli airstrikes reportedly killed over 490 people, making it Lebanon’s deadliest day since the 2006 Israel-Hezbollah war.

“If someone had told me or most analysts in summer 2023 that Hezbollah is striking Israeli bases in Israel, and Israel is striking southern Lebanon and parts of southern Beirut, I would have said, OK, that’s an all-out war,” said Andreas Krieg, a military analyst at King’s College London.

The reason this is not being labeled a war yet, according to Krieg, is the absence of ground forces. However, he warns that focusing on that criterion alone might be misleading.

Defining War:

The term “war” is traditionally understood as a state of “open and declared armed conflict between states or nations,” according to Merriam-Webster. Scholars often expand this definition to include large-scale violence involving insurgent or militant groups, as in the case of Hezbollah. However, no single definition can capture the wide variety of modern conflicts, which range from full-scale battles involving national armies to lower-level engagements with non-state actors.

While states sometimes formally declare war, such as Israel did against Hamas, they often avoid doing so in other conflicts. For instance, despite its ongoing invasion of Ukraine, Russia officially refers to its actions as a “special military operation.” Similarly, the United States has refrained from declaring war since World War II, despite its participation in the Korean, Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan conflicts.

Why Is It Not Being Called a War?

Both Israel and Hezbollah are avoiding the term “war” because each hopes to achieve its objectives without triggering a larger, more devastating conflict. Neither side wishes to be held responsible for escalating the situation further.

“Though tensions are flaring, the situation in southern Lebanon is not that of a full-scale war as both Hezbollah and Israel hope to use limited means to pressure one another,” said Lina Khatib, a Middle East expert at Chatham House.

Hezbollah’s rocket and drone attacks seem intended to push Israel toward agreeing to a cease-fire with Hamas. By continuing its strikes, Hezbollah aims to maintain pressure without appearing submissive to Israeli demands. The militant group has stated that it will cease its attacks only if a cease-fire is reached in Gaza, but that outcome seems increasingly unlikely.

On the Israeli side, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has expressed his determination to end Hezbollah’s assaults, saying he will take whatever actions are necessary to allow displaced Israelis to return to their homes. According to Krieg, the Israeli strategy may be to pressure Hezbollah into a negotiated settlement or force it into overreacting, potentially igniting the very all-out war both sides are trying to avoid. “I think the Israelis are trying to either tell Hezbollah, you come to the negotiation table and we’ll settle this through diplomacy, or we’ll push you into a corner until you overreact,” Krieg explained.

What Would an All-Out War Entail?

In the past, analysts have generally believed that any future war between Israel and Hezbollah would closely resemble their 2006 conflict but on a much larger and more destructive scale. Israeli officials have repeatedly warned that in the event of such a war, their military response would be far more devastating. They have suggested that they would not only target Hezbollah but also inflict widespread damage on Lebanon’s critical infrastructure. This concept has been dubbed the “Dahiyeh Doctrine,” named after the southern Beirut district where Hezbollah’s headquarters are located and which was heavily bombed in 2006.

Hezbollah has been building up its arsenal for years and is thought to possess about 150,000 rockets and missiles, some capable of hitting deep into Israeli territory. This massive stockpile, along with Israel’s overwhelming military capabilities, has created a state of mutual deterrence. From 2006 until October of last year, the border between Israel and Lebanon remained mostly quiet, as both sides sought to avoid a catastrophic escalation. However, the current situation is increasingly volatile, and experts warn that the conflict could spiral into full-blown war at any moment.

“We’ve gone up a step, but we haven’t yet made it to the penthouse floor,” said Uzi Rabi, director of the Moshe Dayan Center for Middle Eastern and African Studies at Tel Aviv University. He expressed concern that a ground invasion by Israel might eventually become unavoidable. “At the end, I don’t see there’s going to be any alternative to a ground operation.”

Will Ground Invasion Mark the Start of War?

Should Israel send ground troops into southern Lebanon, it would undoubtedly be seen as a major escalation by many. While a ground invasion might convince most observers that the conflict has crossed into full-scale war, the reality is more nuanced. Even in Gaza, where Israel officially declared war three weeks before its ground forces moved in, the lines have been blurry. Furthermore, Israeli ground operations have been ongoing in the West Bank for decades, yet these actions are not universally considered acts of war. Recent months have also seen Israeli airstrikes on militants in the region, with no formal declaration of war.

It’s possible that even a limited ground incursion into southern Lebanon could allow both sides to step back from the brink of all-out war. However, Lebanon would almost certainly view such a move as a clear violation of its sovereignty and a direct act of war. Lebanon has long accused Israel of infringing on its airspace and occupying disputed areas near the border.

Despite these concerns, it is worth noting that Israel and Lebanon have technically been at war since 1948, a fact that underscores the complex and long-standing tensions in the region. As this latest escalation unfolds, the risk of it transforming into a full-scale conflict remains ever-present, even as both sides seek to avoid that outcome.

Homeland Security Announces $279.9 Million in Cybersecurity Grant Funding for State and Local Governments

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has announced the release of $279.9 million in grant funding for the Fiscal Year (FY) 2024 as part of the State and Local Cybersecurity Grant Program (SLCGP). This funding, now in its third year, is intended to help state, local, and territorial (SLT) governments enhance their cybersecurity measures, reduce risks, and strengthen resilience against the increasing threat of cyberattacks. The SLCGP was established under the State and Local Cybersecurity Improvement Act and is part of the broader Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. The overall objective of the program is to provide around $1 billion over four years to help SLT governments develop the necessary tools and capabilities to detect, prevent, and respond to cyber threats.

Alejandro N. Mayorkas, Secretary of Homeland Security, emphasized the importance of cybersecurity in today’s world and the increasing risk posed by sophisticated cyberattacks on essential systems such as hospitals, schools, and energy grids. He stated, “In the modern threat landscape, every community can – and too often does – face sophisticated cyberattacks on vital systems like hospitals, schools, and electrical grids.” He further explained that the SLCGP is designed to equip governmental partners with the resources and tools they need to secure critical infrastructure and build resilience. “The Department of Homeland Security’s State and Local Cybersecurity Grant Program empowers key intergovernmental partners with the tools and support necessary to increase resilience and better secure critical infrastructure. Our message to communities everywhere is simple: do not underestimate the reach or ruthlessness of nefarious cyber actors. Through initiatives like the State and Local Cybersecurity Grant Program, we can confront these threats together,” he added.

The SLCGP is jointly managed by the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). CISA plays a critical role in providing cybersecurity expertise and strategic guidance, while FEMA is responsible for overseeing the grant allocation and award process. Grant recipients will be able to use the funding to implement a variety of cybersecurity improvements, ranging from hiring cybersecurity personnel to developing and exercising detailed cybersecurity plans and enhancing the digital services on which citizens depend.

CISA Director Jen Easterly highlighted the significance of these grants in maintaining the security of the nation’s infrastructure. She remarked, “These cyber grants are an investment in the security of our nation’s infrastructure, helping to ensure that communities across the country have the tools they need to defend against cyberattacks.” Easterly also noted that the SLCGP is instrumental in helping local and state governments lay the groundwork for sustainable cybersecurity programs that are resilient and robust for the long term. “CISA is proud to offer the SLCGP, helping governments lay a solid foundation for building a sustainable and resilient cybersecurity program for the future,” she said.

Additionally, Deanne Criswell, the FEMA Administrator, reiterated FEMA’s dedication to supporting its partners in strengthening their defense against cyber threats, with a special focus on improving the security of infrastructure and critical systems. She credited the Biden-Harris Administration for its role in securing funding for this program and underscored the positive impact it would have on local and state governments. “FEMA is committed to helping our partners address and withstand cybersecurity threats to both infrastructure and systems,” Criswell explained. She continued, “Thanks to funding from the Biden-Harris Administration, state, local, tribal and territorial governments will be able to build their capacity to better protect themselves from evolving cyber threats.”

For eligible entities interested in applying for the grant funding, the application period begins on September 23 and runs through December 3, 2024, at 5 p.m. ET. Applications can be submitted through the FEMA GO platform. The DHS also provides additional resources and information about the State and Local Cybersecurity Grant Program on CISA’s official website, cisa.gov/cybergrants.

This announcement comes at a critical time as cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and target vital systems across the country. By investing in programs like the SLCGP, the DHS aims to ensure that communities and governmental agencies have the resources they need to protect their systems and maintain resilience in the face of increasingly sophisticated cyberattacks. The collaboration between CISA, FEMA, and other governmental partners is central to the program’s mission of building a nationwide cybersecurity framework that can respond to current and future threats.

The $279.9 million available in this fiscal year is part of the broader four-year $1 billion plan, which has already seen substantial success in previous years. The funding allows for flexibility in its usage, giving SLT governments the ability to tailor their cybersecurity strategies based on specific needs and vulnerabilities. This includes creating comprehensive cybersecurity plans, conducting exercises to prepare for potential cyber incidents, recruiting and training cybersecurity personnel, and enhancing the cybersecurity infrastructure that supports essential services such as energy, healthcare, and education.

The program also encourages the sharing of cybersecurity best practices across state and local jurisdictions. By fostering collaboration between different levels of government, the DHS hopes to create a unified approach to cybersecurity that strengthens the overall defense of critical infrastructure in the United States. This is particularly important as cyberattacks become more sophisticated and widespread, targeting everything from small municipalities to major metropolitan areas.

One of the primary objectives of the SLCGP is to close the gaps in cybersecurity capabilities that exist between different regions and governmental bodies. By providing funding and resources to local governments that may lack the necessary cybersecurity infrastructure, the program aims to create a more even playing field in terms of cybersecurity readiness. This helps to prevent weaker points in the nation’s cybersecurity network from being exploited by malicious actors.

The program also emphasizes the importance of long-term planning in cybersecurity. Rather than focusing solely on immediate needs, the SLCGP encourages state and local governments to develop sustainable cybersecurity programs that can grow and adapt as new threats emerge. This forward-thinking approach is essential for maintaining the security of critical infrastructure in the years to come.

As the threat landscape continues to evolve, the DHS, through initiatives like the SLCGP, is positioning itself as a key player in the fight against cyber threats. By providing state and local governments with the resources they need to defend themselves, the DHS is not only protecting critical infrastructure but also ensuring the safety and security of the citizens who rely on those systems. As Mayorkas pointed out, cybersecurity is a collective effort, and programs like the SLCGP play a crucial role in fostering that collective resilience.

Entities eligible for the grant are encouraged to submit their applications within the specified timeframe and take advantage of the resources available through FEMA and CISA to build a more robust cybersecurity infrastructure. With the funding provided by the SLCGP, SLT governments will be better equipped to defend against cyberattacks and protect the essential services that communities depend on every day.

PM Modi Unveils Vision for India’s Development to Over 13,000 in New York

Uniondale, New York: Despite the setbacks in this year’s elections, Prime Minister Narendra Modi remains steadfast in his vision for India. Addressing a large Indian community gathering, Modi emphasized that his vision and programs would remain unchanged even as he now leads a coalition government.

Speaking to a packed Nassau Coliseum, where over 13,000 people gathered for the Modi&US event on September 22, Modi declared, “In my 3rd term, I will work with three times more energy, speed, and commitment towards making India a developed nation.” His promise was met with enthusiastic applause from the audience.

Modi introduced a blueprint, referred to as ‘PUSHP,’ which he said would guide India toward the goal of becoming a “Viksit Bharat,” or developed nation. The acronym ‘PUSHP’ stands for Progressive, Unstoppable, Skilled and Spiritual, Humanity First, and Prosperous. He elaborated that the country was already on this path due to its focus on education, skill-building, research, and innovation.

During his hour-long address, the Prime Minister highlighted India’s transformation in various industries. Notably, he mentioned how the country, once a major importer of mobile phones, had now become an exporter. He went on to predict, “The day is not far when Made in India chips will be available in America,” signaling a new level of technological progress for India.

Modi also underscored India’s growing influence on the global stage. “Today, when India says something on a global platform, the world listens,” he said. He cited his statement, “This is not the era of war,” made on an international stage, noting how its importance was recognized worldwide.

In particular, he praised India’s humanitarian role, emphasizing how the country had emerged as a key player in global crises. Referring to India’s pivotal role in distributing Covid-19 vaccines during the pandemic, Modi added, “India has become a first responder in global crises and remains a strong voice for the Global South.”

Strengthening U.S.-India Ties

Modi’s speech was filled with praise for the Indian community in the United States. He described them as a bridge connecting India and America, highlighting their limitless skills and talents. “Even though you have traveled overseas, no sea is deep enough to distance you from your motherland,” he told the audience, emphasizing the deep bond the Indian diaspora continues to have with their homeland.

In a move that excited many in the crowd, Modi announced the establishment of two new Indian consulates in the United States: one in Boston and another in Los Angeles. This follows the opening of a consulate in Seattle last year, further strengthening ties between the two nations.

Modi appeared relaxed and confident throughout the event, dressed in his signature kurta-pajama and jacket. His confidence was matched by the enthusiasm of the crowd, many of whom were captivated by his promises and well-rehearsed slogans such as “Modi ki guarantee hai” (“It’s Modi’s guarantee”). This marked his fifth large-scale rally with the Indian diaspora in the U.S., following the first at Madison Square Garden in New York in 2014.

Electrifying Atmosphere

The Modi&US event once again demonstrated the Prime Minister’s popularity among the Indian diaspora. The energy in the arena was electric, with the excitement palpable both inside and outside the venue. As Modi’s arrival was eagerly anticipated, the crowd enjoyed a variety of performances that celebrated India’s diverse culture. Outside the arena, dhol drums filled the air, while inside, more than 400 artists performed traditional dances like garba and mihu, alongside Bollywood-inspired acts. The celebration of India’s rich heritage set a festive tone for the gathering, which also attracted around 500 people who were seated outside.

The musical performances were another highlight of the event, with popular singers like Aditya Gadhvi, rapper Hanumankind, and Bollywood music composer Devi Sri Prasad captivating the audience. Additional performances by Aishwariya Majumdar, Chandrika Tandon, and twin sisters Kiran and Nivi added a mix of Indian classical and Western songs to the event’s cultural flair.

Diaspora’s Enthusiasm

Leaders within the Indian community expressed their pride and excitement at hosting Prime Minister Modi. Jagdish Sewhani, a prominent community leader, commented on the significance of the visit, saying, “We in Nassau County are proud and excited that an Indian prime minister, the most popular leader in the world, visited here. This was a non-political community event. We want Modi ji to tell us in the diaspora what we can do for Bharat.” Sewhani also noted that Nassau County had earlier hosted T20 World Cup matches, further deepening the connection between India and the local community.

Attendees of the event shared similar sentiments, expressing admiration for Modi’s leadership and the progress India has made under his governance. Rashmin Master, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) who has lived in New York for 30 years, praised Modi’s achievements, citing initiatives such as the Swachh Bharat (Clean India) campaign, infrastructure development, improved security, and enhanced foreign relations. Master’s wife, Kalpana, a pediatrician, emphasized how India’s disadvantaged communities had benefited from the country’s economic progress under Modi’s leadership.

Looking Ahead

Modi’s address left the audience inspired and hopeful about India’s future, with his vision for a developed India resonating strongly with the crowd. His mention of the PUSHP blueprint and India’s technological advances were seen as signs that the nation is on the path to achieving greater global prominence.

The Indian community in the U.S. has long played a vital role in fostering ties between the two countries, and Modi’s outreach to the diaspora further strengthened those bonds. The event was a testament to the vibrant relationship between the U.S. and India, with the Indian-American community playing a crucial role in the success of both nations.

As Modi concluded his speech, the message was clear: India’s growth, progress, and global standing will continue to rise, backed by a determined and united effort from both the country and its citizens abroad.

India to Open New Consulates in Boston and Los Angeles, Announces Modi

Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced on September 22 that India will establish two new consulates in the United States, located in Boston and Los Angeles. Addressing a large gathering of Indian Americans at the Nassau Veterans Coliseum in New York, Modi’s announcement was in response to long-standing requests from the rapidly expanding Indian American community in these regions, as reported by PTI.

Modi noted that this decision reflects the needs and aspirations of Indian Americans who have been advocating for greater consular services in these key cities. “Friends, last year, I had announced that our government had plans to open a new consulate in Seattle. It is now operational. I had asked for suggestions from you for two more consulates. I am happy to announce that after reviewing your suggestions, India has decided to open two new consulates in Boston and Los Angeles,” the Prime Minister said, referring to the cities chosen based on community input.

Why Boston and Los Angeles?

The selection of Boston and Los Angeles as consulate locations is based on their significance in the United States. Boston, known as the “education and pharma capital” of the U.S., is a hub of academic institutions and pharmaceutical industries. Los Angeles, the second-largest city in the U.S., is home to Hollywood and will host the upcoming Summer Olympics. Additionally, the city’s significance as a gateway to the Pacific Rim and its relevance in global trade make it a critical location for India’s presence. The current U.S. Ambassador to India, Eric Garcetti, also served as the mayor of Los Angeles, further underscoring the city’s importance in strengthening India-U.S. ties.

Currently, India operates six consulates in the United States, located in Atlanta, Chicago, Houston, New York, San Francisco, and Seattle. The Indian Embassy is based in Washington, D.C., while India’s Permanent Mission to the United Nations is headquartered in New York City. The addition of consulates in Boston and Los Angeles will expand India’s diplomatic reach in key regions of the country.

Indian-Americans Rejoice

The announcement of the new consulates was met with enthusiasm from Indian Americans, particularly in Los Angeles. Many expressed gratitude to Prime Minister Modi and other Indian officials for recognizing the need for consular services in the region. Gunjan Bagla, CEO of Amritt Inc., a consulting firm based in Los Angeles, played a key role in the efforts to bring a consulate to the city. Bagla shared his excitement with PTI, saying, “The Modi government listens and responds to the needs of Indian Americans and of American business and political leaders. I am grateful to Prime Minister Modi, External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar, and former Indian Ambassador to the United States Taranjit Sandhu for the decision to open a consulate in Los Angeles.”

Bagla led a campaign advocating for the consulate, gathering more than 3,600 signatures from Southern California residents. The campaign also involved letters from various American and Indian American organizations addressed to the Prime Minister’s Office. He emphasized the importance of having an Indian consulate in a city as globally significant as Los Angeles, which plays a crucial role in the Indo-Pacific region.

Los Angeles is not only the second-largest city in the U.S. but also a major center of global commerce, with the twin ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach handling nearly 40% of all overseas trade goods entering the country. With India’s growing involvement in Indo-Pacific affairs, the need for a diplomatic presence in Los Angeles has become more pressing.

“All but one of the G20 countries have consulates here in Los Angeles,” Bagla pointed out, highlighting the need for India’s representation in a city that is both a major economic hub and a cultural center. “American business executives with an interest in India will feel more engaged with a local consul general representing India. While we have been blessed with Consul General Dr. Srikar Reddy visiting us from San Francisco dozens of times in the last year, there are numerous local events where the absence of India is clearly felt.”

The opening of a consulate in Los Angeles is expected to benefit not only Indian Americans and Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) living in the area but also American businesses with interests in India. Many residents have faced challenges in accessing consular services, often needing to travel to San Francisco for urgent matters. The new consulate in Los Angeles will streamline processes for emergency travel and provide more direct access to consular services for the large Indian American population in Southern California.

Bagla further emphasized the potential for increased engagement between Indian Americans, NRIs, and local businesses with the presence of an Indian consul general in Los Angeles. He believes that the establishment of this consulate will not only strengthen the India-U.S. relationship but also provide essential support to Indian nationals living and working in the region.

A Milestone for Indian Diplomacy

Modi’s announcement of new consulates in Boston and Los Angeles marks a significant milestone in India’s diplomatic efforts in the United States. With both cities playing pivotal roles in their respective industries—education, pharmaceuticals, entertainment, and global trade—India’s expanded consular presence will enhance its ability to serve its citizens and foster stronger ties with key sectors in the U.S.

The decision to open consulates in these cities underscores India’s commitment to responding to the needs of its diaspora and engaging with critical American markets. It also signals India’s recognition of the strategic importance of Boston and Los Angeles in its broader global outreach, particularly in the context of the Indo-Pacific region.

For Indian Americans, the new consulates represent a vital step in improving access to consular services and enhancing their connection to their home country. As the Indian community in the United States continues to grow, the establishment of these consulates will provide much-needed support for their diplomatic, cultural, and business activities.

In the coming months, as plans for the new consulates take shape, Indian Americans in Boston and Los Angeles can look forward to more convenient access to consular services and increased engagement with India’s diplomatic network. The move is expected to further solidify the bond between India and its diaspora in the United States, while also strengthening India’s ties with key sectors of the American economy.

Modi Meets Global Tech Leaders in New York, Calls for Stronger Collaboration in Emerging Technologies

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently met with global technology leaders in New York during a roundtable event hosted by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) School of Engineering. The gathering provided a platform for discussions on several key emerging technologies, such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing, Biotechnology, Life Sciences, and Semiconductor technologies, reflecting the rapidly evolving global technological landscape.

The meeting brought together CEOs from various major tech companies to explore how advancements in these fields are shaping industries worldwide and positively influencing societies, both globally and in India. The roundtable discussions focused on how technology is revolutionizing not just the global economy but also contributing to human development. This dialogue comes at a time when these industries are expected to play a critical role in driving economic growth and societal improvements in the coming years.

Prime Minister Modi expressed his appreciation for MIT’s School of Engineering and its leadership, particularly recognizing the contributions of the dean for organizing the event. He emphasized that technological collaborations, particularly through the Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies (ICET), serve as the foundation for the Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership between India and the United States. “The efforts of MIT and its leaders are crucial in facilitating dialogues that are helping shape the future of technology,” Modi stated.

The Prime Minister also reiterated his vision for India’s economic growth. He expressed confidence that India will become the third-largest economy globally during his third term as Prime Minister. As part of his mission to achieve this milestone, Modi encouraged the industry leaders present to leverage India’s growth story by collaborating with Indian enterprises. He urged the CEOs to co-develop, co-design, and co-produce technologies in India, emphasizing the country’s increasing focus on innovation, intellectual property protection, and the creation of a conducive environment for technological advancement.

He further noted the role of India’s government in fostering a business-friendly environment for tech innovation. “India is committed to protecting intellectual property rights and ensuring that companies benefit from the country’s expanding technological and economic landscape,” said Modi. He underscored how India has transformed over the years, particularly in electronics and information technology manufacturing, semiconductor production, biotechnology, and green energy development.

A key focus of Modi’s discussions was India’s potential as a global leader in semiconductor manufacturing. The Indian government has set ambitious goals to position the country as a hub for this critical industry, which is essential to technological advancements across numerous sectors. “We want India to become a global hub for semiconductor manufacturing, and we are creating an ecosystem to support that vision,” Modi explained.

Additionally, Modi introduced the BIO E3 policy, a new initiative aimed at making India a biotech powerhouse. This policy is expected to foster innovation in the biotechnology sector and create opportunities for both Indian and international firms. “India is committed to becoming a leader in biotechnology, and our BIO E3 policy is a testament to that commitment,” he said.

The Prime Minister also discussed India’s approach to AI, reiterating the country’s focus on responsible and ethical use. The “AI for All” policy underscores the need to ensure that AI technologies are not only accessible but also developed with ethics in mind. He noted that India’s emphasis on the ethical use of AI positions the country as a key player in global discussions about the future of technology. “Our approach to AI is centered around responsible and ethical use, and we are committed to making AI a tool for societal good,” Modi remarked.

Throughout the discussions, the global technology leaders expressed a strong interest in deepening their investments in India. They acknowledged the country’s growing importance as a global technology hub, noting its business-friendly policies and the enormous potential in the Indian market. In particular, the tech leaders recognized India’s thriving startup ecosystem, which provides a fertile ground for the development and scaling of new technologies. “India’s innovation-friendly policies and expanding market offer immense opportunities for collaboration, particularly in the startup ecosystem,” said one CEO.

The enthusiasm of the participants underscored the potential for future collaborations between India and global technology firms. With India’s government prioritizing key sectors such as AI, biotech, and semiconductors, the country is positioning itself as an attractive destination for technological investments. “India is emerging as a critical player in the global technology landscape, and we look forward to further deepening our collaborations in the future,” one tech leader commented.

The roundtable was chaired by Professor Anantha Chandrakasan, chief innovation and strategy officer and dean of the MIT School of Engineering. He expressed gratitude to both Prime Minister Modi and the CEOs for their active participation in the event. Chandrakasan emphasized MIT’s commitment to advancing technology for the benefit of society. “MIT is dedicated to pushing the boundaries of innovation and ensuring that technology is accessible to global communities,” he said. Chandrakasan’s words highlighted the importance of collaboration between academia, industry, and governments in driving technological progress.

Among the prominent tech CEOs who attended the roundtable were leaders from major corporations, including Accenture, Adobe, AMD, Google, IBM, and NVIDIA, among others. The presence of these executives underscores the significance of the event and the importance of India’s role in the global technology ecosystem. The discussions during the roundtable are expected to pave the way for new initiatives and collaborations that will shape the future of technology and innovation.

The roundtable in New York reinforced India’s emergence as a key player in the global technological space, especially in fields such as AI, biotech, and semiconductor technologies. Prime Minister Modi’s engagement with the global tech community demonstrated India’s readiness to lead in these sectors while fostering strong international partnerships. With ambitious goals, innovative policies, and a growing market, India is well-positioned to become a global hub for technology in the years to come.

Doctors Rally Behind Kamala Harris, Citing Health Concerns for a Second Trump Term

Doctors across the U.S. are increasingly aligning with Democrats, with many backing Kamala Harris’ presidential campaign and using social media to warn of the potential dangers of another Trump administration. This shift is part of a broader trend that has seen a political reorientation among medical professionals over the past two decades. While some doctors fear this trend could undermine trust in public health, Harris’ supporters see their involvement in politics as a moral obligation.

“Elections do matter for your health,” said Dr. Suhas Gondi, an internal medicine resident at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, who is actively involved in organizing for Harris. He explained to POLITICO, “It’s hard for me to not be engaged in politics.”

Historically, doctors favored Republican candidates in every election cycle since the 1990s, except for 2008. However, growing concerns about patients’ rights, healthcare policies, and the rise of Donald Trump in 2016 spurred many educated professionals, including doctors, to support the Democratic Party.

Some doctors worry that their colleagues’ growing partisanship might affect patient trust. Conservative patients, in particular, may lose faith in their doctors if they see them as politically biased. This could have serious consequences for public health, leading to lower vaccination rates and missed cancer screenings.

Dr. John Mandrola, a cardiologist from Kentucky, is among those who believe doctors should avoid overt political activism. “What matters in the clinic is that I build a rapport with the patient, learn their problem and preferences, and find a therapy that fits with their preferences,” he wrote on his Substack site. “You can’t do that if they don’t trust you. Or if they view you as a biased partisan.”

Mandrola’s call for doctors to remain apolitical sparked backlash on social media, with many physicians arguing that the stakes are too high to stay silent. They believe advocating for science-based policies and ensuring the freedom to practice medicine is more critical than trying to appease all political factions.

Harris has encouraged physicians to use their trusted status to spread her message. Nearly 1,600 people attended a recent virtual event for Health Care Providers for Harris, where over $100,000 was raised for her campaign.

However, the trust that Harris is counting on has been declining. A July survey showed that trust in doctors and hospitals dropped from over 70 percent at the start of the pandemic to just above 40 percent, with declines across all demographic groups.

Despite this, many doctors who have long advocated for progressive policies appreciate the increased support for their cause. “American medicine has changed profoundly,” said Dr. Ed Weisbart, national board secretary of Physicians for a National Health Program. He believes that doctors are beginning to realize that their responsibility to advocate for their patients extends beyond the exam room and into the political sphere.

Democrats have seized on this shift, appealing to doctors’ sense of responsibility to their patients. California Rep. Raul Ruiz, a physician and Democrat, emphasized this on the Health Care Providers for Harris call. “You put that love for your patient into action by advocating for them day-in and day-out,” Ruiz said. “That is the type of dedication and effort that Kamala Harris will have for the American people.”

The COVID-19 pandemic was a turning point for many doctors, as the Trump administration’s response left many feeling that public health was being sidelined in favor of political priorities. This sentiment translated into a record amount of individual campaign contributions from doctors in the 2020 election cycle, with nearly $129 million donated to Democrats and $62 million to Republicans, according to OpenSecrets, which tracks political donations.

In 2022, the Supreme Court’s decision to overturn Roe v. Wade further galvanized doctors into political action. The ruling allowed states to limit or ban abortions, causing many healthcare providers to advocate more vocally for Democrats, whom they see as defenders of reproductive rights.

“We need to ensure that Democrats are elected up and down the ballot,” said Dr. Anna Igler, an obstetrician-gynecologist from Wisconsin, during the Harris campaign event. “Our message should be clear: Reproductive rights and access are all on the line. The stakes in this election could not be higher.”

The political battle over gender-affirming care has had a similar effect, with many doctors pushing back against Republican-led states that have restricted such treatments, despite endorsements from major medical organizations.

However, Republicans still have considerable support among physicians, particularly those opposed to abortion and gender-affirming care. Several GOP doctors serve in Congress, including Rep. Greg Murphy, a urologist and co-chair of the GOP Doctors Caucus. He has warned his colleagues about the dangers of politicizing medicine, saying that doctors “must be careful not to undermine the integrity of our profession by infusing politics into the sacrosanct doctor-patient relationship.”

The Trump campaign has also hit back at doctors supporting Harris, accusing her of being the real threat to public health. Karoline Leavitt, the campaign’s national press secretary, cited Harris’ support for abortion rights and her economic policies, which she claims have driven up healthcare costs for Americans.

Despite the political divide, there is evidence that doctors, like other highly educated professionals, are increasingly aligning with the Democratic Party. A Pew Research Center report from April found that 61 percent of voters with a postgraduate degree now lean Democratic.

Most doctors interviewed by POLITICO agreed that political views should be kept out of the exam room. However, many also feel a responsibility to publicly oppose policies they believe harm their patients.

“Trust is something that creates an enormous responsibility but also lends some political power and power that I’m pleased we’re trying to start using,” said Gondi, the Boston-based resident.

Nevertheless, some doctors caution that engaging in political activism could erode trust in the medical profession. Dr. Mary Braun Bates, an internist from New Hampshire, believes it is better for doctors to keep their political views private. “It’s better for patients if doctors keep their political views to themselves,” she said, adding that her stance on policies such as abortion legislation is “irrelevant for whether or not I can treat heart failure.”

Bates has seen firsthand how patients’ political sensitivities can affect the doctor-patient relationship. After casually mentioning a conversation with the governor of New Hampshire, one patient remarked, “That’s not my governor.” The patient never returned.

Other doctors, like Dr. Adam Cifu, an internist from Chicago, believe there is a middle ground. He thinks it’s reasonable for doctors to speak out on issues where they have specialized knowledge or that directly affect their practices. However, he warns that even these comments could strain the doctor-patient relationship, which he considers his “greatest responsibility.”

Cifu also highlighted how precarious trust in the medical profession has become, saying, “Physicians take for granted, a little bit, the respect that we’re still held in. That’s on shakier and shakier ground.”

This internal debate within the medical community reflects the broader polarization of American society. Even the American Medical Association (AMA), once a conservative bastion, has shifted leftward, calling for peace in Palestine and Israel, decriminalizing drug use, and ending the death penalty.

As the political divide within the medical community grows, doctors must navigate the tension between advocating for their patients and maintaining trust in an increasingly polarized country. As Dr. Luis Seija, chair of the AMA’s Minority Affairs Section, put it: “We are committed to doing what’s right. You’re either with us or you’re not.”

Hindu Vote Initiative Unveils 2024 American Hindu Agenda: Key Priorities for US Elections

The HinduVote project, spearheaded by HinduPACT under the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA), has launched its American Hindu Agenda for the 2024 elections. This initiative is set to influence the political landscape, aiming to address key legislative priorities and policy goals that resonate with the American Hindu community. The agenda, designed to empower Hindu voters and ensure their concerns are heard, focuses on a range of critical issues, from combatting Hinduphobia to advocating for stronger US-India relations.

A core aspect of the agenda is the fight against Hinduphobia, a growing concern within the American Hindu community. HinduVote is advocating for legislative measures to curb anti-Hindu rhetoric. This includes a proposal to cut funding for academic institutions that are seen as promoting Hinduphobic sentiments. By doing so, the agenda aims to foster an environment of respect and tolerance for Hindu culture and religion in the United States.

Another significant element of the agenda is the protection of Hindu temples, which have increasingly become targets of vandalism. The agenda calls for the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) to conduct investigations into the causes behind these attacks on Hindu temples and statues of Mahatma Gandhi across the country. By addressing this issue, HinduVote hopes to safeguard places of worship and cultural symbols that hold deep significance for the Hindu community.

The repatriation of stolen Hindu artifacts is also a top priority for HinduVote. The agenda proposes new legislation that would ensure the return of cultural treasures, such as statues and religious artifacts, that have been taken from their original homes in India and other countries. These items are currently held in museums and private collections in the US. The agenda emphasizes that returning these artifacts is crucial for preserving Hindu cultural heritage.

On the international front, the agenda underscores the need for a robust US-India relationship. HinduVote advocates for non-interference in India’s internal matters, recognizing the importance of respecting the sovereignty of nations. The agenda also calls for the inclusion of Hindu representatives in key US faith-based organizations, such as the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF). According to HinduVote, having Hindu voices in such agencies would ensure fair representation and a deeper understanding of issues that affect Hindus worldwide.

Immigration reform is another major focus of the American Hindu Agenda. The initiative seeks to remove country-specific caps on H1B visas, which currently limit opportunities for skilled workers from countries like India. It also calls for expedited green card processing for highly skilled immigrants, ensuring that talented individuals can contribute to the US economy without facing unnecessary delays. Additionally, the agenda includes protections for children on H4B visas, who risk deportation as they age out of their dependent status. These changes, according to HinduVote, would benefit both the Hindu community and the broader American workforce.

Human rights advocacy is central to the agenda, particularly concerning religious minorities in countries like Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Bangladesh. HinduVote is pushing for accountability in these nations regarding human rights violations, specifically targeting religious theocracies. The agenda proposes that US aid to these countries should be contingent on their implementation of meaningful reforms. This approach aligns with the broader goal of promoting global human rights and ensuring the safety and dignity of religious minorities.

In the realms of education and employment, the American Hindu Agenda champions fairness and meritocracy. HinduVote supports merit-based educational opportunities and backs the recent Supreme Court decision in the Fair Admissions vs. Harvard case. This ruling, which addressed issues of racial discrimination in college admissions, aligns with the agenda’s goal of ensuring equal opportunities for all students, regardless of race or ethnicity. On environmental matters, the agenda promotes policies that encourage sustainable development, reflecting the Hindu principle of caring for the Earth.

Alongside the American Hindu Agenda, HinduPACT has produced two detailed guides to assist the Hindu community in navigating the election process. The first is a 36-page guide aimed at 501(c)(3) organizations, such as temples and community groups. This resource offers guidance on election-related activities that are permissible under federal law, ensuring that these organizations can engage in civic life without compromising their tax-exempt status. By encouraging civic engagement, HinduVote hopes to empower the Hindu community to play an active role in the political process.

The second guide is a 24-page document designed specifically for Hindu voters. It provides practical information on how to participate in the upcoming elections, offering advice on registering to vote, understanding the issues at stake, and making informed decisions at the ballot box. Both guides are available on the hinduvote.org website, making them easily accessible to anyone seeking to engage with the 2024 elections from a Hindu perspective.

As part of its outreach efforts, HinduPACT has also distributed a comprehensive questionnaire to approximately 1,000 candidates running for the US House of Representatives and Senate. This questionnaire is aligned with the American Hindu Agenda and seeks to inform voters about where candidates stand on key issues affecting the Hindu community. The responses will help voters make educated decisions when choosing their representatives.

Speaking about the initiative, Deepa Karthik, executive director of the HinduVote project, said, “The HinduVote initiative and the American Hindu Agenda for 2024 mark a new chapter for our community’s civic engagement. We are empowering Hindu voters with the resources and information they need to make informed decisions and encouraging political candidates to take a clear stance on issues that matter to the Hindu community.” Karthik’s statement reflects the broader goal of HinduVote: to give the Hindu community a stronger voice in American politics and ensure their concerns are addressed by political leaders.

Deepti Mahajan, co-convenor of HinduPACT, highlighted the important role that temples can play in fostering civic engagement. “We hope that our temples become centers of the broader community around them. Our Elections Guide for Temples and Organizations provides these organizations with clear guidelines on election-related activities they can engage in to fulfill this important role in society,” she stated. By encouraging temples to take a more active role in civic life, HinduVote aims to strengthen the community’s presence in the political sphere.

Ajay Shah, president of VHPA and co-convenor of HinduPACT, emphasized the contributions of American Hindus to society. “American Hindus have made tremendous contributions to our nation across all spheres of life. This agenda is not only aimed at ensuring the safety and security of the community but also addresses issues that will benefit all Americans, not just Hindus,” he remarked. Shah’s statement underscores the inclusive nature of the agenda, which seeks to create a better society for all by addressing issues that impact both the Hindu community and the broader American public.

By presenting a well-rounded set of legislative priorities and policy goals, the American Hindu Agenda for 2024 offers a clear roadmap for empowering the Hindu community and promoting their interests within the American political landscape. Through initiatives like this, HinduVote hopes to ensure that Hindu voices are heard and that their concerns are addressed in the upcoming elections.

FDA Approves First At-Home Flu Vaccine, But Availability Delayed Until Next Season

On Friday, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first flu vaccine that can be administered at home, eliminating the need for a healthcare professional to administer it. However, this new optionwon’t be available in time for the current flu season.

FluMist, a nasal spray manufactured by AstraZeneca, has been protecting Americans from influenza since its introduction in 2003. Traditionally, FluMist is available in pharmacies and healthcare settings for individuals between the ages of 2 and 49, provided they have a prescription.

With the FDA’s latest decision, a second option has been added for those eligible to receive FluMist: it can now be administered at home. Adults can self-administer the vaccine, and caregivers can assist children in receiving it.

AstraZeneca plans to make this at-home vaccine available through a third-party online pharmacy. The pharmacy will prescribe and ship the vaccine after reviewing a screening and eligibility assessment. The company expects this option to be ready in time for the start of next year’s flu season.

In a statement, Dr. Peter Marks, director of the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, praised the development, stating, “Today’s approval of the first influenza vaccine for self- or caregiver-administration provides a new option for receiving a safe and effective seasonal influenza vaccine, potentially with greater convenience, flexibility, and accessibility for individuals and families.”

He continued by emphasizing the importance of vaccination, saying, “Getting vaccinated each year is the best way to prevent influenza, which causes illness in a substantial proportion of the U.S. population every year and may result in serious complications, including hospitalization and death. This approval adds another option for vaccination against influenza disease and demonstrates the FDA’s commitment to advancing public health.”

Influenza remains a significant public health concern in the U.S. During the 2023-24 flu season, the virus caused an estimated 35 million illnesses, 400,000 hospitalizations, and 25,000 deaths, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). To combat these numbers, the CDC recommends that everyone aged 6 months and older receive a flu vaccine annually. However, flu vaccination rates have been dropping in recent years. During the last flu season, only about half of eligible adults and children received their annual flu shot.

FluMist offers the only needle-free flu vaccination option in the U.S. Unlike injectable flu vaccines, which use killed viruses or proteins to help the immune system develop defenses against the flu, FluMist uses a live, weakened version of the virus to provide protection. AstraZeneca reports that FluMist is as effective as traditional flu vaccines.

When the FDA first announced last year that it was considering the possibility of approving a self-administered flu vaccine, several physicians welcomed the potential for making vaccines more accessible, although some expressed doubts about whether it would significantly increase vaccination rates.

Dr. Ashish Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health and former White House Covid-19 response coordinator, shared his thoughts at the time. He remarked that while a self-administered flu vaccine would be more accessible, especially if it could eventually be bought directly off pharmacy shelves, rather than through an online pharmacy that acts as a gatekeeper, he wasn’t convinced that it would make a significant impact on vaccination numbers.

Jha acknowledged, however, that the needle-free aspect of FluMist could help overcome vaccine hesitancy among those who have a fear of needles. “As many as 10% to 15% of people may be needle-phobic and hesitant to get vaccines, so increasing ways to access a needle-free version could boost uptake,” he said.

He tempered his expectations, predicting that the impact of a self-administered vaccine option would likely be modest. “I think the impact is going to be modest,” Jha said. However, he added that he hoped this development would increase awareness of flu vaccines, possibly through greater marketing efforts by AstraZeneca or more research into other intranasal vaccines that are easier to obtain.

“I see this as a relatively positive step,” Jha commented, noting that while the change might not revolutionize flu vaccination rates, it could still be a step in the right direction toward making vaccines more accessible and convenient.

Despite this FDA approval being a milestone, the timing of its availability will limit its impact on the current respiratory virus season. With plans to launch the at-home vaccine in time for next year’s flu season, the potential for its influence on vaccination rates remains to be seen. For now, those seeking flu protection will need to rely on existing methods, such as visiting a healthcare provider or pharmacy.

As flu season continues to pose a threat, health authorities urge everyone to get vaccinated and protect themselves from the potentially severe complications of the flu. The CDC, in particular, stresses the importance of vaccination not just for individual health but also for the protection of communities, especially the most vulnerable, such as young children, the elderly, and those with weakened immune systems.

FluMist’s needle-free technology offers an alternative for those uncomfortable with traditional injections, and with the added convenience of at-home administration, it is hoped that more people will choose to vaccinate themselves and their families. However, until the new self-administered option becomes widely available, the public must continue relying on the flu vaccines currently available in pharmacies and healthcare settings.

In the meantime, experts will watch closely to see whether this new option can help reverse the decline in flu vaccination rates in the U.S., where millions still fall ill from the flu each year despite the widespread availability of vaccines. For now, the push to increase awareness and accessibility continues, as public health officials emphasize that annual flu vaccination remains the best defense against a virus that continues to affect a significant portion of the population each season.

India Secures Historic Double Gold in 45th Chess Olympiad

In a historic achievement on Sunday, India triumphed in both the men’s and women’s events at the 45th Chess Olympiad, marking the country’s first-ever gold medals in the prestigious tournament. Both teams delivered dominant performances in their final rounds, with the men’s team defeating Slovenia and the women’s team overcoming Azerbaijan to secure their respective titles.

The Indian men clinched their gold after victories by D Gukesh, Arjun Erigaisi, and R Praggnanadhaa in their 11th and final round against Slovenia. The women’s team, on the other hand, put up an equally commanding display, beating Azerbaijan 3.5-0.5 to claim their maiden title. Prior to this historic victory, the Indian men had won two bronze medals in the Olympiad, once in 2014 and again in 2022, while the women had claimed a bronze in 2022 when the tournament was held in Chennai.

Leading the charge for the men’s team, World Championship challenger Gukesh and rising star Arjun Erigaisi once again delivered in crucial moments. Their key victories helped propel India to its first title in the open category, a long-awaited achievement for the nation’s chess community.

In his match against Slovenia’s Vladimir Fedoseev, Gukesh played a masterful game with the black pieces. The 18-year-old Grandmaster showcased his deep understanding of the technical aspects of the game, securing a hard-fought victory through strategic precision. His win, though laborious, was critical to India’s overall success.

Meanwhile, Erigaisi also performed brilliantly with the black pieces on the third board, defeating Jan Subeli in an unexpected game that arose from a Centre Counter defense. His victory added to India’s momentum and further cemented their lead in the match.

The third crucial point for the Indian men came from Praggnanadhaa, who found his form just in time and delivered a crushing victory over Anton Demchenko. Praggnanadhaa’s win sealed a 3-0 triumph for India with one game still remaining, ensuring that the team would finish on top.

By the end of the Olympiad, the Indian men’s team had accumulated an impressive 21 points out of a possible 22, having conceded just a single 2-2 draw to Uzbekistan. They swept aside all other competitors with ease, affirming their dominance throughout the tournament.

For the Indian women, their victory over Azerbaijan was equally impressive, securing a rare double gold for the country in the Olympiad. The women’s team delivered a 3.5-0.5 win in the final round, highlighting the strength and depth of the squad.

D Harika, playing on the top board, was at her technical best. She executed a flawless game, striking at the right moments to help India take the lead. Meanwhile, Divya Deshmukh continued her superb form, dominating her opponent on the third board to ensure her individual gold medal in the process.

After R Vaishali secured a draw in her game, the Indian women’s team was in a strong position to win. Vantika Agrawal then delivered the final blow, scoring another brilliant victory to round off the team’s remarkable performance.

With these triumphs, both the Indian men’s and women’s teams have elevated their standing in the world of chess. The men’s team’s previous successes, including the bronze medals in 2014 and 2022, had already established India as a force to be reckoned with in international chess. However, this gold medal marks a new era for Indian chess, confirming their place among the elite teams globally.

The women’s team, which had shown potential by winning bronze in the 2022 edition held in Chennai, also took a major leap forward with their gold medal. The victory not only signifies their growing strength but also reflects the rising prominence of women’s chess in India.

Gukesh, who had been touted as a potential future World Champion, lived up to the high expectations placed upon him. His performances throughout the tournament, especially in the final round, were nothing short of extraordinary. “Gukesh was at his very best in the technical phase of the game,” noted a commentator, praising his ability to navigate the complexities of the match against Slovenia’s Fedoseev.

Erigaisi, another rising star in Indian chess, also garnered attention for his composed and tactical play. His unexpected victory with the Centre Counter defense in the final round was a testament to his skill and ability to surprise opponents. Praggnanadhaa, known for his aggressive and creative style, also delivered when it mattered most, securing a crucial point for India against Demchenko.

On the women’s side, D Harika’s leadership on the top board was instrumental in guiding the team to victory. Her technical precision and calm under pressure were key to the Indian women’s success. Divya Deshmukh’s individual performance throughout the tournament, culminating in her gold on the third board, was another highlight for the team. “Divya yet again outclassed her opponent,” remarked a chess analyst, noting her consistent ability to dominate in key moments.

The collective efforts of the Indian teams, both men and women, have brought immense pride to the country. These victories not only reflect the individual brilliance of players like Gukesh, Erigaisi, Praggnanadhaa, Harika, and Deshmukh but also showcase the strength of Indian chess as a whole.

In addition to the players’ individual achievements, the team’s success is a testament to the hard work and dedication of their coaches, support staff, and the All India Chess Federation. The victories in the 45th Chess Olympiad are expected to inspire a new generation of chess players in India, further strengthening the nation’s position as a chess powerhouse.

As India celebrates its double gold in the Olympiad, the country’s chess community can look forward to even greater accomplishments in the future. The performances of the men’s and women’s teams in this tournament have set a new benchmark for Indian chess, and their historic achievements will undoubtedly serve as motivation for aspiring players across the nation.

Karnataka and US Discuss Strengthening Trade, Innovation, and Diplomatic Ties

Karnataka’s Minister for Rural Development, Panchayat Raj, and Information Technology, Priyank Kharge, held significant discussions with Eric Garcetti, the US Ambassador to India, on Friday. These talks, conducted in New Delhi, centered on strengthening trade relations between Karnataka and the United States, as an official from the state confirmed.

Following the discussions, Kharge addressed the media during a press conference held at Karnataka Bhavan, where he emphasized the critical outcomes of his interaction with the US envoy. The talks focused on several key areas, such as innovation, entrepreneurship, skill development, and establishing a US consulate in Bengaluru.

A major highlight of the meeting was Kharge’s proposal to establish sister city corridors between Bengaluru and San Francisco, aimed at harnessing the strengths both cities share in innovation and entrepreneurship. “This could bolster the already thriving relationship between the two cities, promoting exchange of ideas and collaboration in various sectors,” he stated during the conference.

Bengaluru, known as India’s Silicon Valley, and San Francisco, the global tech hub, have much in common, particularly in the fields of technology and entrepreneurship. Both cities boast vibrant startup ecosystems, with entrepreneurs and innovators continuously seeking new markets and ideas. Establishing sister city corridors would create formal channels for collaboration, benefiting both regions economically and technologically.

Kharge also highlighted how these discussions explored the possibility of integrating innovations from San Francisco into Karnataka’s technological ecosystem. This would involve promoting the state’s emerging enterprises and providing them with access to markets in the United States. Such initiatives are expected to facilitate economic growth by enabling companies from Karnataka to tap into one of the world’s largest consumer markets.

Skill corridors, especially in the fields of financial technology (fintech), artificial intelligence (AI), and semiconductor manufacturing, also featured prominently in the discussions. According to Kharge, developing such skill corridors would open new avenues for enhancing market access and technological advancements. Karnataka’s growing influence in these industries could serve as a springboard for greater collaboration with the US.

The minister reiterated that this partnership would lead to increased investments in various sectors, with a particular focus on technology, education, health, and commerce. “This initiative is not just about economic benefits,” Kharge explained, “but also about fostering cultural exchanges and long-lasting relationships between Karnataka and the United States.”

A critical outcome of the meeting, which garnered significant attention, was the discussion surrounding the establishment of a US consulate in Bengaluru. Kharge expressed optimism that the discussions would lead to concrete steps toward making this a reality. He emphasized that a US consulate in Bengaluru would create numerous job opportunities for the people of Karnataka. “The consulate will also provide easier access to visas, especially for students from Karnataka and South India looking to pursue higher education in the United States,” he noted.

Eric Garcetti, in turn, expressed strong support for the idea, stating that establishing a consulate in Bengaluru is a logical step. “Karnataka is now the world’s fourth-largest technology hub, and Bengaluru’s standing as the fifth-ranked city globally in the AI sector makes it a prime candidate for such a diplomatic post,” Garcetti remarked. The ambassador’s comments reflected his recognition of Karnataka’s growing prominence in the global tech space, particularly in areas like artificial intelligence and skill development.

In addition to its leadership in AI, Garcetti also acknowledged Karnataka’s significant contributions to biotechnology, aerospace, and defense, sectors that further elevate the state’s appeal as an investment destination. He described Karnataka’s human resources as a “global model,” praising the quality of talent emerging from the region and highlighting the mutual benefits of closer ties between the US and Karnataka. “The consulate’s establishment would be advantageous for both countries,” Garcetti said, underscoring the strategic importance of the move.

Furthermore, the US ambassador pointed out that Karnataka’s progress in technology and related fields positions it as a critical partner for the United States in various industries. Garcetti’s remarks were aligned with the broader efforts to enhance economic and technological collaboration between India and the United States, particularly in cutting-edge sectors such as AI, biotechnology, and defense.

Kharge also took the opportunity to deliver messages from Karnataka’s Chief Minister and Deputy Chief Minister to the US envoy, stressing the importance of establishing the consulate in Bengaluru. The minister made it clear that such an initiative would have a profound impact on the state’s global positioning, providing a diplomatic boost while simultaneously reinforcing the existing commercial and cultural ties between Karnataka and the US.

In conclusion, the talks between Priyank Kharge and Eric Garcetti mark a pivotal moment in Karnataka’s relationship with the United States. The emphasis on fostering stronger ties through innovation, entrepreneurship, and skill development underscores the mutual benefits of this collaboration. The proposal to establish a US consulate in Bengaluru, in particular, could have far-reaching implications, potentially facilitating greater access to the US for Kannadigas while providing a diplomatic gateway for furthering economic and cultural exchanges.

By promoting partnerships in areas like AI, biotechnology, fintech, and semiconductor manufacturing, Karnataka stands to gain a prominent role in the global economy, while the US can tap into the state’s wealth of talent and technological prowess. The outcome of these talks will likely play a crucial role in shaping the future trajectory of trade, investment, and diplomatic relations between Karnataka and the United States. Both sides seem eager to deepen their cooperation, with a shared vision of creating more opportunities for economic growth, innovation, and cultural exchanges.

Göbekli Tepe: The World’s Oldest Place of Worship Predating Civilization by Millennia

While ancient wonders like the pyramids of Giza and Stonehenge are widely recognized as significant monuments of early human civilization, they are outdone by Göbekli Tepe, the world’s oldest known place of worship, which dates back an astonishing 6,500 to 7,000 years earlier. Situated in the southeastern region of modern-day Turkey, this archaeological site dates to approximately 9600 BCE and offers a unique glimpse into the early days of human settlement. It is a “tell,” or an artificial mound formed by generations of human activity in the same location. Göbekli Tepe has not only shed light on Stone Age communities but also challenged long-held assumptions about the birth of human civilization.

Since excavations began in 1995, Göbekli Tepe — which means “potbelly hill” in Turkish — has revealed a complex site containing limestone megaliths arranged in circular patterns, smaller human statues, Neolithic tools, and remains of animal bones. The megaliths, carved with images of wild animals, anthropomorphic beings, and human clothing, suggest that the site was likely used for ceremonial purposes, possibly of a spiritual or religious nature. Radiocarbon dating has determined that these ruins are at least 11,000 years old, placing them in a time when humanity was transitioning from nomadic hunting and gathering to more permanent settlements. This finding has forced anthropologists to reconsider the belief that organized religion only developed after agriculture had firmly taken root in society.

Archaeological evidence from Göbekli Tepe indicates that it may have been a larger, more permanent settlement than originally believed. Moreover, there are hints that it was not the only Neolithic temple complex in the region, suggesting that other, similar places of worship may have existed during the same period. However, despite these possibilities, Göbekli Tepe remains an unparalleled resource for learning about prehistoric humans. While we can only speculate about the meaning behind the stone arrangements and strange symbols, the site continues to be a treasure trove of information about people who lived millennia before the construction of the Egyptian pyramids.

One of the most intriguing aspects of the site is the evidence suggesting that large quantities of beer may have been produced at Göbekli Tepe. The massive limestone pillars at the site weigh several tons and were hauled up a 50-foot hill, a feat that would have required considerable manpower. How, then, were people motivated to perform such labor-intensive work without the assistance of modern machinery? Some archaeologists believe that a beer-fueled feast might have been the answer. In a 2012 paper, researchers working at the site reported the discovery of six large vessels with a 160-liter capacity. These containers contained traces of oxalate, a chemical byproduct of grain fermentation, which is essential in the production of alcohol.

Though it might seem amusing to imagine that beer was a central part of life at Göbekli Tepe, the idea that alcohol played a significant role in early human communities is not far-fetched. For years, archaeologists and historians have debated whether humans first cultivated grain to produce bread or beer. The discovery of these vessels at Göbekli Tepe pushes the timeline of alcohol production further into the past and lends credence to the idea that shared drinking experiences helped to foster social bonds in ancient societies. In the case of Göbekli Tepe, it is easy to imagine how communal celebrations involving beer may have helped bring people together to complete the otherwise arduous and unthinkable tasks of life 11,000 years ago.

As a result, Göbekli Tepe has opened a window into a long-lost world, where early humans may have gathered for both spiritual ceremonies and social celebrations involving feasts and alcohol.

8 Daily Habits of People Who Look Younger Than Their Age

Have you ever met someone who seems to defy the passage of time, looking much younger than their actual age? While some might think it’s all about genetics, the truth is, there’s often more at play. These individuals don’t just rely on good genes; they have lifestyle habits that contribute to their youthful appearance. In this article, we’ll explore eight daily habits that people who look up to 15 years younger than their age typically follow. What’s even better is that these habits are simple and within everyone’s reach.

1) They Prioritize Sleep

One of the most fundamental factors in maintaining a youthful appearance is sleep. People who look significantly younger than their age understand that quality sleep is vital. It’s not just about getting the recommended seven to eight hours, but also about sticking to a consistent sleep schedule. During sleep, the body undergoes repair processes, including skin regeneration. When we sleep, our skin rejuvenates, healing from the day’s wear and tear, which helps maintain a fresh, youthful look.

A lack of sleep, on the other hand, increases stress levels, and stress is a well-known factor that accelerates aging. Next time you’re tempted to stay up late watching TV or scrolling through social media, remember that prioritizing rest can have a long-term positive impact on your appearance.

2) They Stay Hydrated

One thing you’ll notice about people who seem to have found the secret to eternal youth is that they always carry water with them. Staying hydrated is a key factor in looking younger. A friend of mine, Sarah, who is in her 50s but looks like she’s in her mid-30s, is a perfect example. She always has a water bottle on hand and attributes her youthful skin and energy to staying hydrated. Proper hydration helps maintain the elasticity of the skin, flushes out toxins, and ensures that all bodily functions are running smoothly.

3) They Protect Their Skin From the Sun

It’s no secret that the sun’s harmful ultraviolet (UV) rays can cause premature aging. In fact, up to 90% of visible aging signs like wrinkles and sunspots are caused by exposure to the sun, a phenomenon known as photoaging. People who look younger than their age are diligent about protecting their skin. They don’t just wear sunscreen when they’re at the beach; they make it a daily habit, even on cloudy days. UV rays can penetrate clouds and windows, so these individuals often use skincare and makeup products with SPF as an additional protective measure.

By making sun protection a priority, they manage to keep their skin looking healthy and youthful for much longer than those who don’t.

4) They Lead an Active Lifestyle

People who look younger than their years understand the importance of physical activity. Regular exercise benefits not only the body but also the skin. It improves blood circulation, bringing more oxygen and nutrients to the skin, which results in a healthy, vibrant complexion. This goes beyond just maintaining a fit physique—exercise also boosts energy levels and reduces stress, both of which contribute to a youthful glow.

Their routines typically include a variety of activities, such as cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and flexibility workouts. These habits ensure that they not only look good but feel good as well.

5) They Cherish Their Relationships

It’s often said that laughter is the best medicine, and there’s some truth to that, especially when it comes to maintaining a youthful appearance. People who look younger than their age tend to have strong, healthy relationships and a vibrant social life. Emotional well-being is closely tied to physical health, and those who make time to connect with loved ones often radiate joy and positivity, which shows on their faces.

Whether it’s staying close with old friends, spending quality time with family, or forming new connections, these individuals prioritize relationships. The love, laughter, and emotional support they receive help keep them young at heart, which is reflected in their appearance.

6) They Follow a Balanced Diet

There are plenty of fad diets out there, but people who maintain a youthful look tend to stick to a balanced, nutrient-rich diet. They prioritize eating plenty of fruits, vegetables, lean proteins, and whole grains. This variety of nutrient-dense foods helps their bodies function optimally, providing essential vitamins and minerals that keep their skin glowing and energy levels high.

While they do indulge from time to time, they practice moderation and mindful eating, ensuring they enjoy their favorite treats without overdoing it. This balanced approach helps them stay healthy and look youthful without feeling deprived.

7) They Practice Mindfulness

In today’s fast-paced world, people who manage to stay youthful often make it a priority to slow down and practice mindfulness. Mindfulness involves being present and fully engaged in the current moment, and it has a range of benefits that can help maintain a youthful appearance. By reducing stress, improving mental clarity, and promoting a sense of inner peace, mindfulness contributes to overall well-being.

Many people who look younger than their age incorporate mindfulness practices like meditation, yoga, or simply taking a few moments each day to focus on their breathing. This not only helps them stay grounded and reduce anxiety but also promotes a healthy glow that comes from within.

8) They Cultivate a Positive Mindset

Perhaps the most important habit that people who look younger than their age have is cultivating a positive mindset. These individuals tend to have an optimistic outlook on life, which not only helps them handle challenges with grace but also contributes to their youthful appearance. A positive mindset reduces stress, and stress is one of the biggest culprits behind premature aging.

People with a sunny disposition tend to radiate joy, enthusiasm, and gratitude, which enhances both their inner and outer beauty. A happy, contented heart shines through in their faces, giving them a youthful glow that no skincare product can replicate.

A Holistic Approach to Youthfulness

As we’ve seen, looking younger isn’t just about having good genes. It’s about adopting daily habits that enhance both physical and emotional well-being. The eight habits discussed in this article—prioritizing sleep, staying hydrated, protecting the skin from the sun, leading an active lifestyle, cherishing relationships, following a balanced diet, practicing mindfulness, and cultivating a positive mindset—can make a significant difference in how you age.

These habits are not only simple but also achievable. By incorporating them into your daily routine, you can maintain a youthful energy and appearance that others will notice. So, why not start today? The results might surprise you and lead to a more vibrant, youthful life for years to come.

PM Modi’s Three-Day US Visit Focuses on Quad Summit, Strengthening India-US Ties

Prime Minister Narendra Modi arrived in the United States for a three-day official visit aimed at deepening ties between India and the US. His visit began with a bilateral meeting with US President Joe Biden, where the two leaders are expected to discuss key areas of cooperation. Following this, PM Modi will attend the strategic Quad summit and later, the “Summit of the Future” at the United Nations General Assembly in New York.

The meeting between the two leaders, held in Wilmington, Delaware, President Biden’s hometown, aims to strengthen the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership. Modi shared his excitement about the day’s events on social media, writing, “Landed in Philadelphia… Today’s program will be focused on the Quad Summit and the bilateral meeting with Joe Biden. I am sure the discussions throughout the day will contribute to making our planet better and addressing key global challenges.”

The Indian Prime Minister was warmly greeted upon his arrival in Philadelphia by members of the Indian diaspora. He shared photographs of the warm reception on social media and expressed his gratitude, stating, “Our diaspora’s blessings are greatly cherished.” The Indian diaspora has made a significant impact in the US across various sectors, which Modi also highlighted. He is scheduled to meet the community again at the “Modi And US” program in New York on the third day of his visit.

Several important agreements are expected to be finalized during the bilateral talks, including a multi-billion dollar deal in which India plans to acquire 31 predator drones from the US. Another major development will be an announcement about the India-US space collaboration, under which Group Captain Shubhanshu Shukla will travel to the International Space Station as part of the Axiom-4 mission. These deals and collaborations are part of Modi’s broader efforts to enhance India’s defense and technological capabilities through partnerships with key global players like the United States.

Following the bilateral discussions, Modi will join the Quad summit, where he will meet with US President Biden, Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese, and Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida. One of the central topics on the agenda is China’s growing influence in the Indo-Pacific region. John Kirby, White House Spokesperson, emphasized the importance of addressing these challenges, noting, “It would be irresponsible if they didn’t talk about the challenges that still exist in the region caused by aggressive People’s Republic of China military action.”

The Quad summit holds special significance as this will be the final Quad summit for both President Biden and Prime Minister Kishida, as they are not seeking another term in office. The Quad, short for the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue, is a strategic partnership between India, Australia, Japan, and the United States. The group’s main objective is to maintain an open, stable, and prosperous Indo-Pacific region. Amid increasing concerns about China’s activities in the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Pacific, the Quad has emerged as a crucial platform for promoting peace, stability, and freedom of navigation in the region.

Modi, before leaving for the US, had stated that the Quad is a key platform for like-minded countries to work together for peace and prosperity in the Indo-Pacific. This year’s summit will focus on several key global challenges, including health security, climate change, emerging technologies, infrastructure, connectivity, and counter-terrorism. The leaders are also expected to discuss the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, particularly the escalation between Israel and Hezbollah, as well as the Israel-Hamas and Russia-Ukraine wars.

A significant highlight of the Quad summit will be the expansion of the Indo-Pacific Partnership for Maritime Domain Awareness (IPMDA) from Southeast Asia to the Indian Ocean region. The White House announced that this expansion will include new, sophisticated technologies to enhance maritime security. A formal announcement is expected in Wilmington on Saturday. According to senior administration officials, this expanded partnership will provide new opportunities for India to work with regional partners in the Indian Ocean. “The Quad is more strategically aligned and more relevant than ever before,” said John Kirby, Strategic Communications Director at the White House National Security Council.

Originally, India was set to host this year’s Quad summit. However, following a request from Washington, India agreed to host the summit next year, allowing the United States to take the lead this year.

Apart from the Quad discussions, Modi will also participate in other significant engagements, including the “Summit of the Future” at the United Nations General Assembly in New York. His visit is part of India’s broader diplomatic efforts to assert its role as a global leader. The “Summit of the Future” is seen as an opportunity for world leaders to address pressing global challenges and forge a new international consensus on how to ensure a better and more secure future.

In a statement ahead of his departure, Modi expressed his eagerness to engage with world leaders and address global issues. “The forum has emerged as a key group of like-minded countries to work for peace, progress, and prosperity in the Indo-Pacific region,” he said. Modi also highlighted India’s desire to play a significant role in shaping global affairs, stating that the “Summit of the Future” would allow him to present India’s perspective on global challenges, representing one-sixth of humanity.

As part of his itinerary, Modi will also meet with top American CEOs working in cutting-edge fields such as artificial intelligence, quantum computing, and semiconductors. These meetings aim to foster collaboration and investment in India’s growing tech industry. Additionally, Modi will participate in a roundtable with American business leaders, a sign of India’s focus on boosting economic ties with the United States.

Modi’s address at the “Modi And US” event in New York on Sunday will offer him the chance to connect with the vibrant Indian-American community, whose contributions to the US have helped strengthen the bonds between the two countries. He is expected to speak on the importance of the India-US partnership and the role of the diaspora in fostering deeper ties.

With a packed schedule of high-level engagements, Modi’s visit to the US is set to further cement India’s position as a key player in global diplomacy and solidify its strategic partnership with the United States. His focus on defense cooperation, technological collaboration, and promoting peace in the Indo-Pacific reflects India’s ambitions on the world stage. As he attends the Quad summit and the UN General Assembly, Modi will not only represent India’s interests but also share his vision for a peaceful and prosperous future for the global community.

Biden Hosts Quad Leaders in Hometown, Showcasing Legacy in Indo-Pacific Partnership

President Joe Biden is emphasizing his Indo-Pacific legacy as he hosts the leaders of Australia, Japan, and India in his hometown of Wilmington, Delaware. This gathering, held on Saturday, marks the culmination of his efforts to nurture and elevate the so-called Quad partnership during his presidency. With this summit potentially being the final Quad meeting under his leadership, Biden is looking to cement his influence on U.S. foreign policy and his focus on the Indo-Pacific.

When Biden took office, he aimed to revitalize the Quad, a coalition of the United States, Australia, Japan, and India. The group previously held meetings only at the foreign minister level. Biden sought to elevate this to leader-level meetings, aligning with his vision to pivot U.S. foreign policy away from the Middle East and toward addressing both the challenges and opportunities in the Indo-Pacific region. Since 2021, the Quad leaders have met in person four times, with Saturday’s summit being the sixth overall gathering of the group.

Biden added a personal touch to this event, hosting the leaders in his hometown and organizing a joint meeting and formal dinner at Archmere Academy, the high school he attended. The gathering comes ahead of the leaders’ appearances at the United Nations General Assembly in New York.

“You’ve heard the president say many times that all politics is personal, all diplomacy is personal,” stated Jake Sullivan, Biden’s national security adviser. He noted that Biden’s personal engagement with foreign leaders has been central to his approach to foreign policy. “Developing personal relationships has been core to his approach as president,” Sullivan continued, emphasizing that hosting the leaders of India, Japan, and Australia at his home demonstrates the value Biden places on these relationships.

Biden started the weekend by welcoming Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese to his home, situated on a pond in a wooded area near downtown Wilmington. On Saturday, Biden hosted the Prime Ministers of Japan and India, Fumio Kishida and Narendra Modi, for talks before bringing all the leaders together at Archmere Academy.

Describing Biden’s meeting with Albanese, Sullivan said the two leaders spent time reflecting on their political careers and discussing broader global issues in an informal setting. He remarked that the meeting felt like “two guys — one at the other guy’s home — talking in broad strokes about where they see the state of the world.”

Although Biden has placed a significant emphasis on personal diplomacy, the meetings remained private. Reporters were not allowed to cover his individual conversations with the leaders, and unlike traditional international summits, Biden chose not to hold a press conference. This decision marked a departure from the usual practice of question-and-answer sessions at such events.

The summit was not just a symbolic gesture but also resulted in tangible outcomes. The leaders announced initiatives aimed at improving maritime security, focusing on increased coast guard cooperation across the Pacific and Indian oceans. These initiatives are intended to counterbalance China’s growing assertiveness in the region. Additionally, plans to improve cooperation on humanitarian response missions were outlined.

Discussions between Biden and Modi were expected to touch upon a range of topics, including Modi’s recent visits to Russia and Ukraine, as well as shared concerns regarding China. Modi stands out as a prominent leader of a nation that has maintained a neutral stance on Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Sullivan noted that Biden planned to emphasize the importance of upholding “sovereignty and territorial integrity” and to encourage countries like India to take a stronger stance against supporting Russia’s war efforts. “Every country, everywhere, should refrain from supplying inputs to Russia’s war machine,” Sullivan asserted.

The meeting also presented an opportunity for Biden and Japan’s Prime Minister Kishida to reflect on their shared accomplishments before stepping away from office. Both leaders are nearing the end of their terms, with Biden’s tenure concluding in January 2025, and Kishida facing dwindling public support at home. One of the key achievements for both leaders has been the strengthening of security and economic ties between the U.S., Japan, and South Korea, especially as North Korea continues to advance its nuclear program, and China becomes more assertive in the Pacific.

Biden praised Kishida for his efforts in improving relations with South Korea, a country with a long and complicated history with Japan. The improved cooperation between the two nations has been particularly significant given the escalating tensions in the Pacific. Biden commended Kishida’s “courage and conviction in strengthening ties” with South Korea, a key move in the current geopolitical landscape. During their conversation, they also addressed China’s “coercive and destabilizing activities” and discussed Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and technological advancements.

Despite the strong relationship between the U.S. and Japan, the two countries are navigating a rare moment of tension. A proposed $15 billion bid by Japan’s Nippon Steel to acquire U.S. Steel, an American company, has faced opposition from Biden, as well as from U.S. political figures like Kamala Harris and Donald Trump. The deal has not yet received a formal assessment from the U.S. government, and the review may be delayed until after the upcoming November election.

Sullivan refuted speculation that the timing of the report could signal Biden’s wavering opposition to the deal. “There’s no change in the president’s position,” he said, stressing that the review process would move forward without political interference.

The summit leaders agreed to issue a joint statement that would contain the strongest language to date on China and North Korea, reaffirming their commitment to regional stability and security. This statement was anticipated to send a clear signal of unity among the Quad nations in response to the growing challenges posed by these two countries.

As the leaders gathered to discuss geopolitical issues, they also turned their attention to a cause close to Biden’s heart: cancer prevention. The summit featured a significant announcement related to Biden’s Cancer Moonshot Initiative, a long-standing project aimed at reducing cancer mortality rates. Biden’s personal connection to this cause stems from the death of his son, Beau, who passed away from brain cancer in 2015 at the age of 46.

In a related announcement, the leaders unveiled a new collaboration focused on reducing cervical cancer in the Indo-Pacific region. This initiative is part of Biden’s broader efforts to promote health and well-being across the globe.

As Biden’s presidency nears its end, the White House is also celebrating the creation of a bipartisan “Quad Caucus” in Congress. This group is designed to ensure that the Quad partnership remains strong, regardless of the outcome of the November election.

Biden’s efforts to solidify ties among the Quad nations have been central to his foreign policy vision, and the Wilmington summit underscores the importance of these relationships as the Indo-Pacific region continues to play a critical role in global security and economic stability.

House Republicans Reject Trump’s Push for Shutdown Over Voting Bill

House Republicans are pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s call for a government shutdown unless a proof-of-citizenship voting bill is enacted. This public divergence from the GOP presidential nominee comes ahead of the November election, with most Republicans opposed to the idea.

Earlier this week, a group of Republicans rejected a bill that combined a six-month continuing resolution (CR) with Trump’s desired voting legislation, a move that hindered Speaker Mike Johnson’s (R-La.) strategy to fund the government. Now, Johnson is preparing to move forward with a clean three-month stopgap, defying Trump’s demands. Many Republicans are expected to support this alternative plan, despite the former president’s objections. While Republicans widely support the voting bill, they argue that forcing a government shutdown over the issue would harm their party’s prospects.

“Everybody wants to go home and campaign, and there are some, particularly those in really tough races, who want to go home even more,” said Rep. Gary Palmer (R-Ala.), the policy chair of the House GOP conference. Palmer also raised concerns about the potential national security risks of a shutdown. “A government shutdown would embolden our enemies and further undermine our reliability and respect among our allies. So, I don’t think a shutdown is good for anybody,” he added.

For weeks, Trump has been urging House Republicans to tie government funding to a conservative voting bill, and Johnson initially followed through on this request. However, last week, Trump escalated his demand, urging Republicans to shut down the government if they couldn’t secure “absolute assurances on Election Security.” He reiterated this stance just hours before the House voted down the six-month stopgap-plus-SAVE Act package.

“If Republicans don’t get the SAVE Act, and every ounce of it, they should not agree to a Continuing Resolution in any way, shape, or form,” Trump posted on his social media platform, Truth Social. He added, “BE SMART, REPUBLICANS, YOU’VE BEEN PUSHED AROUND LONG ENOUGH BY THE DEMOCRATS. DON’T LET IT HAPPEN AGAIN. Remember, this is Biden/Harris’ fault, not yours!”

Trump’s demands, however, are in direct contrast with the broader GOP strategy. Many Republicans saw the CR-plus-SAVE Act as an initial offer, intended to address Trump’s past false claims of a stolen election and his continued skepticism of the voting system. They knew, however, that it would not be the final measure to prevent a shutdown. Even if the House had passed the bill, the Democratic-controlled Senate and the White House would not have accepted it, especially since noncitizen voting is already illegal, and there are concerns about making voting more difficult for eligible voters.

Republicans are aware that they would likely bear the blame for any shutdown. Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) referred to a potential shutdown at this time as “politically beyond stupid,” and predicted that the GOP would be held responsible if the government shut down.

House Republicans echo this sentiment. Rep. Kevin Hern (R-Okla.), chair of the Republican Study Committee, the largest conservative caucus in the House, stated, “I don’t know that a shutdown really helps us right now, and what we’re trying to accomplish — keep the majority, win the White House.”

Similarly, Rep. Dave Joyce (R-Ohio), a subcommittee chair on the House Appropriations Committee, emphasized the importance of keeping the government open during the election cycle. “Closing down the government during this process is not a good idea for anyone involved, certainly for our government, certainly for momentum going into an election,” Joyce said. “I think it’s important that we stay open and get through this election and then make decisions in November and December.”

Despite Trump’s insistence, the House GOP’s leadership is moving toward a plan B: a clean, short-term stopgap that will keep the government open until December. Johnson, who has maintained a strong relationship with Trump, now faces the delicate task of balancing the former president’s expectations with the practical need to avoid a shutdown. Johnson’s role as Speaker may depend on Trump’s continued support, especially if Republicans hold the House after the election.

Johnson has spoken with Trump about the government funding fight, according to a source familiar with the matter. The Speaker met with Trump in Washington on Thursday, marking their second meeting in a week. Johnson declined to go into detail about their conversation, but noted that Trump “understands the situation” Republicans face.

“I’ve had a lot of conversations with President Trump, and I won’t divulge all of them, but he understands the situation that we’re in, and he is doggedly determined to ensure that election security remains a top priority,” Johnson said. He continued, “And I am as well, which is why I put the SAVE Act with the CR. We want to make sure that everybody understands, it is illegal to vote if you’re a noncitizen, and we’re gonna press that at every opportunity.”

Johnson’s office has continued to promote the SAVE Act vote, highlighting that 206 House Democrats opposed the bill that requires proof of citizenship to register to vote. On Friday, Johnson posted a screenshot of Trump’s Truth Social post that read: “IF YOU VOTE ILLEGALLY, YOU’RE GOING TO JAIL.”

When asked about Trump’s push for a shutdown and the prospects of a funding lapse, Johnson sought to downplay concerns. In an interview with CNBC on Wednesday, just before the House rejected the six-month CR vote, Johnson said, “no one needs to worry” about a shutdown. Later that day, after the vote failed, Johnson told Fox News, “I don’t think it’s going to come to a shutdown. I believe we can get this job done.”

While many Republicans oppose a shutdown, some fiscal conservatives believe Johnson should use it as leverage to pressure Democrats into accepting the SAVE Act. Rep. Ralph Norman (R-S.C.) expressed frustration with Johnson’s resistance to using a shutdown as a bargaining tool. “Trump is saying, have a shutdown. And just hadn’t happened. We got to fight at some point,” Norman said, adding that he did not “buy” the argument that a shutdown would endanger vulnerable House Republicans.

Rep. Chip Roy (R-Texas), a major proponent of the SAVE Act and member of the conservative House Freedom Caucus, also believes that Republicans should not shy away from a shutdown. “Everybody knows that I’m certainly comfortable with fighting and having a shutdown to force the question on whether or not we’re gonna fund government at the right levels, which means cutting spending, and make sure that we ensure that only citizens vote,” Roy said. “I’d be happy to do that. But you got to have the votes to go do it.”

Those involved in the details of government funding strongly disagree. “We can’t have a shutdown,” said Rep. Mario Diaz-Balart (R-Fla.), another appropriator. “A shutdown would be catastrophic for our national defense, for our economy.”

Dhruvi Patel Crowned Miss India Worldwide 2024, A Celebration of Indian Heritage

Dhruvi Patel, a computer information systems student from the United States, has won the prestigious Miss India Worldwide 2024 title. This pageant, recognized as the longest-running Indian competition outside of India, continues to celebrate the global Indian diaspora by bringing together participants from around the world. The 31st edition of the event was hosted by the New York-based India Festival Committee, under the leadership of Neelam and Dharmatma Saran.

Upon receiving the coveted crown, Dhruvi expressed her joy, saying, “Winning Miss India Worldwide is such an incredible honor. It’s more than a crown – it represents my heritage, my values, and the opportunity to inspire others on a global scale.”

Dhruvi Patel Crowned Miss India Worldwide 2024 A Celebration of Indian Heritage (Youtube)
Picture: Youtube

Dhruvi’s aspirations extend beyond the title, as she aims to make her mark in the world of Bollywood and hopes to serve as a UNICEF Ambassador in the future. As she steps into her new role as Miss India Worldwide, Dhruvi is now positioned as a global ambassador for Indian culture, joining the ranks of women who have used this platform to represent their Indian heritage and make a positive impact internationally.

The 2024 competition saw contestants from several countries participate, demonstrating the global appeal of the event. Lisa Abdoelhak, a participant from Suriname, was named the first runner-up, while Malvika Sharma from the Netherlands took home the title of second runner-up. These young women, like Dhruvi, have demonstrated their ability to embody the cultural values and traditions of India while embracing their diverse global backgrounds.

In addition to the main competition, the Miss India Worldwide event also featured categories for married women and teenagers. The Mrs. category, which honors married women of Indian origin, saw SuAnn Mouttet from Trinidad and Tobago winning the title. The first runner-up in this category was Sneha Nambiar, while Pawandip Kaur from the United Kingdom was named second runner-up. This category celebrates the achievements and contributions of Indian women who balance their family lives with personal aspirations, showcasing their strength and resilience.

The Teen category highlighted the next generation of young Indian women making their mark on the global stage. Sierra Suret from Guadeloupe was crowned Miss Teen India Worldwide 2024, a title that symbolizes the aspirations and potential of young Indian women worldwide. Shreya Singh from the Netherlands took the position of first runner-up, while Shradha Tedjoe from Suriname was awarded second runner-up. This category not only recognizes beauty and talent but also encourages these young women to take pride in their Indian roots as they prepare to contribute to society in meaningful ways.

The Miss India Worldwide pageant has earned a reputation for not only showcasing beauty but also the talents, heritage, and cultural values of young Indian women living abroad. For Dhruvi Patel, the victory is a significant personal achievement. The pageant’s success and global reach are attributed to the hard work and dedication of its organizers. Dharmatma Saran, the chairman and founder of the India Festival Committee, has been a driving force behind the Miss India Worldwide pageant since its inception. Expressing his gratitude, Saran said, “We thank the Indian diaspora around the world for their cooperation and support over the years, making this pageant a truly global celebration of Indian culture.” His words reflect the deep connection between the Indian community living abroad and their shared heritage, which continues to be celebrated through this event.

Miss India Worldwide is recognized as one of the leading ethnic beauty pageants in the world. The pageant provides a unique platform for young women of Indian origin to showcase not only their physical beauty but also their talent, intelligence, and deep connection to Indian culture. Participants from various countries come together, creating a cross-cultural celebration that highlights the diversity within the global Indian community. The event has grown in popularity over the years, with participants coming from countries with significant Indian populations, including the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Suriname, and Trinidad and Tobago.

The pageant also emphasizes the importance of education, empowerment, and cultural awareness. Through various rounds of competition, including talent shows and interviews, contestants are encouraged to present their knowledge of Indian culture and their vision for how they can contribute to their communities. For many participants, the pageant is not just a beauty contest but a platform to advocate for causes they believe in and to inspire others with their achievements and goals.

Dhruvi Patel’s win at Miss India Worldwide 2024 is a testament to the enduring appeal of the pageant and its ability to provide young Indian women with an opportunity to shine on the global stage. Her ambition to become a Bollywood actor and UNICEF Ambassador is reflective of the pageant’s mission to empower young women to dream big and make a difference in the world. Dhruvi’s victory is not just a personal triumph but also a celebration of Indian heritage, culture, and values, which she will carry with her as she embarks on the next chapter of her journey.

The pageant has also fostered a sense of community among the Indian diaspora. By bringing together participants from diverse backgrounds, Miss India Worldwide serves as a reminder of the shared cultural identity that unites Indians around the world. Contestants not only compete for the crown but also form bonds with one another, creating a global network of women who support and uplift each other.

As Dhruvi Patel begins her reign as Miss India Worldwide 2024, she is expected to participate in various cultural and charitable events, both in India and abroad. Her role as a cultural ambassador will involve promoting Indian traditions, values, and achievements on a global platform. In doing so, Dhruvi will contribute to the ongoing efforts to strengthen ties between the Indian diaspora and their homeland, while also inspiring the next generation of young women to embrace their heritage with pride.

Miss India Worldwide continues to be a powerful platform for young Indian women to not only display their talents and beauty but also to take on leadership roles within their communities. With the support of the Indian diaspora and the dedication of its organizers, the pageant remains a symbol of cultural pride and empowerment for Indians worldwide.

The 2024 edition of Miss India Worldwide has once again demonstrated the global reach of Indian culture and the ability of young women like Dhruvi Patel to inspire others while staying true to their roots. As the newly crowned queen, Dhruvi is poised to make a lasting impact, both in her personal ambitions and in her role as a representative of Indian culture on the world stage.

US Healthcare System Falls Short Despite High Spending

The United States spends more on health care than any other high-income nation, yet Americans face higher rates of illness and premature death while struggling to afford essential medical services, according to a new report from The Commonwealth Fund. The independent research group’s report, released on Thursday, underscores that despite the high financial investment in health care, Americans have poorer health outcomes compared to their peers in other high-income countries.

In comparison with nine other wealthy nations, the U.S. ranked last overall, marked by lower life expectancy and higher rates of disease and death. This stark reality stands despite the fact that the country outspends all others on health care. Australia, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom emerged as the top three performing countries in the report.

“This report reveals that our health system is continuing to lag far behind other nations when it comes to meeting our citizens’ basic health care needs. The US spends more on health care than any other country, and Americans are sicker, die younger and struggle to afford essential health care. We spend the most and get the least for our investment,” said Dr. Joseph Betancourt, president of The Commonwealth Fund, during a news briefing.

Betancourt, a primary care physician, emphasized the personal impact of these system failings. “As a primary care doctor, I see the human toll of these shortcomings in our system on a daily basis. I have patients who need medications they can’t afford. I spend time going back and forth with insurance companies who have denied care I know my patients need, and I see older patients who arrive sicker than they should because they’ve spent the majority of their lives uninsured,” he added.

According to Betancourt, the report provides a valuable “blueprint for health leaders and policymakers on how the US can achieve more equitable, affordable care for all Americans.”

Top Performers and Struggles of US Healthcare

The Commonwealth Fund’s analysis compared the health systems of ten countries: Australia, Canada, France, Germany, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. These countries were evaluated across five key areas: access to care, the health care process, administrative efficiency, equity, and health outcomes, using data from the World Health Organization, OECD, Our World in Data, and other international surveys.

The highest-ranking nations in these five areas were Australia, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom, with Australia taking the top spot. On the other hand, the U.S. ranked last in multiple domains, including access to care and health outcomes, reflecting significant issues in the system’s ability to provide timely and affordable health services.

The U.S. was highlighted as having the shortest life expectancy and the highest rates of avoidable deaths among the ten nations analyzed. The study also found that the U.S. recorded the most excess deaths related to the Covid-19 pandemic for individuals under the age of 75.

Equity was another area where the U.S. struggled, ranking ninth. This indicates that disparities based on income and background continue to be a major issue in accessing and receiving health care services. The country also ranked ninth in administrative efficiency, with numerous complaints about problems related to insurance approvals and billing processes.

“Administrative requirements can cost time and money for patients and doctors,” noted Reginald Williams II, vice president of international health policy at The Commonwealth Fund. He explained that many countries have simplified their health insurance systems through standardization and regulation. “For example, other countries apply standardized payments to all physicians for services, and do that on a regional basis, so that doctors know what they’ll be paid, and patients know what portion they’ll be responsible for,” he said. This makes their systems “much simpler.”

While the U.S. ranked poorly in several domains, the report did find that the country performed well in the care process domain, indicating that the quality of care delivered in some aspects is high. However, these gains were not enough to counterbalance the overall poor performance in other critical areas.

A Clear Outlier in Health System Performance

The U.S. stood as an outlier in the analysis, with researchers emphasizing that while all countries had areas where they could learn from one another, the gap between the U.S. and the other nations was particularly stark. The other nine countries shared universal health coverage systems, where copayments for services are minimal, which enhances both accessibility and affordability.

“A lot of the lagging performance of the United States’ health care system has to do with access to care and equity of care, both of which are heavily influenced by the availability and quality of insurance,” said Dr. David Blumenthal, former president of The Commonwealth Fund.

Blumenthal highlighted that, despite historic lows, approximately 20 million Americans remain uninsured, around 7-8% of the population. “It also lacks in terms of the ability of lower-income people to get access to basic services,” he said, reflecting the broader issue of access disparity.

Another key issue noted in the report was that despite similar health care spending levels in the other countries studied, the U.S. spends far more but delivers worse results. This inefficiency in spending, alongside the inequities in access, marks the U.S. as unique among its peers.

Improving US Health Care

The report calls for several reforms to improve the state of the U.S. health care system. These include expanding insurance coverage, reducing disparities in care, and simplifying the insurance system to minimize the administrative burden on both patients and providers.

Additionally, researchers argue that the U.S. must invest in addressing the social determinants of health, such as poverty, homelessness, and substance abuse, all of which contribute to poor health outcomes. “It’s important for the United States to invest in interventions outside of health care to address the social drivers of health: poverty, homelessness, hunger, discrimination, gun violence, substance use,” said Williams.

A stronger primary care system could also be key to improving health outcomes in the U.S. In the Netherlands, for instance, primary care physicians are required to offer after-hours coverage, ensuring that patients can access their doctor 24/7. Blumenthal noted that this system could significantly reduce the reliance on emergency rooms for after-hours care in the U.S., which is currently a major contributor to high health care costs and administrative complexity.

Impact of Political Choices on Healthcare

The future direction of U.S. health care is likely to be influenced by the upcoming presidential election, according to Blumenthal. “The American electorate makes choices about which direction to move in, and that is very much an issue in this election,” he said. Policies aimed at expanding insurance coverage could move the country closer to the standards seen in other high-income nations.

A similar report from The Commonwealth Fund last year revealed that the U.S. had the highest rates of avoidable deaths, maternal and infant mortality, while also spending the most on health care.

Dr. Georges Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association, who was not involved in the reports, remarked last year, “We’re not getting the best value for our health care dollar.”

Benjamin outlined three areas for improvement: expanding universal access, increasing focus on primary care prevention, and investing in societal support systems. “They spend their money on providing upfront support for their citizens. We spend our money on sick care,” Benjamin said.

US Banks Write Off Billions in Bad Debt as Delinquencies Surge

U.S. banks are facing mounting financial pressures, as billions of dollars in bad debt are being written off in increasing amounts, a trend highlighted in the latest report from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). According to the FDIC’s Quarterly Banking Profile report, banks in the United States collectively reported $21.3 billion in net charge-offs in the second quarter of the year. This significant increase is primarily due to rising delinquencies on credit card debt and declining commercial real estate loans.

This level of net charge-offs represents the highest quarterly figure since the second quarter of 2013. It is 20 basis points higher than the same period last year, as banks and customers alike continue to contend with the effects of high inflation and rising interest rates. The burden of these economic factors is taking a toll on the financial stability of both borrowers and lenders, prompting banks to officially write off substantial portions of uncollectible debt.

Several major U.S. banks have reported alarming figures related to their own net charge-offs for the second quarter, shedding light on the severity of the situation. JPMorgan Chase, one of the nation’s largest financial institutions, disclosed that its net charge-offs reached a staggering $2.2 billion for Q2, up significantly from $1.4 billion during the same period in the previous year. This substantial increase underscores the challenges the bank is facing with delinquent accounts and souring loans.

Similarly, Wells Fargo saw a steep rise in its net charge-offs, which surged to $1.3 billion in the second quarter, up from $764 million just a year ago. Bank of America, another major player in the U.S. banking sector, also experienced a notable increase in bad debt, with its net charge-offs climbing to $1.5 billion, compared to $900 million in the same period last year.

These figures reflect a broader trend across the banking industry, as financial institutions grapple with deteriorating loan quality in the face of persistent economic challenges. The FDIC’s report highlights the fact that the overall charge-off rate for U.S. banks has now surpassed pre-pandemic levels, signaling that the financial landscape has yet to fully stabilize after the disruptions caused by COVID-19.

Credit card delinquencies, in particular, have emerged as a significant contributor to the rise in charge-offs. The FDIC report shows that the charge-off rate for credit cards reached 4.82% in the second quarter, a 13 basis-point increase from the previous quarter. This marks the highest rate of credit card charge-offs since the third quarter of 2011, a worrying sign of mounting financial stress among consumers. As credit card balances remain unpaid, banks are forced to write off larger portions of these debts, reflecting a deteriorating outlook for credit repayment.

This trend aligns with recent findings from the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, which reported that the number of credit card balances that are past due reached record levels in the first quarter of this year. According to the Philadelphia Fed’s records, which date back to 2012, Q1 saw the highest level of past-due credit card balances ever recorded. This spike in delinquencies is yet another indicator of the financial strain faced by many U.S. households, as inflation and rising interest rates erode disposable income and make it increasingly difficult for borrowers to keep up with payments.

Amid these challenges, the FDIC’s report also offers a broader perspective on the financial performance of U.S. banks. Despite the rise in net charge-offs, the second quarter of 2024 saw total net income for the 4,539 FDIC-insured commercial banks and savings institutions reach $71.5 billion, representing an increase of $7.3 billion over the previous quarter. This increase in income, however, has not been sufficient to offset the growing losses tied to bad debt, particularly in the areas of credit card and commercial real estate lending.

The commercial real estate market has been another major area of concern for U.S. banks, as rising interest rates and changing work dynamics have significantly impacted the sector. Office buildings, retail spaces, and other commercial properties have struggled to maintain their value as the demand for these spaces shifts in the post-pandemic world. As businesses adapt to remote work and e-commerce trends continue to reshape the retail landscape, many commercial real estate loans have soured, contributing to the spike in charge-offs.

The surge in commercial real estate loan defaults is part of a broader trend that has seen banks become more cautious in their lending practices. With the economic outlook uncertain and inflationary pressures continuing to weigh on consumers and businesses alike, financial institutions are increasingly prioritizing risk management over expansion, leading to tighter credit conditions. As a result, fewer new loans are being issued, and existing loans are being more rigorously scrutinized.

Despite these challenges, the banking sector remains profitable, as reflected in the overall increase in net income reported by the FDIC. However, the rising number of charge-offs suggests that banks are bracing for tougher times ahead. The increase in bad debt write-offs is a clear signal that many borrowers are struggling to meet their financial obligations, a trend that could have long-term implications for both the banking industry and the broader economy.

As inflation continues to outpace wage growth and interest rates remain elevated, the financial strain on consumers is likely to persist. The Federal Reserve has signaled its commitment to fighting inflation through continued rate hikes, which could exacerbate the financial challenges faced by borrowers. Higher interest rates make borrowing more expensive, leading to higher monthly payments for everything from mortgages to credit card bills. For consumers already struggling with inflation-driven increases in the cost of living, these higher payments can quickly become unmanageable, leading to an increase in delinquencies and, ultimately, charge-offs.

The current environment presents a complex challenge for U.S. banks. On the one hand, they must navigate a landscape of rising bad debt and deteriorating loan quality. On the other hand, they continue to generate strong profits, buoyed by higher interest rates that increase the returns on loans that are still being repaid. However, if the trend of rising charge-offs continues, it could signal deeper issues within the economy, as more consumers and businesses default on their obligations.

The latest FDIC report underscores the precarious position of U.S. banks as they face rising levels of bad debt and delinquencies. Credit card and commercial real estate loans are among the hardest-hit areas, and major banks like JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo, and Bank of America are all reporting significant increases in charge-offs. While the banking sector remains profitable, the surge in bad debt raises concerns about the long-term health of the financial system, particularly if inflation and interest rates continue to strain borrowers’ ability to repay their debts.

Boston University Launches Ravi K. Mehrotra Institute to Bridge Business, Markets, and Society

Boston University’s Questrom School of Business officially inaugurated the Ravi K. Mehrotra Institute for Business, Markets, and Society on September 19.

The institute was founded thanks to a donation from UK-based business magnate Ravi K. Mehrotra, the founder of Foresight Group in London and a former marine engineer. Under the leadership of Director Marcel Rindisbacher, the institute will prioritize both research and public engagement.

The launch event included a conversation between Mehrotra and Questrom Dean Susan Fournier, as well as a panel discussion featuring industry leaders such as Anthony Allott, chairperson of Silgan Holdings, and Om Prakash Bhatt, former chairman of the State Bank of India. Lawrence H. Summers, former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, delivered the keynote address during the dinner.

“An institute focused on the intersections of business, markets, and society is essential in bridging the gaps in understanding and fostering collaboration across these key areas. This will lead to a more informed, ethical, and sustainable approach to commerce and economics,” Mehrotra stated.

Fournier highlighted the Institute’s mission of enhancing public understanding of business. “There is much to be done in business academia, and the Mehrotra Institute is uniquely positioned to harness the potential of business and markets to drive positive global change,” she said.

The Institute will focus on developing educational programs, encouraging dialogue on capitalism, and conducting evidence-based research that seeks to balance the prosperity of businesses with societal goals. It will also host events and discussions aimed at improving public awareness of the responsibilities businesses hold in today’s global economy.

Bombay High Court Strikes Down Government’s Fact Check Unit as Unconstitutional

The Bombay High Court on Friday dealt a significant blow to the Centre by striking down the amended Information Technology (IT) rules that allowed the government to identify “fake news” on social media through a Fact Check Unit (FCU). The court ruled that the amended rules were unconstitutional.

In a decisive opinion, Justice Atul S Chandurkar declared the amended rule “ultra vires” (beyond the powers) of the IT Act. His judgment follows a split verdict delivered on January 31 by a two-judge division bench, which was tasked with hearing pleas that challenged the amended rules. Justice Chandurkar’s ruling sided with Justice Gautam S Patel, who had also declared the rule unconstitutional in the earlier judgment. Justice Patel, who is now retired, was part of the original division bench that delivered the split verdict.

Justice Chandurkar ruled that the amendment to the IT Rules, 2023, through Rule 3(1)(b)(v), violated Articles 14 and 19 (1)(a) and 19 (1)(g) of the Constitution. Article 14 ensures equality before the law, while Articles 19 (1)(a) and 19 (1)(g) safeguard the right to freedom of speech and expression and the right to practice a profession, respectively.

Justice Chandurkar criticized the terms “fake, false or misleading” as vague and overly broad, arguing that the amended rule did not pass the “test of proportionality.” “Impugned Rule as amended be struck down. All the petitions will be placed before the division bench to be decided,” Justice Chandurkar ruled.

Justice Chandurkar’s opinion will now be presented to a division bench of two judges, who will formally announce the 2:1 majority ruling against the impugned rules. This ruling represents a clear challenge to the government’s efforts to regulate social media content through the Fact Check Unit.

The IT rules, amended in April 2023, required online platforms to take down content flagged as “fake or misleading” by the FCU if they wished to retain their “safe harbour” status, which provides them legal immunity against third-party content. However, the court found this amendment to infringe on the constitutional right to freedom of speech and expression.

Justice Chandurkar also endorsed the view that citizens do not have a “right to the truth” under the right to freedom of speech. He noted that it was not the state’s responsibility to ensure that citizens are provided only with “information” that the FCU deems not fake or misleading.

“The impugned rule sought to restrict the fundamental right under Article 19 (1) (a) (Freedom of speech and expression) by placing restrictions that were not in line with reasonable limitations provided under Article 19 (2),” Justice Chandurkar explained in his opinion. He also stressed that such a restriction could not be imposed through delegated legislation.

In his ruling, Justice Chandurkar further pointed out that there was no clear basis to determine if information about the Central Government’s business, when presented digitally, was fake or false. This determination was absent in cases where the same information appeared in print.

Additionally, he emphasized that the amendment had not been enacted in accordance with the IT Act, 2000. The Centre had also failed to demonstrate that the proposed amendment had been laid before both houses of Parliament as required under Section 87 of the 2000 Act.

Justice Chandurkar also dismissed the Centre’s claim that decisions made by the FCU could be challenged before a constitutional court, stating that such a provision “cannot be treated as adequate safeguard.” He added that the impugned rule could not be salvaged by “reading it down” or limiting its application.

In agreement with Justice Patel, Justice Chandurkar noted that the rule had a “chilling effect” on online platforms due to the threat of losing their “safe harbour” status. This concern, according to the judge, made the rule “invalid” and “liable to be struck down.”

The journey to this ruling began on January 31, when Justice Patel, in a split verdict, sided with the petitioners and struck down the rule, while Justice Neela K Gokhale upheld the government’s stance. Given the split decision, Chief Justice Devendra Kumar Upadhyaya appointed Justice Chandurkar as the third judge to offer a deciding opinion.

The petitioners in this case included stand-up comedian Kunal Kamra, the Editors Guild of India, the News Broadcasters and Digital Association, and the Association of Indian Magazines. They had previously filed an interim application seeking to stay the implementation of the FCU and requested that it not be formed until the third judge had given his final opinion on the merits of the case.

On March 11, Justice Chandurkar refused to grant a stay on the notification setting up the FCU, stating that it was “only a prima facie consideration of the issue” at that stage. He clarified that he would issue his final opinion on the merits of the case later.

Following Justice Chandurkar’s opinion, the High Court dismissed the interim applications, clearing the path for the Centre to notify the FCU under the Press Information Bureau (PIB) on March 20. However, the Supreme Court intervened just a day later, staying the notification pending the final ruling from the Bombay High Court.

With this ruling, the Bombay High Court has now struck down the controversial amendment, leaving the government’s future actions on regulating online content through fact-checking under serious scrutiny. The case will continue to be a significant point of interest as it progresses through the courts, especially in the context of the ever-evolving conversation on regulating social media platforms and safeguarding freedom of speech.

Star-Studded Virtual Event Supports Kamala Harris Campaign with Celebrity Endorsements and Emotional Appeals

A virtual event hosted by Oprah Winfrey on the evening of September 19 aimed at energizing Kamala Harris’ presidential campaign saw emotional moments and celebrity appearances, attracting a massive audience across social media platforms. Titled “Unite for America,” the event was organized in collaboration with the activist group Win with Black Women. It focused on voter registration and rallying support for Harris in key battleground states such as Pennsylvania, Georgia, and Michigan, all of which are expected to play a decisive role in the November 5 election.

One of the event’s most poignant moments came when Shanette Williams, the mother of Amber Nicole Thurman, a 28-year-old Georgia woman who passed away in August 2022 due to a delayed hospital treatment under the state’s restrictive abortion laws, addressed the virtual audience. Fighting back tears, Williams shared her grief: “You’re looking at a mother that is broken, the worst pain ever that a mother, that a parent can ever feel.” Harris responded empathetically: “I’m just so sad. And the courage that you all have shown is extraordinary.” The response drew tears from many in the studio audience of about 400 people.

Another emotional moment occurred when 15-year-old Natalie Griffith, a student at Apalachee High School in Georgia, sat in the front row alongside her parents. Natalie had recently survived a shooting in her math class just two weeks earlier, during which she was shot twice. Her mother, Marilda Griffith, expressed her frustration and sorrow: “What are we doing? We have a job, that job is to protect our children. We have to stop it.” Her plea moved many in both the virtual and in-person audience to tears.

Kamala Harris, along with the Democratic Party, has made significant promises regarding two key issues that were highlighted during the event. First, they have committed to restoring national abortion rights, which were severely impacted by the Supreme Court’s 2022 ruling. Second, Harris has vowed to push for a ban on assault weapons, which are frequently used in mass shootings like the one that affected Natalie Griffith.

The event also featured a host of celebrity appearances, lending their voices in support of Harris’ campaign. Among them were comedians Chris Rock and Ben Stiller, along with actors Julia Roberts, Meryl Streep, and Bryan Cranston. The celebrities offered their endorsements for Harris or posed questions to her during the event. Chris Rock, who was particularly enthusiastic about Harris’ candidacy, remarked, “I want to bring my daughters to the White House to meet this Black woman president.”

Oprah Winfrey, acting as the evening’s host, acknowledged Harris’ remarkable rise after President Joe Biden withdrew from the race in late July. Winfrey praised Harris for “stepping into her power” and taking command of her campaign. Harris reflected on the significance of this moment, saying, “You know we each have those moments in our lives when it’s time to step up.”

Harris’ strength as a presidential candidate had been questioned earlier in the campaign, even by some Democrats, including Biden himself. However, since Biden’s departure, Harris has managed to revitalize the Democratic Party’s prospects. Her campaign has brought in renewed enthusiasm and a surge in fundraising, boosting the party’s momentum going into the final stretch of the election.

One candid moment during the event occurred when Winfrey revealed that she had been unaware of Harris’ ownership of a firearm until the candidate’s debate with Republican rival Donald Trump. Harris responded with humor and honesty: “If somebody breaks in my house, they’re getting shot.” Realizing the weight of her statement, Harris quickly added, “Probably should not have said that.”

Harris’ campaign advisors reported that close to 200,000 people had signed up to watch the event live, and by the end of the night, the YouTube stream alone had nearly 100,000 viewers. The event was also broadcast on Instagram, Facebook, TikTok, and Twitch via the accounts of both Winfrey and Harris, further expanding its reach.

The virtual event brought together a number of grassroots organizations in a show of unity and support for Harris. Groups such as Latinas for Harris, White Dudes for Harris, and Win With Black Men had each been organizing and fundraising independently since Harris became the Democratic nominee. Thursday night’s event marked the first time they had all joined forces in a single, collective effort.

Polling data released ahead of the event provided a glimpse into the state of the race. According to a Reuters poll, Harris held a narrow lead over her opponent Donald Trump, with 47% of the vote to Trump’s 42%. In key battleground states, Harris had a slight advantage. She led in states such as Michigan, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Nevada, and North Carolina, while Trump was ahead in Georgia. The candidates were tied in Arizona, another crucial state in the upcoming election.

Despite Harris’ growing support, her campaign team remained cautious. “And while we have this extraordinary growing enthusiasm that the Vice President and Governor Walz are seeing everywhere, we are still in a margin of error race. It’s tied. It’s tied right here in Michigan. It’s tied in all the battleground states,” campaign chief Jen O’Malley Dillon warned the audience.

Earlier on September 18, the Uncommitted National Movement, a pro-Palestinian grassroots organization with a significant presence in Michigan, announced that it would not be endorsing Harris in the election. While the group expressed opposition to both Harris and Trump, it stopped short of encouraging its supporters to vote for third-party candidates.

As Harris continues to make her case to voters, her campaign has garnered increased attention and support from a wide range of Americans, including celebrities, activists, and everyday citizens. The emotional appeals and high-profile endorsements from the event hosted by Oprah Winfrey are expected to play a pivotal role in energizing voters as the November 5 election approaches.

Earth’s Climate Through 485 Million Years: New Study Shows History of Extreme Shifts and Warnings for Today

A groundbreaking study of Earth’s climate over the past 485 million years has revealed an extraordinary history of drastic temperature fluctuations, with hotter temperatures than scientists had previously recognized. This timeline offers an important perspective on the vast climate changes Earth has already endured and provides a stark warning about the unprecedented rate of warming driven by human activity today.

Published in the journal *Science* on Thursday, this comprehensive study is the most thorough reconstruction of Earth’s past temperatures ever produced. According to the researchers, the findings were made possible by combining over 150,000 fossil records with sophisticated climate models. This data highlights the close link between carbon dioxide levels and global temperatures, showing that for much of Earth’s history, the planet has been in a significantly warmer state.

At its most extreme, the Earth’s average temperature is thought to have reached 96.8 degrees Fahrenheit (36 degrees Celsius), a figure much higher than the 58.96 F (14.98 C) recorded in 2023. This new understanding of Earth’s climate history raises fresh concerns about modern climate change, said Emily Judd, a University of Arizona researcher and lead author of the study.

Judd explained that the timeline illustrates how rapid temperature changes were linked to many of Earth’s worst extinction events, including a mass extinction that wiped out nearly 90% of species, as well as the asteroid strike that wiped out the dinosaurs. “We know that these catastrophic events shift the landscape of what life looks like,” Judd said, adding that such drastic temperature changes have devastating consequences for life on Earth.

One of the most significant extinction events occurred 250 million years ago, when volcanic eruptions spewed carbon dioxide and other gases into the atmosphere, causing the Earth’s temperature to rise by more than 18 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) over approximately 50,000 years. This event wiped out 90% of species. “When the environment warms that fast, animals and plants can’t keep pace with it,” Judd explained.

Yet, no point in the last 485 million years has seen Earth’s climate shift as rapidly as it is now. “In the same way as a massive asteroid hitting the Earth, what we’re doing now is unprecedented,” she emphasized.

485 Million Years of Climate Volatility

The study spans nearly the entire Phanerozoic eon, a period beginning with the appearance of multicellular organisms and continuing to the present day. This era includes significant climate swings, from hot to cold and back again, with some periods witnessing rapid spikes in temperature. Jess Tierney, a co-author of the study and a climate scientist at the University of Arizona, said that past models have generally depicted more gradual shifts in climate, but the new research reveals more abrupt and extreme changes.

Like previous research, the new timeline highlights the key role of carbon dioxide in driving temperature changes. “Carbon dioxide is really that master dial,” Tierney said, adding that the findings underscore the importance of addressing modern emissions from fossil fuels.

At the beginning of the timeline, 485 million years ago, Earth was in a “hothouse” state with no polar ice caps and average temperatures exceeding 86 F (30 C). Over time, atmospheric carbon dioxide levels dropped, and temperatures gradually declined. Around 444 million years ago, the planet experienced a “coldhouse” state, marked by ice sheets at the poles and global temperatures plummeting by more than 18 F (10 C). This abrupt cooling triggered Earth’s first major extinction, with roughly 85% of marine species disappearing as sea levels fell and ocean chemistry changed.

A more drastic shift took place 251 million years ago, near the end of the Permian period. Volcanic eruptions unleashed huge quantities of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, leading to a sudden rise in temperatures by about 18 F (10 C). The oceans became dangerously hot and lost oxygen, causing marine ecosystems to collapse. “We know it to be the worst extinction in the Phanerozoic,” Tierney noted. “By analogy, we should be worried about human warming because it’s so fast.”

A Sobering Reminder for Today’s Climate Crisis

The study’s findings also make clear that the relatively mild climate humans have experienced throughout history is an exception rather than the norm. For most of the Phanerozoic, Earth’s average temperatures exceeded 71.6 F (22 C), with little or no ice present at the poles. Coldhouse conditions like the present day have occurred only about 13% of the time during this period.

This is a sobering revelation, Judd noted. Although life has survived in much hotter climates than what humans are currently creating, humans evolved during one of the coldest periods in Earth’s history, with global temperatures averaging around 51.8 F (11 C). As a result, many aspects of modern life are tied to the relatively cool climate we’ve known. Without drastic action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, scientists predict that global temperatures could rise to 62.6 F (17 C) by the end of this century — temperatures not seen since the Miocene epoch, over 5 million years ago.

“We built our civilization around those geologic landscapes of an icehouse,” Judd explained. “So even though climate has been warmer, humans haven’t lived in a warmer climate, and there are a lot of consequences that humans face during this time.”

Reconstructing Earth’s Climate: A Decade of Research

The researchers’ work began almost ten years ago when curators at the Smithsonian were designing a new fossil exhibit for the National Museum of Natural History. The exhibit aimed to connect ancient climate shifts with those happening today, but the scientists quickly realized that a comprehensive timeline of Earth’s temperatures during the Phanerozoic didn’t exist.

Scott Wing, a co-author of the study and a Smithsonian curator, explained that the team wanted to create a more scientifically rigorous temperature record for this period. The researchers began by compiling a database of climate proxies — fossil evidence that indicates past temperatures. For instance, the chemical makeup of extinct creatures’ teeth and ancient algae fats can provide clues about ocean temperatures at different times.

Despite collecting over 150,000 data points, the team still faced challenges. Most of the evidence came from marine environments, which cover only 70% of Earth’s surface, and the data offered only snapshots of temperatures at specific points in time. Even with this vast dataset, Judd said the process was akin to “trying to assemble a jigsaw puzzle with only 1 percent of the pieces.”

To fill in the gaps, the team used climate models and a technique called data assimilation, which merges real-world evidence with simulations to generate more accurate predictions. “It’s a way of mathematically integrating those handful of puzzle pieces with those possible pictures and finding out, what’s the picture those pieces belong to?” Judd said.

A Warning for the Future

While the new temperature timeline offers unprecedented insights into Earth’s past, it also raises questions. If average global temperatures exceeded 35 degrees Celsius during some periods, certain regions could have been much hotter. Wing pointed out that even the most heat-tolerant modern species might struggle to survive in such conditions. “It’s an indication of all the things we don’t know about how greenhouse climates work,” he said.

Michael Mann, a prominent climate scientist at the University of Pennsylvania, praised the study for its ambition but expressed caution about some of its findings. “I am skeptical about the specific, quantitative conclusions,” Mann said, suggesting that the study might overestimate future warming.

Wing acknowledged that more research is needed. The team hopes to refine their timeline by adding more land-based data and to use their findings to improve models of future climate change. For now, Judd hopes the research will serve as a wake-up call, reminding humanity of the urgent need to act before climate change wreaks havoc on ecosystems and societies.

“My concern is what human life looks like. What it means to survive,” Judd concluded.

Threat to Federalism and Regional Democracy

The Bharatiya Janata Party’s push for One Nation, One Election (ONOE) has again sparked doubts about the future of democracy in India. Despite recent setbacks in the Lok Sabha elections, the BJP is determined to implement this sweeping reform. The Union Cabinet recently approved the high-level committee report on this issue, led by former President Ram Nath Kovind.

At the heart of this proposal is the synchronisation of Lok Sabha, state assembly, and local body elections, which are currently held at different times. The Kovind committee claims that simultaneous polls will create more stability in governance and reduce the burden on public finances.

However, the BJP’s motivation for pushing this agenda might run deeper than just administrative efficiency. The Party stands to gain from the simultaneous elections by leveraging its strong national presence. By consolidating elections, the BJP can streamline its campaign machinery and dominate both national and regional arenas.

India’s political system is built on a federal foundation, where both the Union and the states enjoy considerable autonomy. State elections are dominated by local issues. Regional parties deeply rooted in their states address local concerns that national parties might overlook. Their relevance lies in connecting with voters on issues specific to their regions.

When voters are asked to choose their representatives for both the Lok Sabha and their state assembly simultaneously, they are more likely to be influenced by national rather than regional issues. This could lead to the dominance of national parties with resources to contest elections nationwide, and smaller regional parties could find their voices drowned out by the national cacophony.

The BJP’s push for ONOE seems less about governance and more about consolidating its power. By aligning national and state elections, the BJP can capitalise on its minion network to win both national and state elections simultaneously. The Party would no longer need to worry about regional setbacks or coalition politics.

If the ONOE proposal is implemented, situations like the current opposition coalition, which managed to check the BJP’s dominance in several state elections, might never arise again. The BJP would be able to conquer votes nationwide, using its vast resources and national appeal to drown out the voices of local parties. This could spell disaster for parties like the TDP, which has supported ONOE. While the TDP may see short-term benefits in aligning with the BJP on this issue, it should beware. The proposal it supports could eventually lead to its own marginalisation as the BJP tightens its grip on national and state-level politics.

The proposal for ONOE is not without merit, particularly in terms of cost savings and reducing election fatigue. However, the potential long-term consequences for India’s democracy are far too significant to ignore. If regional parties are sidelined and local issues are drowned out by ‘national’ narratives, India’s political system will become dangerously centralised. One Nation, One Election could ultimately become One Nation, One Party.

Qatar Airways Bans Pagers and Walkie-Talkies from Beirut Flights Amidst Explosions and Regional Tensions

Qatar Airways has implemented a ban on passengers departing from Beirut Rafic Hariri International Airport (BEY), prohibiting them from bringing pagers and walkie-talkies on flights. This restriction applies to all forms of luggage, including check-in and carry-on bags, as well as cargo, the airline announced on Thursday, September 19, 2024.

This new rule was announced via Qatar Airways’ social media platform X (formerly known as Twitter), where the airline explained that the ban would remain in place until further notice. “Effective immediately: As per the directive from the Directorate General of Civil Aviation of the Republic of Lebanon, all passengers flying from Beirut Rafic Hariri International Airport (BEY) are prohibited from carrying pagers and walkie-talkies on board. This restriction covers checked and carry-on luggage, along with cargo, and will be enforced until further notice,” Qatar Airways posted on X.

The airline confirmed that the policy would be strictly followed and urged all passengers traveling through Beirut to adhere to these new regulations. As of now, the ban remains indefinite, with no further details provided regarding when it might be lifted.

The implementation of this ban follows a string of tragic incidents in Lebanon, where multiple walkie-talkies and pagers exploded in recent days. These explosions have raised serious security concerns, with officials believing that such devices pose a potential threat on flights, leading to the immediate enforcement of the ban.

The explosions that triggered this new directive occurred on Wednesday, September 18, 2024, causing widespread devastation. According to Al Jazeera, at least 20 people were killed, and over 450 others were injured in these explosions. Authorities are still investigating the cause of the blasts, and more updates are expected in the coming days. The large number of casualties has led to an urgent need for increased safety measures, particularly in transportation hubs like the Beirut airport.

In response to these tragic events, Lebanon’s Directorate General of Civil Aviation swiftly imposed restrictions on the use of potentially dangerous devices like pagers and walkie-talkies on flights. The goal of the directive is to prevent any further risks associated with such items and to ensure the safety of passengers traveling from Beirut.

Meanwhile, the aftermath of the explosions has not been limited to the affected areas within Lebanon. Tensions have risen in the region, particularly along the border with Israel. The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) announced on Thursday that they had initiated targeted military strikes against Hezbollah’s infrastructure in Lebanon. According to the IDF, these actions are part of an ongoing effort to neutralize Hezbollah’s terrorist capabilities and to restore security in northern Israel.

In a statement released on X, the IDF explained their rationale behind the military strikes: “We are currently striking Hezbollah targets in Lebanon to diminish their terrorist capabilities and infrastructure. For decades, Hezbollah has exploited civilian homes, constructed tunnels beneath them, and used civilians as human shields, transforming southern Lebanon into a conflict zone. The IDF’s operations aim to restore security to northern Israel, enabling residents to return home and achieve our military goals.”

The statement reflects the growing concern within Israel regarding Hezbollah’s activities in Lebanon. Hezbollah, which Israel considers a terrorist organization, has long been accused of using civilian areas as cover for their military operations. By targeting these areas, Israel aims to weaken Hezbollah’s position and prevent further hostilities.

Israel’s Defense Minister, Yoav Gallant, also addressed the situation, declaring that Israel has now entered a “new phase” in the ongoing conflict. In his remarks, Gallant emphasized that Israel’s military resources would now be focused more heavily on the northern front, particularly in response to the growing threats posed by Hezbollah.

Gallant’s statement, shared on X, highlighted the strategic shift in Israel’s approach to the conflict: “We are entering a new phase in the war—allocating resources and forces to the northern arena. Our mission is clear: to ensure the safe return of communities in northern Israel to their homes. To achieve this, we must alter the security situation.”

This “new phase” signals a broader escalation in military operations between Israel and Hezbollah, which could have significant implications for regional stability. Gallant’s comments also suggest that Israel is preparing for a potentially protracted conflict in the north, as the Israeli government seeks to neutralize threats posed by Hezbollah and secure the northern border.

As Israel steps up its military activities, Lebanon continues to grapple with the immediate aftermath of the recent explosions. According to a report from CNN, several ambulances from the Lebanese Red Cross were dispatched to the explosion sites to assist in the rescue and evacuation of those injured. Emergency crews worked tirelessly on Wednesday, September 18, 2024, to manage the growing crisis as the death toll continued to rise.

The explosions in Lebanon have not only caused loss of life but have also added to the already volatile security situation in the region. The involvement of Hezbollah, the retaliatory actions from the IDF, and the devastating consequences of the explosions have left the Lebanese government struggling to maintain control and protect its citizens.

In the coming days, officials in Lebanon are expected to continue their investigation into the cause of the walkie-talkie and pager explosions. Whether these incidents were intentional or accidental remains unclear, but the tragic outcome has already prompted swift action from authorities to mitigate the risks moving forward.

For travelers departing from Beirut, the new ban imposed by Qatar Airways on walkie-talkies and pagers serves as a stark reminder of the heightened security risks in the region. The restriction, implemented under the direction of Lebanon’s aviation authority, is intended to protect passengers and prevent any further disasters in light of the recent explosions. Passengers flying from Beirut Rafic Hariri International Airport should stay updated on any additional changes to airline policies as the situation continues to develop.

The explosions and their aftermath, along with the IDF’s retaliatory actions, have added yet another layer of complexity to the ongoing conflict in the region. Both Lebanese and Israeli authorities will need to carefully navigate the unfolding crisis, as tensions threaten to escalate further in the coming weeks.

In the meantime, the focus remains on ensuring the safety of those affected by the explosions and on restoring security to northern Israel, as the conflict with Hezbollah continues to evolve.

BAPS Melville Mandir Vandalized with Anti-India Graffiti, Community Rallies for Peace

Since 2016, the BAPS Melville Mandir has served as a peaceful gathering place for Long Island’s growing Hindu community. This peace was disrupted early on Monday, September 16, when vandals defaced the temple with graffiti. The hateful messages included “Hindustan Murdabad,” meaning “Death to India,” along with vulgar remarks about Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, such as “F*ck Modi” and “Modi is a terrorist.” Modi is scheduled to visit the area this Sunday.

The Suffolk County Police’s hate crimes unit reported that the messages were spray-painted between 7 p.m. on Sunday and 6:30 a.m. Monday. Girish Patel, national coordinator for BAPS Public Affairs, expressed shock at the attack, saying, “We strongly promote peace, harmony, equality, selfless service, and promote universal values of Hindus… That something like this would happen is a direct way of saying, ‘I hate Hindus.’”

The Indian Consulate General has contacted BAPS leadership, which represents the largest Hindu sect in the United States, and has urged U.S. authorities to act swiftly. In a statement, the Consulate stressed the need for “prompt action against the perpetrators of this heinous act.”

On Monday, local lawmakers, clergy from surrounding synagogues, churches, and mosques, and community members gathered outside the temple to offer prayers and support. The BAPS Public Affairs team released a statement appealing for peace, saying, “We strongly condemn these acts and pray for peace amongst all communities. We also offer our deepest prayers for those who perpetrated this crime to be released of their hatred and to see our common humanity.”

This vandalism incident adds to a disturbing pattern of similar attacks on Hindu temples across North America in recent years. From California to New York, mandirs have been targeted, with some incidents involving damage to statues of prominent Hindu figures, such as Mahatma Gandhi. In July, a BAPS mandir in Edmonton, Canada, was also defaced.

Suhag Shukla, executive director of the Hindu American Foundation, is working to help law enforcement recognize and address hate crimes against Hindus. Shukla noted that these attacks often share a common rhetoric in their graffiti—anti-Indian government and anti-Modi sentiments. She explained that this rhetoric sometimes aligns with the Khalistan movement, an extremist group advocating for a separate Sikh state in Punjab, India.

“At a very superficial level, [law enforcement is] just seeing, you know, one set of Indians attacking another,” Shukla explained. “But let’s look at the target. If there is a group that is advocating for a separate state in the Indian subcontinent, why are they attacking Hindu temples? What does BAPS have to do with a separate theocratic state?”

Shukla’s organization is in constant communication with Hindu community members to document incidents of vandalism, at least five of which have occurred in the past year. She finds this trend alarming and is working to build stronger relationships between temples and law enforcement. Her hope is that these relationships can be strengthened before a crisis rather than after.

“BAPS being one of the largest and most visible Hindu institutions has become essentially the front line, because they’re so well known,” Shukla added. Her organization provides mandirs with safety and security information, helping ensure that temples can protect their communities. “Now, there’s far greater awareness about the responsibilities that these mandirs have to their members.”

Girish Patel, who has lived in Nassau County for years, has been involved with the Melville mandir since its planning stages more than 20 years ago. He has attended the temple regularly for almost a decade. Patel admitted that, although he had heard about other temples being vandalized, he “never expected anything like this to happen” in his quiet town.

“I was just thinking, ‘Did we say something or do something wrong that would have triggered this?’” Patel reflected. “But nothing had happened, so we were completely clueless. But the point is, that it was an attack on Hindus.”

Patel agrees with Shukla that the attack on the BAPS mandir is significant, especially since there are several Hindu temples on Long Island that are geographically closer to the venue where Prime Minister Modi will be appearing on Sunday.

Patel believes that BAPS’ strong international presence and its commitment to community service make it a target, but it also fosters solidarity with people from various faiths and backgrounds. The temple has received support from numerous individuals and groups, including local, state, and federal officials, as well as representatives from Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and Hindu congregations.

U.S. Representatives Ro Khanna and Shri Thanedar both expressed concerns about the attack on the temple on X (formerly Twitter). Congressman Nick LaLota, who represents Long Island, also extended his support to the BAPS community. LaLota had recently attended an event at New Jersey’s BAPS Robbinsville Mandir, the largest Hindu temple in the United States.

Lenin Joshi, a volunteer at the Robbinsville mandir, emphasized the sense of anxiety and fear that incidents like this can create for worshippers. “While we continuously take measures to safeguard our places of worship and ensure a secure environment, incidents like this are deeply concerning,” Joshi said. “It creates anxiety and fear among devotees. No one should be afraid to visit a place of worship in the United States.”

The Long Island temple is now working closely with Suffolk County police, who have promised to increase patrols and surveillance in the area. They will be particularly vigilant during services this upcoming weekend, which typically attract a large number of worshippers.

As the community braces itself for Prime Minister Modi’s visit, the BAPS Melville Mandir is focusing on healing and safety. The messages of hate may have momentarily shaken this place of peace, but the overwhelming support from the community and local leaders stands as a powerful reminder of unity and resilience.

India Responds to US Court Summons Over Gurpatwant Singh Pannun Assassination Plot

The Indian government has expressed its strong disapproval of a US court issuing summons to Indian officials in connection with an alleged assassination attempt on Gurpatwant Singh Pannun, the leader of the pro-Khalistan group Sikhs for Justice (SFJ). The summons implicates high-ranking Indian officials and members of the government in the alleged plot, which the Indian authorities vehemently deny.

In a formal statement, Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri firmly rejected the accusations brought against the Indian government and officials. Misri clarified that the government does not view the situation any differently despite the legal actions taken in the United States. “As we’ve said earlier, these are completely unwarranted and unsubstantiated imputations,” Misri stated. He continued, “Now that this particular case has been lodged, it doesn’t change our views about the underlying situation. I would only invite your attention to the person behind this particular case whose antecedents are well known.”

Misri emphasized that the organization Pannun represents, Sikhs for Justice, has been outlawed in India due to its separatist agenda and activities aimed at destabilizing the country. “I would also underline the fact that the organisation so-called that this person represents is an unlawful organisation, has been declared as such under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act of 1967,” Misri explained. He further added that this designation was made “on account of its involvement in anti-national and subversive activities aimed at disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India.”

The summons, issued by the US District Court for the Southern District of New York, named several prominent Indian figures, including National Security Advisor Ajit Doval and former chief of India’s external intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing (R&AW), Samant Goel. In addition to these officials, two other individuals, Nikhil Gupta and Vikram Yadav, have also been implicated in the case and served with summonses.

Nikhil Gupta, one of the accused, was arrested in the Czech Republic last year at the request of the US government. He is suspected of being involved in the plot to assassinate Pannun in New York. Following his arrest, Gupta was extradited to the United States from the Czech Republic in June 2023, where he now faces legal proceedings related to the alleged conspiracy.

Vikram Yadav, an officer working with R&AW, was also named in reports concerning the case. In April 2024, The Washington Post reported that Yadav was implicated as the key official behind the plot to assassinate Pannun. According to the report, then-R&AW chief Samant Goel had allegedly approved the operation. This revelation, which emerged through media sources, added significant weight to the US court’s decision to issue summons to Indian officials. However, the Indian government has continued to dismiss the accusations, labeling them as baseless and without merit.

The controversy surrounding Pannun’s assassination plot comes against the backdrop of Pannun’s status as a wanted figure in India. Pannun, a prominent voice in the Sikh separatist movement, holds dual citizenship in both the United States and Canada. He has been charged with terrorism-related offenses in India and has long been a subject of intense scrutiny by Indian authorities. Pannun’s involvement in advocating for a separate Sikh state, Khalistan, has made him a controversial figure, not only in India but also within the broader Sikh diaspora.

Pannun’s terrorist designation in India is based on the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), one of India’s most stringent anti-terrorism laws. The Union Home Ministry of India officially labeled him a terrorist under this law, underscoring his perceived threat to Indian national security. The UAPA allows the Indian government to designate individuals and organizations as terrorists based on their involvement in activities deemed to be threatening to the sovereignty, security, and integrity of the nation.

India’s response to the US summons reflects its broader stance on international interference in what it considers to be its internal matters. Over the years, India has consistently maintained that the activities of pro-Khalistan groups like Sikhs for Justice pose a direct threat to its territorial integrity. Groups like SFJ have campaigned for an independent Sikh state, a movement that has been actively opposed by successive Indian governments. Despite being based largely outside of India, SFJ has garnered support among certain segments of the Sikh diaspora, particularly in countries like Canada, the UK, and the United States.

However, the group’s activities have faced significant opposition from within India and among large sections of the global Sikh community. Sikhs for Justice has been at the center of numerous controversies, with its leaders being accused of promoting terrorism and violence in pursuit of their separatist goals. The Indian government’s designation of SFJ as an unlawful organization under the UAPA in 2019 was part of a broader crackdown on pro-Khalistan movements, particularly those operating outside the country.

The allegations brought forth by the US court represent a diplomatic challenge for India, which has to balance maintaining strong ties with the United States while firmly rejecting any interference in its national security matters. The involvement of high-ranking Indian officials in the case adds a further layer of complexity, as it directly links the Indian state to the alleged plot. This comes at a time when India has been bolstering its diplomatic efforts on the global stage, particularly in terms of counter-terrorism and security collaborations with other nations, including the US.

Despite the US court’s legal move, the Indian government has shown no signs of altering its stance on the issue. In fact, the strong rebuttal from officials like Vikram Misri highlights India’s determination to protect its interests and resist any external pressures that may arise from the case. Misri’s remarks point to the Indian government’s firm belief that the allegations are part of a broader narrative aimed at discrediting India’s efforts to combat terrorism and separatism.

While the case progresses in the US legal system, it is unlikely to have an immediate impact on India’s domestic policies regarding groups like Sikhs for Justice. The Indian government remains steadfast in its position that such organizations are a threat to the country’s unity and sovereignty. As a result, the situation is likely to remain tense as India continues to navigate the complex international legal and diplomatic dimensions of the case.

The Indian government has strongly condemned the US court’s summons in connection with the alleged assassination plot on Gurpatwant Singh Pannun. Foreign Secretary Misri’s statements reflect India’s unyielding position on the matter, dismissing the charges as baseless and reaffirming its commitment to national security. As the legal proceedings unfold in the United States, the diplomatic implications for India and its relationships with international partners remain to be seen. However, India’s firm stance against pro-Khalistan groups like Sikhs for Justice is unlikely to waver, even in the face of international scrutiny.

Trump to Meet Modi During Upcoming US Visit Amid Trade Criticisms

Former US President Donald Trump has announced that Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi will meet with him next week during Modi’s scheduled three-day visit to the United States. Despite his past criticisms of India as an “abuser” in terms of import tariffs, Trump praised Modi as a “fantastic man.”

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US is planned from September 21 to 23. Trump made this announcement during his first public appearance since an apparent assassination attempt. On Tuesday, Trump said, “He (Modi) happens to be coming to meet me next week, and Modi, he’s fantastic. I mean, fantastic man. A lot of these leaders are fantastic.” He reiterated his criticism of India’s high tariffs on imports, which has been a point of contention in the past.

Trump revealed this information during a town hall in Flint, Michigan, while addressing issues related to trade and tariffs. He highlighted, “So when India, which is a very big abuser… These people are the sharpest people. They’re not a little bit backwards… You know the expression, they’re at the top of their game, and they use it against us.” Trump added, “But India is very tough. Brazil is very tough…. China is the toughest of all, but we were taking care of China with the tariffs.” This reflects Trump’s broader critique of international trade practices and his stance on tariffs.

In his remarks, Trump outlined his approach to reciprocal trade policies. He stated, “If anybody charges us 10 cents, if they charge us USD 2, if they charge us a hundred per cent, 250, we charge them the same thing. And what’s going to happen? Everything’s going to disappear, and we’re going to end up having free trade again. And if it doesn’t disappear, we’re going to take in a lot of money.” This approach underscores his belief in a tough stance on trade imbalances to foster fairer global trading practices.

Trump is currently engaged in a competitive race for the White House against Vice President and Democratic nominee Kamala Harris. However, he did not provide additional details regarding the specifics of his upcoming meeting with Modi.

The Ministry of External Affairs in New Delhi has yet to respond to Trump’s comments or provide any additional insights regarding the visit.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US will commence with the Quad Leaders’ Summit, hosted by President Joe Biden in Wilmington, Delaware. The summit will also include Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida. Additionally, Modi is scheduled to address a community event in Long Island on September 22, followed by a speech at the Summit of the Fu.

Modi’s trip is timed just under two months before the US presidential election, with Trump and Kamala Harris as the leading candidates. The general election is set to take place on November 5.

Fed’s Jumbo-Sized Rate Cut Marks Major Shift Amid Inflation Fight

The Federal Reserve on Wednesday introduced its first major rate reduction since the pandemic, signaling a pivotal moment for the U.S. economy. This marked a key milestone in the central bank’s prolonged effort to battle inflation, which has impacted Americans over the past two years with rising costs of living. The move also demonstrated the Fed’s concern for keeping the economy stable, particularly when it comes to the job market.

In what was an unusual moment for Wall Street, opinions were split on whether the Federal Reserve would opt for a standard quarter-point reduction or take a more aggressive approach with a half-point cut. Ultimately, the Fed chose the supersized half-point option, surprising many analysts who had expected a more conservative reduction.

Speaking at a press conference following the announcement, Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell was quick to clarify that this half-point reduction does not indicate a new trend for the central bank. He stressed that the decision was aimed at maintaining balance in the economy while keeping the labor market in a healthy state. Powell emphasized, “We don’t view this as the start of a pattern; our objective is to keep the economy and the job market stable.”

The Fed’s decision comes after months of pressure on the central bank to ease its stance on interest rates amid growing concerns over inflation. Many economists and financial experts have been debating the appropriate steps to bring inflation down while avoiding further strain on the job market and overall economic growth.

Inflation, which had been running at high levels since the recovery from the pandemic began, has led to a surge in prices for everyday goods and services. This has been a pressing issue for many Americans who have felt the sting of increased grocery bills, housing costs, and energy expenses. The Fed’s choice to implement a half-point cut is an indication of their commitment to addressing inflation more aggressively while still keeping an eye on economic stability.

The reaction from Wall Street to the Fed’s announcement was swift. Initially, the markets surged, with all three major stock indexes climbing in response to the news. Investors seemed optimistic that the rate cut would provide a boost to the economy, easing financial conditions and stimulating business activity. However, as the day went on, the optimism faded, and by the time the markets closed, all three indexes had dipped into the red. This volatility underscored the ongoing uncertainty surrounding the future of the U.S. economy and the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve’s policies.

Despite the short-term market reaction, many analysts believe that the rate cut could have a positive impact in the long run. By reducing borrowing costs, the Fed is hoping to encourage businesses to invest and consumers to spend, which could help fuel economic growth. Lower interest rates typically lead to more accessible credit for companies and households, spurring spending and investment that can drive the economy forward.

However, some critics argue that the Fed’s move may not be enough to tame inflation on its own. They point to other factors, such as supply chain disruptions, global energy prices, and geopolitical tensions, which continue to weigh heavily on the economy. These challenges, they argue, could limit the effectiveness of interest rate cuts and prolong the inflationary pressures that have been a headache for policymakers.

On the other hand, there are concerns that if the Federal Reserve cuts rates too aggressively, it could create new problems for the economy. Some experts worry that lower interest rates could encourage excessive borrowing, leading to asset bubbles and financial instability. This delicate balancing act is one that the Fed will have to navigate carefully in the coming months.

For now, the central bank is focusing on using its primary tool—interest rates—to steer the economy through this turbulent period. Powell reiterated that the Fed remains vigilant and ready to take further action if necessary. “We’re prepared to do what’s needed to support the economy,” he stated. “We’ll be assessing the data closely and will respond accordingly.”

The labor market, a key concern for the Fed, has shown resilience in recent months despite the economic challenges posed by inflation. Unemployment has remained relatively low, and job growth has continued, providing a bright spot in an otherwise uncertain economic landscape. The central bank’s decision to cut rates reflects its intention to support this positive trend while keeping inflation in check.

Some experts believe that the Fed may take additional steps in the coming months to further reduce rates if inflation does not ease as expected. The central bank’s willingness to implement a half-point cut, rather than the standard quarter-point, suggests that they are open to more aggressive measures if the situation calls for it.

Nevertheless, Powell was clear that Wednesday’s decision should not be seen as the start of a new pattern of large rate cuts. He emphasized that the Fed would continue to make decisions based on the latest economic data, aiming to strike the right balance between supporting growth and containing inflation. “We’re not setting a precedent here,” Powell said. “We’re responding to the specific conditions of the moment and will adjust our policies as needed.”

The decision to introduce a half-point rate cut is part of the Fed’s broader strategy to ensure the economy remains on solid footing as it navigates the complex challenges ahead. While the move has raised some eyebrows, it reflects the central bank’s determination to act decisively in the face of economic uncertainty.

As the dust settles on this major policy shift, all eyes will be on the Federal Reserve to see how they manage the delicate balance between curbing inflation and promoting economic growth. The next few months will be crucial in determining whether this rate cut achieves the desired effect or whether more action will be needed to steer the economy through these challenging times.

For Americans grappling with the higher cost of living, the Fed’s actions will be closely watched, as any further adjustments could have a direct impact on borrowing costs, savings, and overall financial stability. Whether this jumbo-sized rate cut will be enough to tame inflation remains to be seen, but it has certainly set the stage for a pivotal moment in the U.S. economy’s ongoing recovery.

Americans Now Able to Renew Passports Online, Easing Application Process

Americans can now bypass the tedious mail-in passport renewal process, thanks to a new online system launched by the U.S. State Department. After testing in various pilot programs, the system is now fully operational, allowing eligible adult passport holders to renew online. This marks a significant shift from the previous method, which required mailing in paper applications, often causing frustrating delays.

Announced by the State Department on Wednesday, this digital service is available to adult passport holders whose passports have either expired within the last five years or are set to expire within the next year. However, the service does come with certain restrictions. It is not available for first-time passport applicants, those living outside the United States, individuals seeking expedited renewals, or children’s passport renewals.

The online system represents a step forward in the government’s efforts to modernize its services and streamline administrative processes. Secretary of State Antony Blinken emphasized the importance of this shift in a statement, saying, “By offering this online alternative to the traditional paper application process, the Department is embracing digital transformation to offer the most efficient and convenient passport renewal experience possible.”

Approximately 5 million Americans are expected to benefit from the new system annually. To put this in perspective, the department processed 24 million passport applications in 2023, with around 40% being renewals. The introduction of this online option comes as a welcome change for many, given the substantial delays experienced in the recent past.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, staffing shortages at the State Department led to significant delays in passport processing. As a result, the time required for processing passport applications often extended beyond the standard window, causing frustration for many travelers. In response, the department made substantial efforts to resolve these issues by ramping up hiring and implementing other technological advancements. These changes have already led to improved processing times, reducing delays by about one-third compared to the previous year.

Now, with the launch of the online renewal system, further improvements in processing efficiency are anticipated. Passport applications that used to take up to eight weeks to process are now expected to be completed in much shorter time frames. While the department still advises applicants to prepare for a processing window of six to eight weeks, the actual time for most applicants is now significantly less.

One of the key advantages of the online system is the elimination of the cumbersome mail-in process. Under the old system, applicants were required to print out forms, attach passport photos, and send their applications via mail along with a check for the processing fee. The new online system simplifies this entire process. Applicants can now submit their documents, photos, and payments through a secure website, www.Travel.State.Gov/renewonline, without the need to mail any physical paperwork.

Despite this major change, the department has confirmed that passport processing fees will remain unchanged. Currently, the fee for a standard passport renewal stands at $130.

In discussing the new system, Assistant Secretary of State for Consular Affairs Rena Bitter, who oversees passport processing, expressed optimism about the future of the program. Bitter indicated that the department is looking ahead to possible expansions of the online renewal system. “This is not going to be the last thing that we do,” Bitter explained. “We want to see how this goes and then we’ll start looking at ways to continue to make this service available to more American citizens in the coming months and years.”

One potential expansion would be to extend the online renewal system to Americans living abroad, who are currently not eligible for this service. Bitter also mentioned the possibility of allowing the renewal of children’s passports and second passports through the system. However, no specific timeline has been set for these expansions, as the department plans to assess the success of the current system before making further changes.

The announcement of the online renewal system follows a broader effort by the government to embrace digital tools in delivering services to the public. Passport renewals, in particular, had been a source of frustration for many due to the lengthy and often unpredictable processing times. By reducing the reliance on paper applications and mailing systems, the department aims to offer a more reliable and faster process for American citizens.

This move is also expected to help the State Department manage the large volume of passport applications more effectively. With millions of renewals processed annually, the introduction of an online system could lead to substantial time and resource savings for both applicants and the department. The goal is to make passport renewals as seamless as possible while maintaining the same level of security and thoroughness in application processing.

For now, the system will only serve a limited group of passport holders, but the potential for growth is significant. As Bitter noted, “We’re looking to expand the service to more and more citizens in the future.” The hope is that this online system will become a valuable tool in simplifying government services, helping to modernize the way Americans handle routine administrative tasks.

In the meantime, those eligible for the service can begin using it immediately by visiting the State Department’s official website. The department encourages applicants to submit their renewals as early as possible, as processing times can still vary depending on demand and other factors. However, with the system now live, the expectation is that the once lengthy and frustrating passport renewal process will soon become a thing of the past for millions of Americans.

This new digital approach to renewing passports is a step toward modernizing government services, and if successful, could pave the way for similar improvements in other areas of federal administration. As more citizens turn to the online system, the State Department will continue to monitor its effectiveness and explore further enhancements to the passport renewal process.

Ultimately, the goal is to provide a faster, more convenient, and more efficient way for Americans to manage their passports, while ensuring that the integrity and security of the process are maintained.

Canada to Reduce Study Permits and Tighten Work Permit Rules Amid Rising Contention

On Wednesday, Canada announced significant changes to its immigration policies, particularly focusing on reducing the number of study permits issued to foreign students and tightening eligibility for work permits. This move is part of a broader effort by the Canadian government to address the growing number of temporary residents in the country.

The decision comes as Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s Liberal government faces declining public support and a recent major loss in a by-election. With federal elections expected no later than October 2025, the government is under pressure to manage the issue of temporary residents, which has become increasingly contentious in Canadian politics.

Under the new measures, the number of international study permits granted will be reduced to 437,000 in 2025. This is a significant decrease from the 509,390 permits approved in 2023 and the 175,920 issued in the first seven months of 2024. Additionally, the new regulations will impose stricter criteria for work permits for spouses of some international students and temporary foreign workers.

The government’s announcement comes in the context of a sharp increase in refugee claimants. To address this, Canada plans to review its visa procedures to enhance integrity. “The reality is that not everyone who wants to come to Canada will be able to—just like not everyone who wants to stay in Canada will be able to,” stated Immigration Minister Marc Miller. The government intends to provide its highly trained officers with better tools to detect fraud and reduce the number of non-genuine visitors.

Currently, temporary residents make up 6.8% of Canada’s total population, a figure the government aims to reduce to 5%. This shift is partly driven by concerns that migrants contribute to various societal issues, including a shortage of affordable housing and rising living costs, despite inflation rates slowing to the Bank of Canada’s 2% target in August.

Critics argue that blaming migrants for these economic issues is an oversimplification. Immigrant advocates and some economists believe that vulnerable newcomers are not to blame for complex economic challenges. Public opinion polls reveal a growing sentiment that Canada is admitting too many immigrants, accompanied by an increase in anti-migrant rhetoric and attacks.

In response to these concerns, the Canadian government is scaling back its previous expansions in immigration policy. Earlier this year, the government implemented a two-year cap on international students, which is expected to halve the number of approvals this year. Furthermore, recent changes have also reversed expansions to the temporary foreign worker program introduced in 2022. For certain sectors, the maximum proportion of low-wage, temporary foreign workers has been reduced, and in areas with high unemployment rates, the program has been curtailed.

Trump and Harris Neck-and-Neck as Election Nears, Catholics Show Divided Support

As the 2024 U.S. presidential election nears its final stretch, a new Pew Research Center poll reveals a close race between former president Donald Trump and Vice President Kamala Harris. The poll highlights a sharp divide among U.S. religious groups, especially Catholics, whose loyalties appear to be split between the two candidates. While Trump has garnered a slim majority of support from Catholic voters, Harris has maintained strong backing from key minority groups within the Catholic community.

The Pew survey, released on Monday, indicates that 52% of Catholics plan to vote for Trump, while 47% favor Harris. The slim lead for Trump is mainly attributed to his strong support among white Catholics. According to the poll, Trump commands the backing of 61% of white Catholic voters, while Harris is favored by 65% of Hispanic Catholics. These findings underscore a significant racial divide within the Catholic community, as both candidates vie for this crucial voting bloc.

The religious breakdown in the Pew survey aligns with longstanding trends in U.S. politics. “U.S. religious groups that traditionally have leaned Republican are backing former president Donald Trump by wide margins,” the poll reported, while “groups that have historically backed Democrats are mostly supporting Vice President Kamala Harris.”

Among Protestants, white evangelical Christians, a traditionally conservative group, continue to rally behind Trump. The Pew survey showed that Trump has the overwhelming support of white Protestants, another group that has leaned heavily toward Republican candidates in recent elections. Meanwhile, Harris enjoys the backing of large majorities of atheists, agnostics, and Black Protestants, with 86% of Black Protestants indicating they plan to vote for her.

This religious divide reflects the broader national picture, where Trump and Harris are locked in a tight race. According to Pew, both candidates are supported by 49% of the electorate, suggesting that the race could come down to key demographic groups, such as religious minorities and swing voters, as the election approaches.

In February, Pew conducted an earlier survey that highlighted a more unfavorable view of Trump among Catholics. At that time, 42% of Catholics held a favorable opinion of Trump, while 57% viewed him unfavorably. The shift in support for Trump among Catholics, as shown in the latest poll, suggests a potential realignment within this religious group, particularly among white Catholics.

However, not all surveys reflect the same level of Catholic support for Trump. A separate poll conducted by EWTN News and RealClear Opinion Research, released just a week prior, painted a different picture of Catholic voter preferences. In that survey, 50% of Catholics backed Harris, while only 42% supported Trump. The EWTN/RealClear poll surveyed 1,000 Catholic voters between August 28 and 30, and had a margin of error of +/- 3 percentage points.

The EWTN/RealClear poll also revealed significant variations in support among different racial groups within the Catholic community. Harris held a substantial lead among African American Catholics, with 82% backing her compared to just 12% supporting Trump. Similarly, Harris had the support of 58% of Catholic Asian voters, while 35% favored Trump. Meanwhile, non-Hispanic white Catholics showed a preference for Trump, with 52% supporting the former president and 42% backing Harris.

The contrasting findings between the Pew and EWTN/RealClear polls underscore the fluidity of the race and the importance of religious and racial identity in shaping voter preferences. The Pew survey, which was conducted between August 26 and September 2, had a significantly larger sample size, polling 9,720 voters, and recorded a margin of error of about 1.5 percentage points. This broader sample size provides a more comprehensive view of voter trends, though the differences between the two surveys highlight the challenges in predicting the final outcome.

Beyond the candidates themselves, the Pew poll also shed light on the key issues driving voters’ decisions in the 2024 election. According to the survey, there was widespread agreement across religious groups on the most pressing concerns. At least six in 10 registered voters from every religious group surveyed said that the economy would be a very important factor in their voting decision. Other prominent issues included health care, appointments to the Supreme Court, and foreign policy, all of which ranked as significant concerns for voters across the religious spectrum.

Despite the religious divisions, the Pew poll revealed common ground among voters on certain policy priorities. “Half or more in almost every religious group say the same about health care, Supreme Court appointments, and foreign policy,” the survey reported, suggesting that while religious identity may influence candidate preference, voters are largely united on the core issues that will shape the country’s future.

For Trump, winning over Catholic voters, particularly white Catholics, will be crucial in the final weeks of the campaign. His campaign has historically relied on the support of religious conservatives, and the Pew poll indicates that this base remains strong, particularly among white evangelical Christians and conservative Catholics. Trump’s ability to maintain and grow this support could be a decisive factor in what is shaping up to be a razor-thin election.

On the other hand, Harris’s strong performance among Hispanic and African American Catholics, as well as her overwhelming support among secular voters and Black Protestants, provides her with a solid foundation as she seeks to mobilize these key demographic groups. With both candidates polling evenly among the electorate, the outcome may ultimately depend on voter turnout and the ability of each campaign to energize its base.

As the election draws near, the battle for Catholic voters and other religious groups will likely intensify. Both Trump and Harris are seeking to secure every possible vote in what promises to be one of the most competitive and closely watched presidential elections in recent history. With the electorate so evenly divided, the Pew poll suggests that the final outcome may hinge on the preferences of religious voters, making them a critical battleground in the race for the White House.

Melania Trump Defends Nude Modeling, Promotes New Memoir Amid Low Political Profile

On Wednesday, former first lady Melania Trump posted a new video on social media, defending her previous nude modeling work while promoting her upcoming book. The video, shared on X, formerly known as Twitter, addressed the ongoing scrutiny of her past modeling career, including the nude photoshoots that gained significant attention during the 2016 presidential campaign.

“Why do I stand proudly behind my nude modeling work? The more pressing question is: Why has the media chosen to scrutinize my celebration of the human form in a fashion photo shoot?” Melania Trump said in the video. She expressed her frustration at how the media has focused on her past work, rather than embracing the artistic side of the photos. The former first lady elaborated, “Are we no longer able to appreciate the beauty of the human body? Throughout history, master artists have revered the human shape, evoking profound emotions and admiration.”

Melania Trump stressed the importance of honoring and celebrating the human body, explaining that art has long been a means of self-expression. “We should honor our bodies and embrace the timeless tradition of using art as a powerful means of self-expression,” she added.

Despite these statements, a spokesperson for Melania Trump did not provide any further explanation about the specific media scrutiny she was addressing or if the nude photos had been the subject of recent attention.

The video also served as a promotion for her upcoming memoir titled Melania, set to be released in October by Skyhorse Publishing. According to a statement from her office, the book is described as “a powerful and inspiring story of a woman who has carved her own path, overcome adversity, and defined personal excellence.”

Melania Trump’s history of nude modeling first made headlines during the 2016 presidential campaign when The New York Post published a series of nude photos from a 1995 photoshoot. These images were originally taken for a French men’s magazine, now defunct, and had not been previously available online. The cover story, titled “The Ogle Office,” caused a stir in the media, but her husband, Donald Trump, quickly came to her defense. He told the newspaper, “The photographs were taken for a European magazine before the two knew each other and that ‘pictures like this are very fashionable and common.’”

Additionally, a 2000 British GQ cover that featured Melania Trump posing nude on Donald Trump’s private plane resurfaced during the campaign. Around the same time as the publication of this photoshoot, Melania Trump received a green card through the EB-1 program, which is reserved for individuals with extraordinary abilities. This raised some eyebrows, as her eligibility for this elite immigration program came into question. *The Washington Post* reported on this aspect of her legal residency, but it did not significantly impact her husband’s campaign.

Donald Trump and Melania were married in 2005, and she became his third wife. His previous two marriages, to Ivana Zelníčková and Marla Maples, were also to models, establishing a pattern in the former president’s personal relationships. During his business career, Donald Trump also had ties to the modeling industry, having owned Trump Model Management, which he later closed after assuming the presidency in 2017.

In contrast to the flurry of media attention during the 2016 campaign, Melania Trump has maintained a relatively low public profile during her husband’s 2024 presidential run. Since the former president announced his bid for a third term in the White House, she has made only a handful of public appearances. These include his campaign kickoff at their Mar-a-Lago estate in November 2022, a brief appearance in March when she accompanied him to vote in the Florida primary, and her attendance at the Republican National Convention in Milwaukee over the summer.

While her public visibility has been limited, Melania Trump has voiced her support for her husband. In July, after an assassination attempt on Donald Trump during a rally in Pennsylvania, she released a letter expressing gratitude to the Secret Service and law enforcement for their role in protecting him. She also shared her thoughts on the American people in the aftermath of the incident, writing, “I am thinking of my fellow Americans” in the wake of the attempted attack.

In recent months, Melania Trump has gradually returned to the political scene as the 2024 election campaign intensifies. Earlier this month, she posted a series of politically charged videos on social media, signaling her involvement in her husband’s political endeavors as the race for the presidency continues to heat up.

According to Trump campaign advisers and close associates, Melania has been privately supportive of her husband’s political aspirations. However, they emphasize that she has remained focused on raising their son, Barron, and that her political appearances have been carefully chosen. They describe her as being very selective about the events she attends.

Though she has avoided the public eye for much of the year, Melania Trump has appeared at several private events. In July, she hosted a fundraiser for the Log Cabin Republicans, a conservative LGBTQ group, at her New York City residence in Trump Tower. She also joined her husband at an April fundraiser held at the home of investor John Paulson.

As the 2024 presidential campaign enters its final stages, Melania Trump’s level of involvement remains to be seen. However, her recent re-emergence in the political spotlight through social media and selective appearances suggests that she may be positioning herself to play a more prominent role as her husband’s campaign moves forward.

Her upcoming memoir, which is expected to offer personal insights into her life and experiences, could also provide a deeper understanding of her perspective on both her past modeling career and her time as the first lady of the United States. Whether or not she will address the controversy surrounding her nude modeling photos directly in the book remains uncertain. However, her recent public statements defending her work suggest that she continues to stand by her past and remains unapologetic about the artistic expression involved in her early modeling career.

Indian Nationals Caught in Russia-Ukraine Conflict Return Home as Rescue Efforts Continue

Last week, the Indian government announced that several Indian nationals, who had been misled into fighting for Russian forces in the ongoing conflict with Ukraine, were released. Of the 91 Indians caught in this situation, many have already returned home, while efforts to bring the remaining individuals back are ongoing. Some of the men involved shared their experiences with the BBC’s Neyaz Farooquee, detailing their ordeals in a conflict they never anticipated being part of.

“I am in panic. I am not sure if I will return safely or in a box. Please save me,” wrote Urgen Tamang, a former Indian soldier, in a message to the BBC. He sent this plea from outside a southern Ukrainian city, just days before his eventual discharge from the frontlines of Russia’s war against Ukraine. This war, which has now entered its third year, forced Tamang, along with 90 other Indians, into dangerous combat zones. These men were mostly lured by promises of employment and financial security, but instead found themselves conscripted into a foreign conflict.

Most of the individuals caught in this situation were from economically disadvantaged backgrounds, duped by recruiters with offers of lucrative jobs, often under the pretense of roles as “helpers” within the Russian military. However, upon arrival, they were thrust into the war zone. Lacking military training, they were forced to navigate extremely dangerous conditions in Russian-occupied Ukrainian territories. The recruits had to survive through landmines, sniper attacks, missiles, and drones, with many unaware of the full scope of the danger they had been sent into.

The tragedy of this situation is underscored by the loss of life; so far, nine Indian nationals have died in the conflict. Indian authorities have responded by arresting 19 individuals linked to the human trafficking operations responsible for recruiting these men. In July, following a meeting between Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Russian President Vladimir Putin, Russia pledged to release all Indians involved in the war. This promise marked a crucial step in addressing the plight of these men. The two nations have historically maintained a strong bilateral relationship, and this issue became a priority for India during the diplomatic discussions.

Forty-five of the trapped individuals have since been discharged, with some already back home and others, like Tamang, en route. “I can’t believe I am out of there,” said Sunil Karwa, an electrician from Rajasthan. Karwa had joined the Russian army in February and was deployed near Bakhmut, a city in eastern Ukraine that has been a focal point of intense fighting. Speaking from the Moscow airport while waiting to board his flight home, Karwa reflected on the harrowing experiences he endured. One of the most difficult moments was witnessing a fellow recruit from his home village being injured on the battlefield. “They sent him back to the frontline just 15 days after he was injured, and he collapsed there. He is paralyzed now,” Karwa recalled.

The recruits were primarily blue-collar workers, most between the ages of 19 and 35. They were recruited by agents operating out of India, Dubai, and Russia, and were pressured into signing contracts written in Russian, a language they could not read. They signed in the hope of better opportunities, but found themselves trapped. “The process was so quick—just a few signatures and photos and we were in [the army],” Karwa added.

Another individual, Raja Pathan, was deceived by an education consultant who tricked him into enrolling in a non-existent college. When he arrived in Russia and saw recruitment banners for the army, he decided to join, seeing no other way out after spending considerable time and money. However, the death of two friends on the battlefield became the turning point that led Pathan to leave. He was able to secure his release in August with the help of a sympathetic Russian commander and now lives in Moscow, where he assists other Indians seeking to escape.

For others, the trauma of their experience still lingers. Mohammad Sufyan, who hails from Telangana, returned to India on 12 September along with five other men. Though safe at home, Sufyan is haunted by what he witnessed on the frontlines. “In the beginning, I couldn’t speak to my family for 25 days,” he recalled. His most distressing memory occurred in February when his friend, Hemil Mangukiya from Gujarat, was killed before his eyes. “He was just 15 metres away from me, digging a trench near Krynky [in Kherson], when a missile struck,” Sufyan said. “I carried his body to the truck with my own hands.”

After witnessing his friend’s death, Sufyan and other stranded Indians recorded a video pleading for help. The video reached Indian MP Asaduddin Owaisi, who raised the issue with India’s foreign ministry. Families of the trapped men also reached out to the Indian government for assistance, leading to their eventual return.

Azad Yusuf Kumar, from Indian-administered Kashmir, was part of Sufyan’s group in the army. “It is a miracle I got back home,” he said, describing the chaos of the battlefield. “One minute you are digging a trench, and the next, artillery shells fall and destroy everything. It was pure luck whether the shell landed on you or someone else.” Kumar himself narrowly avoided death after accidentally shooting his own foot during training. “I had never touched a gun before, and with the cold and confusion, I shot my foot,” he explained. Despite the injury, his commander accused him of intentionally harming himself to avoid combat. “But I’m lucky I didn’t go to fight. Four men from my camp died in an attack, and I could’ve been one of them,” he added.

Though the release of many has brought some relief, others still trapped in Russia face uncertainty. For men like Urgen Tamang, the wait for freedom has been fraught with anxiety. Tamang, who joined the Russian army in January, revealed that 13 of the 15 non-Russian soldiers in his unit had died. Despite signing a discharge letter in August, he was sent to the frontlines twice afterward, increasing his fears and distrust in the process.

On 15 September, Tamang was finally on his way to Moscow, but remained wary of his situation. “I am out, but I will keep sending you my location,” he texted, unsure if his journey home was truly secure. His last message indicated he had left Ukraine, hopeful that he would soon make it back to India.

UN General Assembly Votes for Israel to End Occupation of Palestinian Territories Within 12 Months

In a decisive vote on Wednesday, the United Nations General Assembly passed a resolution demanding that Israel end its occupation of Palestinian territories within a year. The resolution, which is a significant move in the ongoing Israeli-Palestinian conflict, was backed by 124 countries. Among the nations opposing the resolution were the United States, Israel, Hungary, Argentina, and others, with 14 countries voting against it. Additionally, 43 nations chose to abstain from the vote.

The resolution follows a ruling from the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in July, which declared Israel’s presence in the West Bank and East Jerusalem illegal. The court had urged Israel to end its decades-long occupation of these territories, which Palestinians claim for their future state. In its advisory opinion, the ICJ stated that Israel should withdraw from the occupied areas “as rapidly as possible.” The UN’s resolution now imposes a timeline, calling for an end to the occupation within 12 months.

Palestinian Ambassador to the UN, Riyad Mansour, hailed the vote as a critical moment in the Palestinian pursuit of sovereignty and justice. “This vote represents a turning point in our struggle for freedom and justice,” Mansour said, emphasizing the importance of the international community’s support in the Palestinian cause. The resolution was spearheaded by Palestine, which, though not a full UN member state, has been granted increased privileges, including the right to submit proposals to the General Assembly.

However, Israel’s representatives and allies expressed strong disapproval of the resolution. Danny Danon, Israel’s Ambassador to the UN, criticized the decision, calling it “a shameful decision that backs the Palestinian Authority’s diplomatic terrorism.” Danon argued that the vote was biased against Israel and emboldened efforts to delegitimize the Israeli state.

While the ICJ’s advisory opinion and the General Assembly’s resolution carry symbolic weight, neither is legally binding. Nonetheless, these developments are expected to put additional diplomatic pressure on Israel, especially as world leaders prepare to meet in New York for the annual UN General Assembly next week. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas are both expected to address the assembly on September 26.

Human Rights Watch (HRW) welcomed the resolution, echoing calls for Israel to comply with international law and withdraw from the occupied territories. Louis Charbonneau, HRW’s director at the UN, stated, “Israel should immediately heed the demand of an overwhelming majority of UN member states to abide by the World Court’s historic ruling on Israel’s decades-long occupation.”

Amnesty International also expressed support for the UN resolution, viewing it as a validation of longstanding demands from Palestinians and international human rights advocates. Agnes Callamard, Amnesty International’s Secretary General, commented on the significance of the resolution, saying, “This resolution vindicates long-standing calls from the Palestinian people and many countries around the world, by pursuing the implementation of the ICJ’s historic advisory opinion which confirmed Israel has a legal obligation to end its unlawful occupation of the OPT and its systemic discrimination against the occupied Palestinian population.”

The occupied territories have been a central issue in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict since the 1967 Six-Day War. In that conflict, Israel captured the West Bank, East Jerusalem, Gaza Strip, and the Golan Heights from neighboring Arab countries. Shortly after, Israel began establishing Jewish settlements in these territories, a move that has been internationally condemned and remains one of the most contentious issues in the conflict.

For Palestinians, the West Bank and Gaza are seen as integral parts of a future sovereign state, with East Jerusalem envisioned as their capital. Meanwhile, Israel regards Jerusalem as its undivided “eternal capital,” rejecting any division of the city. This fundamental disagreement over the status of Jerusalem remains one of the most difficult hurdles to overcome in peace negotiations.

Despite the strong international support for the resolution, Israel’s allies, most notably the United States, continue to stand firmly with the country. The U.S. has historically used its veto power in the UN Security Council to block resolutions it views as unfairly targeting Israel. In this case, though the resolution was passed by the General Assembly, where no nation has veto power, the U.S. cast one of the 14 votes against the measure, reinforcing its unwavering alliance with Israel.

As Israel prepares to face further diplomatic isolation over its occupation policies, the upcoming speeches by Netanyahu and Abbas at the UN could set the stage for the next chapter in the decades-long conflict. The international community will be closely watching to see whether the resolution and the ICJ’s advisory opinion will lead to tangible changes on the ground, or if Israel will continue its current policies in the face of increasing global pressure.

For many Palestinians, the UN resolution represents a rare victory in their pursuit of statehood and an end to the Israeli occupation. Mansour and other Palestinian leaders have long argued that the international community must play a central role in ensuring that Israel complies with international law and halts its expansion into Palestinian territories. The vote, they believe, sends a strong message that the world is not willing to tolerate the ongoing occupation any longer.

On the other hand, Israel views the resolution as yet another example of bias in international institutions. Israeli officials argue that the UN has historically been used as a platform to attack and delegitimize Israel while ignoring Palestinian violence and incitement. Danon’s remarks about “diplomatic terrorism” reflect a broader sentiment in Israeli political circles that the international community often overlooks the security concerns that drive Israel’s policies in the occupied territories.

The resolution’s passage, despite being non-binding, highlights the increasing frustration among many UN member states over the lack of progress in resolving the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Over the years, numerous peace initiatives, including the Oslo Accords and subsequent negotiations, have failed to produce a lasting solution. The UN’s latest move underscores the growing impatience with the status quo and the demand for concrete action to end the occupation.

In the coming months, the spotlight will be on Israel’s response to this renewed international pressure. Whether the Israeli government takes steps to reduce its presence in the occupied territories or continues with its current policies will be critical in determining the future of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

Kashmir Voters Show Up in Record Numbers, Breaking Years of Boycotts

In a significant departure from its volatile past, the districts of Pulwama, Anantnag, Kulgam, and Shopian in South Kashmir witnessed a remarkable shift towards participatory democracy during the first phase of the Jammu and Kashmir Assembly elections on September 18, 2024. These areas, once known for militancy and separatist-driven street protests, saw both new and long-absent voters heading to the polls in what many described as a turning point for the region.

For the first time in decades, residents who had long boycotted elections—following calls from the separatist Hurriyat Conference—and young voters who had just turned 18, arrived at polling booths to cast their ballots. Significantly, this year’s elections were conducted without the looming fear of militant violence or pressure from separatist groups. Instead, voters expressed a renewed sense of agency and a desire to influence the future of Jammu and Kashmir through peaceful participation.

A Peaceful Election Day and Higher Turnout

In a sign of growing engagement with the democratic process, the voter turnout for the first phase of the Assembly elections across Jammu and Kashmir was 61.13%, a clear indicator of increased political participation. In Tral, a region known for low voter turnout, the numbers had already surpassed those of the previous election by late afternoon. During the 2014 Assembly elections, Tral recorded a voter turnout of 37.68%. By 5 p.m. on Wednesday, the turnout had reached 40.58%, reflecting an upward trend.

The sentiment behind this shift was captured by many voters who viewed the elections as a crucial moment in the history of the region. Fayyaz Ahmad Magray, a 46-year-old voter from Tral’s Batgund area, described his decision to vote as a stand against the erosion of local autonomy and the imposition of laws without the consent of the people. “The past four years have been tough. Security forces have cracked down, and the humiliation inflicted by officials from outside instilled a sense of helplessness. Anti-people laws were framed without locals being consulted,” Magray explained. “I am voting to end our helplessness. We are at a critical juncture of history. Vote is my means to make a statement against the forces hellbent on destroying Jammu and Kashmir with each passing day.”

First-Time Voters Seek Change

For many of the younger voters in the region, the elections represented an opportunity to address pressing governance issues, particularly those affecting their future prospects. Qasim Sheikh, a first-time voter from Shopian, expressed frustration with the current system, particularly the shrinking opportunities for open merit students. “Open merit reservation has gone down significantly during the past six years. More and more communities are added to the reservation list and the open merit students’ quota has been reduced to around 30%. Our future is bleak if it’s not rationalised,” he said, pointing to the need for reforms that would ensure a more equitable system for all.

Shopian, a district with a history of militancy, also saw a marked increase in voter turnout. Despite its reputation as a volatile area, the Shopian Assembly segment’s voter turnout rose from 52.06% in the 2014 elections to 54.72% by 5 p.m. on Wednesday. This increase suggested a growing willingness among residents to engage with the political process in the hopes of securing a better future for their communities.

Pulwama: A Vote Against Fear

Pulwama, which has long been associated with violence and militancy, also saw a notable increase in voter turnout. The district’s Gundibagh-Kakpora and Beighpora areas, known for being the home of both Adil Ahmad Dar—the suicide bomber responsible for the 2019 Pulwama attack that killed 40 Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) personnel—and Riyaz Naikoo, the former commander of the militant group Hizbul Mujahideen, were among those where voting was seen as a form of resistance. “The vote is the new weapon,” declared a young voter from Pulwama, who spoke on the condition of anonymity.

He highlighted the routine harassment faced by local youth, particularly during national holidays or VIP visits, as a major factor motivating him and others to vote. “Come August 15, we are rounded up. On every VVIP’s visit, youth are summoned to police stations. We hope this vote will bring an end to the cycle of summons and raids,” he explained.

Pulwama’s voter turnout reflected this determination to break the cycle of fear and violence. By 5 p.m. on election day, the turnout had reached 46.22%, a significant increase from the 38.31% recorded in the 2014 elections.

Anantnag Joins the Shift

Anantnag, a district historically prone to calls for separatist boycotts, also showed a shift in voter behavior. Despite being one of the regions most influenced by separatist movements, Anantnag’s voter turnout rose from 38.67% in the 2014 elections to 41.58% by 5 p.m. this year. The increase in turnout was seen as a reflection of the changing political dynamics in the region, where residents are increasingly looking to the ballot box as a means of shaping their future.

For many voters in South Kashmir, the act of voting in these Assembly elections was not just about choosing representatives but about sending a message. After years of political turmoil, violence, and alienation, these elections offered a chance for the people to reclaim their voice and influence the direction of governance in Jammu and Kashmir.

Challenges Ahead for South Kashmir

Despite the promising turnout, challenges remain for South Kashmir as it seeks to stabilize its political landscape. The region has been deeply affected by both internal and external pressures, with militancy, political unrest, and economic struggles all contributing to its volatility. However, the increased voter turnout in districts like Pulwama, Shopian, Tral, and Anantnag suggests that more people are willing to engage in the democratic process, even in areas that have long been resistant to electoral participation.

The hope among many voters is that this increased engagement will lead to more responsive governance and policies that reflect the needs and aspirations of the local population. As Fayyaz Ahmad Magray noted, “We are at a critical juncture of history.” For the people of South Kashmir, this election may indeed represent a new beginning, one in which the power of the vote is used to build a more stable and prosperous future for the region.

As the election process continues, the high voter turnout in South Kashmir offers a glimmer of hope for the future. It signals a shift away from violence and boycotts towards a more participatory and peaceful form of political expression. Whether this trend will continue remains to be seen, but for now, the people of South Kashmir have made their voices heard in a powerful way.

Press Freedom Violated: Journalists, Lawmakers Demand Accountability After Incident Involving Rahul Gandhi’s Staff

In an incident that has raised concerns about press freedom, the National Press Club issued a statement detailing the events that took place during an interview involving journalist Rohit Sharma and Sam Pitroda, Chair of the India Overseas Congress. The interview, which occurred at a Dallas hotel, took an unexpected turn when audience members, including the staff of Indian politician Rahul Gandhi, intervened during the final question, leading to an alarming violation of the journalist’s rights.

According to the statement, the situation escalated when members of Gandhi’s team forcefully interrupted the interview. They not only objected to the line of questioning but also physically seized Sharma’s phone and proceeded to delete the recordings he had made of the conversation. This sudden and aggressive interference disrupted the entire interview process, prompting widespread criticism from journalists and political figures alike.

Pitroda, who was reportedly unaware of the events as they transpired, later offered an apology for the incident. His apology came in the wake of growing outrage, although it did little to quell the dissatisfaction of those who witnessed the violation of journalistic integrity. Gandhi himself addressed a similar question during another event, but by that time, the damage had already been done in terms of the fallout from the earlier incident.

The National Press Club was quick to condemn the actions of Gandhi’s staff, particularly the overreach of security personnel who interfered with the interview. The organization highlighted the importance of protecting press freedom, emphasizing that what occurred was not merely an overstep but a clear infringement of Sharma’s First Amendment rights. “Security overstepped by interfering with the interview, violating Sharma’s First Amendment rights,” the National Press Club said in its statement.

The incident has triggered a broader discussion on the state of press freedom and the importance of safeguarding journalists’ rights, particularly in scenarios involving prominent political figures. Among the notable voices expressing concern was U.S. Democratic Representative Ro Khanna, who took to social media to voice his outrage over the actions of Gandhi’s team. Khanna, a representative from California, did not mince words in his criticism, describing the actions of Gandhi’s staff as an attack on press freedom.

“It’s unethical and a betrayal of free speech for handlers to have snatched his phone, shoved him, and deleted his recordings,” Khanna wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter), echoing the sentiments of many who viewed the incident as a blatant violation of press freedoms. His post quickly gained traction, adding further momentum to the calls for accountability and transparency regarding what had transpired.

Khanna’s words were echoed by many within the Indian American community, including National Press Club President Emily Wilkins. Wilkins joined the growing chorus of voices condemning the actions of Gandhi’s staff, calling for a thorough investigation into the incident and holding those responsible accountable.

In a strong statement, Wilkins said, “The security team had no right or standing to take Sharma’s phone from him or delete content.” She emphasized that the actions taken during an on-the-record interview were entirely inappropriate, further underscoring the serious implications of this violation of press freedom. Wilkins’ call for accountability underscored the importance of protecting journalists, particularly when covering high-profile political figures and events.

The incident has continued to generate attention, especially within the Indian American community, where leaders have called for stronger measures to ensure that such incidents do not occur again. Indian American Representative Shri Thanedar was one of the first political figures to react publicly, expressing his outrage at the treatment of the journalist. In a statement on X, he wrote, “Such attack on a member of press is totally unacceptable,” marking yet another instance of the growing discontent surrounding the incident.

Ajay Bhutoria, a well-known leader within the Indian American community, also joined the ranks of those condemning the actions of Gandhi’s staff. Bhutoria did not hold back in his statement, where he expressed deep concern over what had transpired, particularly the physical handling of Sharma and the confiscation of his phone. “I unequivocally condemn the assault on Rohit Sharma,” Bhutoria said in his official statement, signaling the seriousness with which he viewed the incident.

Bhutoria further elaborated on the broader implications of the event, linking it to the importance of preserving democratic values and ensuring that the media remains independent and free from intimidation. “A free and independent media is the backbone of any democracy, and the mistreatment of a journalist for asking a question is an attack on press freedom,” Bhutoria said, adding that the U.S. Department of Justice should launch a thorough investigation into the matter.

Bhutoria’s statement went beyond mere condemnation; he called for legal consequences for those responsible for the assault. “I urge the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate this matter thoroughly and ensure that those responsible are prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law,” he added, highlighting the need for justice and accountability in the wake of this press freedom violation.

As the investigation into the incident unfolds, the Indian American community has rallied in support of Sharma and in defense of democratic principles. Bhutoria urged unity within the community, calling for collective action to ensure that such violations of journalistic freedom are addressed swiftly and effectively. “No one should be subjected to intimidation or violence for simply doing their job,” he concluded, emphasizing the role of the media as a cornerstone of democratic societies.

This incident has not only put the spotlight on the actions of Rahul Gandhi’s team but has also prompted a broader conversation about the state of press freedom in the face of political power. The physical intervention by Gandhi’s staff in response to a journalist’s question has drawn widespread criticism and raised serious concerns about the treatment of the press, particularly in settings involving high-profile political figures.

As calls for justice and accountability continue to mount, the spotlight remains firmly on the actions taken by Gandhi’s staff during the interview. The fallout from the incident serves as a stark reminder of the importance of protecting press freedom, ensuring that journalists can do their job without fear of intimidation or retribution. How this incident will shape future interactions between the media and political figures remains to be seen, but the message from journalists, lawmakers, and community leaders is clear: violations of press freedom cannot and will not be tolerated.

India’s Triumph Over China in Asian Champions Trophy Final Led by Jugraj Singh’s First Field Goal

In a scenario Jugraj Singh never imagined, the 27-year-old defender and drag-flicker found himself in a moment that would define India’s victory at the Asian Champions Trophy final. Jugraj, who had honed his skills juggling roles as a centre-half, full-back, and drag-flicker, never expected to be the player to score the decisive field goal in a continental championship final. Coming from humble beginnings in Attari, near the Pakistan border, and later moving to Tarn Taran to refine his skills, Jugraj’s journey to becoming India’s fastest drag-flicker had its share of challenges. Yet, none of his experiences prepared him for what was about to unfold.

In the final against hosts China, Jugraj wasn’t in an unfamiliar position as he stood on the edge of the circle with the ball glued to his stick. But being in the opposition’s ‘D’ with a clear view of the goal was far from his usual role as a defender. However, the situation demanded a bold move, and Jugraj rose to the occasion, leading India to their consecutive Asian Champions Trophy titles with a narrow 1-0 win.

China had managed to frustrate India for the majority of the match, blocking all their offensive efforts for 51 minutes. With the attackers struggling, it was the defenders who stepped up. India’s winning moment came when captain Harmanpreet Singh entered the circle from the baseline and passed the ball back to Jugraj, who was unmarked just six yards from the goal. Displaying calmness under pressure, Jugraj controlled the ball with his first touch and, with his second, calmly pushed it past the Chinese goalkeeper to score the match-winner. This field goal, remarkably, was the first of Jugraj’s career, achieved in his 63rd international match.

As Jugraj celebrated, it was clear even he was in disbelief, slapping his thighs in joy. “It was surreal,” Jugraj said later, still absorbing the gravity of the moment. Until that goal, China had succeeded in keeping the game tight, aiming to take the match into a shootout, where their chances would have improved significantly. The hosts had been disciplined in their defensive tactics, a strategy that had worked well throughout the tournament.

China’s resilience was no accident. Since their women’s team won the silver medal at the 2008 Beijing Olympics, China has invested heavily in grassroots hockey development. Schools were designated as ‘National Olympic Reserve Bases for Hockey Talents,’ and Inner Mongolia became one of the primary regions to benefit from this initiative. Sixteen years later, six players in the Chinese squad that faced India were products of this system, hailing from Inner Mongolia and trained by international experts at a young age.

Although China might not possess the same level of individual skill as some of the top teams, their players were incredibly well-drilled. They executed their game plan with precision against Olympic bronze medalists India. The world number 23 side knew they would have to play with limited possession but focused on maintaining their defensive shape and working hard off the ball. China’s players double-teamed whenever an Indian player had the ball, forcing turnovers and disrupting India’s attacking flow. On the rare occasions China pushed forward, they did so with determination.

India, on the other hand, did not lack ideas. Harmanpreet frequently switched flanks, attempting to change the angles of the long, low passes he sent into the ‘D’ from the halfway line. Midfielders Vivek Sagar Prasad, Manpreet Singh, and Nilakanta Sharma tried to create chances for the forwards, while Raj Kumar Pal weaved through defenders, trying to win penalty corners. Yet, nothing worked. Every intricate move was met by China’s resilient defense, and their goalkeeper, Wang Weihao, pulled off a series of brilliant saves, frustrating India’s efforts.

Coach Craig Fulton, watching anxiously from the sidelines, urged his players to pass the ball quicker and increase the intensity. As the clock ticked down and the score remained goalless, the prospect of a shootout began to loom. China’s strategy of keeping the game tight had worked brilliantly, and India’s forwards couldn’t break through their defensive wall. But just as the game seemed to be slipping into the uncertainty of penalties, the defenders stepped up.

The assist from Harmanpreet to Jugraj for the decisive field goal was an unusual occurrence. It’s not often that defenders combine to score field goals, especially in crucial moments like these. But this goal reflected the growing unpredictability and depth of Indian hockey. Just months earlier, India had clinched another podium finish, and now they were securing back-to-back Asian Champions Trophy titles, overcoming the pressure and finding a way to win even on days when things didn’t go as planned.

Jugraj’s journey from a small town near the Pakistan border to scoring the winning goal in a continental championship highlights the evolving nature of Indian hockey. It’s a sport where surprises are becoming the norm, and players like Jugraj are stepping up to seize the moment. While India’s attackers might not have had their best day on the field, the defenders, often seen as the last line of resistance, became the heroes of the night.

Reflecting on the win, coach Craig Fulton said, “We knew China would be tough, but the team stayed focused. We made the most of the chances we created, and Jugraj’s goal was a testament to the hard work and belief this team has.”

China’s progress, despite the loss, cannot be overlooked. Their tactical discipline and the rise of players from their development programs signal a bright future for Chinese hockey. Even as the underdogs, they showed they could compete against top teams, and their performance in the final was a testament to their potential.

For India, this victory reinforced their status as one of the powerhouses in Asian hockey. The combination of experienced players like Harmanpreet and the rising stars like Jugraj has created a balanced squad capable of handling high-pressure situations. And while China may have pushed them to the brink, it was India’s ability to adapt and capitalize on their rare opportunities that made the difference.

In the end, Jugraj’s unexpected field goal in his 63rd international match was the deciding factor. It wasn’t part of the plan, but in the unpredictability of sport, such moments are what define champions.

Prime Minister Modi’s U.S. Visit: A Crucial Opportunity to Address Discriminatory Quotas in Immigration System

As Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi prepares for his imminent visit to the United States, a pressing question emerges: Will he confront the systemic discrimination experienced by millions of Indian workers within the U.S. immigration system? Will he call on President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris to enforce U.S. civil rights laws and rectify the inequitable treatment faced by Indians solely due to their country of origin?

For decades, the U.S. immigration system has systematically discriminated against millions of Indian nationals living and working legally in the country, confining them within a bureaucratic maze due to antiquated, country-of-birth quotas. This form of discrimination stands in violation of the United Nations’ International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination and U.S. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

Highly skilled Indian professionals, who significantly contribute to the U.S. economy, find themselves entangled in endless USCIS red tape. This has hampered their ability to advance, change jobs, or establish their own businesses, curtailing their career growth and personal freedom. Despite their legal status and years of dedicated service, their progress is hindered by the current system.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit represents a critical chance to address this issue with President Biden and Vice President Harris, advocating for immediate and impactful changes to end this discriminatory practice.

The Discrimination: Country-of-Birth Quotas

Central to this issue is the U.S. employment-based green card system, which imposes arbitrary limits on the number of green cards issued to immigrants based on their country of birth. These country-of-birth quotas disproportionately affect Indian nationals, who constitute a significant segment of the U.S. high-skilled workforce, particularly in technology, healthcare, and engineering sectors.

Indian professionals, despite their substantial contributions to the U.S. economy, are subjected to waiting periods that can extend over decades due to these quotas. Even though they fulfill all legal requirements for permanent residency, their path to a green card is obstructed merely because of their birthplace. This system not only restricts their career opportunities but also limits the freedom of their families, placing spouses in restrictive visa situations and creating legal uncertainties for children as they age out of dependent status.

The Human Toll: Living in Limbo

For countless Indian workers, this policy has transformed the American Dream into an American nightmare. Many entered the U.S. legally, often on H-1B visas, and have dedicated years to contributing to America’s growth and innovation. However, they remain trapped in legal limbo, unable to advance in their careers or pursue the freedom and opportunities they sought when they first arrived.

Indian nationals face severe consequences, including:

– Job stagnation: Their visa status prevents them from changing employers or seeking promotions without jeopardizing their path to permanent residency.

– Restricted mobility: Indian immigrants encounter travel limitations and cannot work freely in the U.S. like their counterparts from other countries.

– Family hardships: Spouses, many of whom are skilled professionals, are often barred from working, and children face the threat of deportation upon turning 21.

This country-of-birth discrimination creates a dual-tier system, treating workers from countries like India as second-class, despite their crucial contributions to the U.S. economy.

Will Prime Minister Modi Take a Stand?

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the U.S. presents an opportunity to advocate for these millions of Indian nationals. As the leader of the world’s largest democracy, it is his responsibility to defend the rights and dignity of Indian citizens globally. By addressing this issue with President Biden and Vice President Harris, Prime Minister Modi can push for necessary reforms that have been long overdue.

Several potential solutions are available:

– Executive Action: The Biden administration could take executive action to amend or abolish the country-of-birth quotas for employment-based green cards, allowing highly skilled Indian workers to apply based on merit rather than nationality.

– Legislative Reform: Congress could enact immigration reform legislation to eliminate the discriminatory quota system, ensuring a fairer system for all workers, regardless of their country of origin.

– Temporary Relief Measures: Short-term solutions, such as expanding work permits for spouses and dependents or allowing greater job mobility for H-1B visa holders, could improve the living conditions of Indian workers in the U.S.

The Role of Vice President Kamala Harris

Vice President Kamala Harris, who has Indian heritage through her mother, could play a pivotal role in this dialogue. As someone familiar with the challenges faced by immigrants and who has publicly supported immigration reform, Vice President Harris could be a strong advocate for ending this discrimination. Her involvement, alongside Prime Minister Modi’s, could elevate this issue within U.S.-India relations and encourage the Biden administration to take concrete actions to address the injustices faced by Indian workers.

The Stakes for U.S.-India Relations

The U.S. and India enjoy a robust partnership grounded in shared interests in trade, security, and technological progress. However, for this relationship to reach its full potential, both nations must also focus on the fair treatment of their citizens. Indian immigrants have been integral to the U.S. economy, yet outdated laws continue to hinder their advancement. By championing these individuals, Prime Minister Modi can reinforce the U.S.-India bond, ensuring that both countries adhere to their shared values of equality, opportunity, and justice.

This issue transcends immigration policy; it concerns human rights, fairness, and the dignity of workers who have fulfilled their obligations and more. It is a test of both nations’ commitment to equality and non-discrimination.

A Historic Opportunity for Change

Prime Minister Narendra Modi has a historic chance to advocate for the millions of Indian nationals during his U.S. visit. By addressing the discriminatory country-of-birth quotas with President Biden and Vice President Harris, he can initiate long-awaited reforms that will provide relief to diligent Indian professionals and their families.

Will Prime Minister Modi seize this moment and push for the end of this unjust system? Millions of Indian workers in the U.S. are counting on his leadership. The world is watching, and the time for change is now.

House Defeats Speaker Johnson’s Government Funding Plan Amid GOP Division

On Wednesday, the House of Representatives voted against Speaker Mike Johnson’s government funding proposal, with 14 Republicans opposing the measure and two others abstaining. The bill was defeated with a final count of 202 votes in favor, 222 against, and 2 members voting present. Surprisingly, three Democrats voted in favor of the bill, crossing party lines.

After the vote, Speaker Johnson expressed disappointment but remained optimistic about finding a solution to prevent a government shutdown. “We ran the play. It was the best play; it was the right one. So now we go back to the playbook. We’ll draw up another play, and we’ll come up with a solution,” Johnson stated. He added that he was already in discussions with his colleagues to gather ideas. Despite the setback, Johnson indicated there was still time to avert a shutdown, and his team would act quickly, concluding his remarks by saying, “Stay posted.”

The proposal, which Johnson had put forth, would have funded the government for six months. However, it also included the SAVE Act, a piece of legislation that has the support of Republican leadership and former President Donald Trump. The SAVE Act requires individuals to show proof of U.S. citizenship in order to vote. This component of the bill faced strong opposition from Democrats, who argue that it is redundant, as non-citizens are already prohibited from voting in federal elections. According to Democrats, the inclusion of such a measure made the bill unacceptable.

The timing of the vote was crucial, as the government needs to pass a funding measure by October 1st to avoid a shutdown. Johnson initially intended to push the bill through the House the previous week but was forced to pull it from the floor due to insufficient support. His fellow Republicans were divided on the measure for different reasons. Some believed it would exacerbate the national deficit, while defense-focused Republicans were concerned that the six-month extension would negatively impact the Department of Defense’s operational readiness.

Despite these concerns, Johnson was determined to pass the bill. However, when asked about his next course of action, he declined to provide specific details on what his plan would be going forward.

Meanwhile, former President Trump made his stance clear, strongly advocating for the government to shut down if the SAVE Act was not passed. Trump took to his social media platform, Truth Social, to urge Republicans to demand guarantees on election security. He warned that without such guarantees, Republicans should not approve a continuing resolution to keep the government running. “If they don’t get absolute assurances on Election Security, THEY SHOULD, IN NO WAY, SHAPE, OR FORM, GO FORWARD WITH A CONTINUING RESOLUTION ON THE BUDGET,” Trump wrote.

Johnson was asked about Trump’s comments and whether Republicans should let funding lapse under such circumstances. Johnson responded by emphasizing the importance of election security. “No, look, President Trump and I have talked a lot about this. We talked a lot about it with our colleagues who are building consensus on the plan. We all believe that election security is of preeminent importance right now.”

Just hours before the vote, Trump reiterated his position, calling for a government shutdown if the SAVE Act was not fully included in any funding bill. His call for a hardline stance on the SAVE Act placed added pressure on Republicans ahead of the vote.

However, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, the leading Republican in the Senate, voiced a different perspective. McConnell strongly opposed the idea of a government shutdown, especially with just seven weeks remaining until Election Day. He described a potential shutdown as a politically catastrophic move for Republicans. “I think we first have to wait and see what the House sends us. My only observation about this whole discussion is the one thing you cannot have is a government shutdown,” McConnell stated. “It’d be politically beyond stupid for us to do that right before the election, because certainly we’d get the blame.”

On the other side of the aisle, Democrats urged Speaker Johnson to drop his current funding plan and introduce a clean, short-term funding bill to keep the government operational. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries emphasized that the only viable path forward was a bipartisan agreement that excluded controversial measures like the SAVE Act. Jeffries had been clear about his opposition to what he considered “extreme” provisions in the bill.

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer also spoke out on the issue, calling on the House to focus on passing a bill with broad support. Schumer criticized the House for wasting time on proposals that lacked bipartisan backing and warned that such delays could lead to a government shutdown. “In order to avoid a shutdown, the worst thing our colleagues in the House can do right now is waste time on proposals that don’t have broad bipartisan support,” Schumer remarked on Monday.

As the October 1 deadline looms, the pressure is mounting on lawmakers to come to an agreement that will keep the government open and functioning. While Johnson remains determined to find a path forward, the deep divisions within the Republican Party, particularly over issues like election security, complicate his efforts. With Trump pushing for a harder stance and McConnell warning of political fallout, it remains to be seen whether a compromise can be reached in time.

As negotiations continue, both parties are acutely aware of the political stakes. A government shutdown just weeks before Election Day could have significant repercussions for both Republicans and Democrats, making the outcome of these discussions critical for the future of government operations and the upcoming election.

India’s Triumph Over China in Asian Champions Trophy Final Led by Jugraj Singh’s First Field Goal

In a scenario Jugraj Singh never imagined, the 27-year-old defender and drag-flicker found himself in a moment that would define India’s victory at the Asian Champions Trophy final. Jugraj, who had honed his skills juggling roles as a centre-half, full-back, and drag-flicker, never expected to be the player to score the decisive field goal in a continental championship final. Coming from humble beginnings in Attari, near the Pakistan border, and later moving to Tarn Taran to refine his skills, Jugraj’s journey to becoming India’s fastest drag-flicker had its share of challenges. Yet, none of his experiences prepared him for what was about to unfold.

In the final against hosts China, Jugraj wasn’t in an unfamiliar position as he stood on the edge of the circle with the ball glued to his stick. But being in the opposition’s ‘D’ with a clear view of the goal was far from his usual role as a defender. However, the situation demanded a bold move, and Jugraj rose to the occasion, leading India to their consecutive Asian Champions Trophy titles with a narrow 1-0 win.

China had managed to frustrate India for the majority of the match, blocking all their offensive efforts for 51 minutes. With the attackers struggling, it was the defenders who stepped up. India’s winning moment came when captain Harmanpreet Singh entered the circle from the baseline and passed the ball back to Jugraj, who was unmarked just six yards from the goal. Displaying calmness under pressure, Jugraj controlled the ball with his first touch and, with his second, calmly pushed it past the Chinese goalkeeper to score the match-winner. This field goal, remarkably, was the first of Jugraj’s career, achieved in his 63rd international match.

As Jugraj celebrated, it was clear even he was in disbelief, slapping his thighs in joy. “It was surreal,” Jugraj said later, still absorbing the gravity of the moment. Until that goal, China had succeeded in keeping the game tight, aiming to take the match into a shootout, where their chances would have improved significantly. The hosts had been disciplined in their defensive tactics, a strategy that had worked well throughout the tournament.

China’s resilience was no accident. Since their women’s team won the silver medal at the 2008 Beijing Olympics, China has invested heavily in grassroots hockey development. Schools were designated as ‘National Olympic Reserve Bases for Hockey Talents,’ and Inner Mongolia became one of the primary regions to benefit from this initiative. Sixteen years later, six players in the Chinese squad that faced India were products of this system, hailing from Inner Mongolia and trained by international experts at a young age.

Although China might not possess the same level of individual skill as some of the top teams, their players were incredibly well-drilled. They executed their game plan with precision against Olympic bronze medalists India. The world number 23 side knew they would have to play with limited possession but focused on maintaining their defensive shape and working hard off the ball. China’s players double-teamed whenever an Indian player had the ball, forcing turnovers and disrupting India’s attacking flow. On the rare occasions China pushed forward, they did so with determination.

India, on the other hand, did not lack ideas. Harmanpreet frequently switched flanks, attempting to change the angles of the long, low passes he sent into the ‘D’ from the halfway line. Midfielders Vivek Sagar Prasad, Manpreet Singh, and Nilakanta Sharma tried to create chances for the forwards, while Raj Kumar Pal weaved through defenders, trying to win penalty corners. Yet, nothing worked. Every intricate move was met by China’s resilient defense, and their goalkeeper, Wang Weihao, pulled off a series of brilliant saves, frustrating India’s efforts.

Coach Craig Fulton, watching anxiously from the sidelines, urged his players to pass the ball quicker and increase the intensity. As the clock ticked down and the score remained goalless, the prospect of a shootout began to loom. China’s strategy of keeping the game tight had worked brilliantly, and India’s forwards couldn’t break through their defensive wall. But just as the game seemed to be slipping into the uncertainty of penalties, the defenders stepped up.

The assist from Harmanpreet to Jugraj for the decisive field goal was an unusual occurrence. It’s not often that defenders combine to score field goals, especially in crucial moments like these. But this goal reflected the growing unpredictability and depth of Indian hockey. Just months earlier, India had clinched another podium finish, and now they were securing back-to-back Asian Champions Trophy titles, overcoming the pressure and finding a way to win even on days when things didn’t go as planned.

Jugraj’s journey from a small town near the Pakistan border to scoring the winning goal in a continental championship highlights the evolving nature of Indian hockey. It’s a sport where surprises are becoming the norm, and players like Jugraj are stepping up to seize the moment. While India’s attackers might not have had their best day on the field, the defenders, often seen as the last line of resistance, became the heroes of the night.

Reflecting on the win, coach Craig Fulton said, “We knew China would be tough, but the team stayed focused. We made the most of the chances we created, and Jugraj’s goal was a testament to the hard work and belief this team has.”

China’s progress, despite the loss, cannot be overlooked. Their tactical discipline and the rise of players from their development programs signal a bright future for Chinese hockey. Even as the underdogs, they showed they could compete against top teams, and their performance in the final was a testament to their potential.

For India, this victory reinforced their status as one of the powerhouses in Asian hockey. The combination of experienced players like Harmanpreet and the rising stars like Jugraj has created a balanced squad capable of handling high-pressure situations. And while China may have pushed them to the brink, it was India’s ability to adapt and capitalize on their rare opportunities that made the difference.

In the end, Jugraj’s unexpected field goal in his 63rd international match was the deciding factor. It wasn’t part of the plan, but in the unpredictability of sport, such moments are what define champions.

India’s New Submarine Boosts Its Nuclear Deterrence Amid Tensions with China and Pakistan

India has added a second nuclear-capable ballistic missile submarine to its naval fleet, a significant development that strengthens its nuclear deterrence capabilities. This move, which took place in late August, reflects India’s growing concern over its strategic environment, particularly regarding China and Pakistan. However, despite this addition, India remains behind China, which continues to expand its military capabilities both at sea and on land.

The new submarine, INS Arighaat, meaning “Destroyer of the Enemy” in Sanskrit, was commissioned at a ceremony on August 29 at Visakhapatnam naval base on India’s eastern coast. Defense Minister Rajnath Singh emphasized its importance, stating that the sub would contribute to establishing a strategic balance in the region. However, this balance currently favors China, which boasts the world’s largest navy by numbers, including six Jin-class nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarines.

China’s Jin-class submarines are equipped with ballistic missiles that have ranges of at least 8,000 kilometers (approximately 5,000 miles) and are capable of carrying multiple nuclear warheads. In comparison, India’s two nuclear submarines, INS Arighaat and its predecessor INS Arihant, are less advanced. Both Indian submarines can carry K-15 Sagarika ballistic missiles, which are launched from four vertical launch tubes. However, these missiles have a much shorter range of around 750 kilometers (466 miles), limiting their reach when launched from the Indian Ocean.

“The INS Arihant-class can barely reach Chinese targets along the eastern Sino-Indian border from the coastal waters of northern Bay of Bengal, which is dangerously shallow for a submarine,” said Carl Schuster, an analyst and former director of operations at the US Pacific Command’s Joint Intelligence Center.

Tensions between India and China have been high for years, with the de facto border, known as the Line of Actual Control, being a flashpoint. The two countries last clashed there in 2022, with previous confrontations in 2020 resulting in the deaths of 20 Indian soldiers and four Chinese soldiers in Aksai Chin.

India’s Progress in Developing Second-Strike Capabilities

Despite being less advanced than China, India is steadily developing its second-strike nuclear capabilities. The Indian government has been tight-lipped about the exact capabilities of INS Arighaat, stating only that it is “significantly more advanced” than its predecessor, INS Arihant, which was commissioned eight years ago. No official images of INS Arighaat have been released since its commissioning.

Experts believe that India is working toward a robust underwater nuclear deterrent, which, though smaller than China’s, would still be capable of delivering a powerful retaliatory strike if necessary. India is also developing newer and larger submarines equipped with missiles that could have a range of up to 6,000 kilometers (approximately 3,728 miles), allowing them to target any location in China.

“Although India’s sea-based nuclear deterrent remains in relative infancy, the country clearly has an ambition to field a sophisticated naval nuclear force with ballistic missile submarines at its core,” said Matt Korda, associate director for the Nuclear Information Project at the Federation of American Scientists.

Korda added that these submarines are integral to India’s broader plan to establish a secure second-strike nuclear capability, thus enabling India to target both Pakistan and China. He also mentioned that the third and fourth submarines, currently in development, would have longer-range missiles and more missile tubes, significantly enhancing India’s nuclear deterrence.

However, it could be several years before these new submarines are operational. INS Arighaat itself was launched nearly seven years ago, and if the same timeline applies to the next ballistic missile submarine, it may not join the fleet until 2030.

The Prestige of Ballistic Missile Submarines

The addition of INS Arighaat does more than just bolster India’s naval strength; it also elevates the country’s status as a global power, according to Tom Shugart, a former US Navy submarine commander and adjunct senior fellow at the Center for a New American Security.

“It is a marker of being a great power,” Shugart said, noting that all five permanent members of the United Nations Security Council—the United States, Russia, China, the United Kingdom, and France—have nuclear-capable ballistic missile submarines (SSBNs). Even though India’s fleet is smaller, with only two SSBNs, the fact that it has them at all places the country in elite company.

Shugart explained that nuclear-powered submarines are complex machines that require extensive maintenance. On average, the US Navy’s Ohio-class SSBNs spend 77 days at sea followed by 35 days in port for repairs. “By having more than one, there’s a better chance India will be able to have one of them at sea in a survivable status,” Shugart said, though he added that to maintain a constant sea presence, India would likely need more than its current two submarines.

China’s Reaction to India’s Naval Expansion

Even before INS Arighaat was commissioned, it had drawn attention from China. The state-run Global Times quoted Chinese experts who urged India not to use the submarine to “flex muscles.” The newspaper emphasized that nuclear weapons should be used to safeguard peace and stability, not for show or coercion.

Other analysts suggest that India’s recent moves are a response to the growing pressure from Beijing. China now has the largest navy in the world, and its regular deployment of fully armed Jin-class nuclear submarines is seen as a threat by neighboring countries, including India. According to Kandlikar Venkatesh, an analyst at GlobalData analytics company, “China’s extensive naval buildup and the regular deployment of fully armed nuclear deterrence patrols by Type 094 submarines (the Jin class) are perceived as a threat by other countries in the region, including India.”

India’s investment in its nuclear submarine fleet is set to continue, with plans to spend $31.6 billion over the next decade. Larger submarines with longer-range missiles are reportedly in development, which could eventually enable India to field nuclear-tipped weapons with ranges of up to 12,000 kilometers (about 7,500 miles), Venkatesh added.

Pakistan as a Secondary Concern

While China remains India’s primary focus, Pakistan’s naval expansion is also a cause for concern. Abhijit Singh, a senior fellow at the Observer Research Foundation in Mumbai, noted that Pakistan is in the process of modernizing its navy, including acquiring eight Chinese-designed Type 039B attack submarines.

“The real impetus for India’s expansion of its second-strike capability is, in fact, the significant growth of the Pakistani and Chinese navies in the Indian Ocean,” Singh wrote in an op-ed for the Hindustan Times.

The rivalry between India and Pakistan, especially over the disputed region of Kashmir, has been a longstanding source of tension, and Pakistan’s growing naval capabilities further complicate the regional dynamics.

Fears of Nuclear Proliferation

Matt Korda of the Federation of American Scientists voiced concerns not so much about the submarines themselves, but about the development of multiple-warhead missiles, known as Multiple Independently Targetable Reentry Vehicles (MIRVs). These technologies are also being developed by Pakistan and China, and their introduction could destabilize the region.

“India, Pakistan, and China are all developing missiles that can carry multiple warheads,” Korda said, explaining that these systems are seen as ideal for a first strike but are also likely targets in an adversary’s initial attack. This could accelerate the arms race in the region as countries look for ways to defend against or counter such weapons.

India joined the ranks of nations with MIRV technology in April, following a successful test of the Agni-V intercontinental ballistic missile. However, while Pakistan has claimed to possess similar capabilities, experts have not yet verified this assertion.

These advancements in missile technology are likely to keep tensions in the region high, as each country continues to build up its defenses and offensive capabilities.

Modi to Attend Quad Summit and Address UN ‘Summit of the Future’ During U.S. Visit

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is set to embark on a three-day official trip to the United States from September 21 to 24. This visit will include his participation in the annual Quad Leaders’ Summit and an address at the ‘Summit of the Future’ during the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA). The trip highlights India’s growing role on the global stage, focusing on multilateral partnerships and fostering relations with major world economies.

The fourth Quad Leaders’ Summit will take place in Wilmington, Delaware, and will be hosted by U.S. President Joe Biden. This summit is especially notable as it may be the last for Biden, who has announced he will not seek a second term, and for Japan’s Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, who is also expected to step down from his post. The summit will see participation from leaders of Australia, Japan, India, and the United States, continuing the momentum of the Quad partnership. According to a statement from India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA), India has been chosen to host the next Quad Summit in 2025.

The Quad—an informal grouping between the United States, India, Australia, and Japan—has grown in significance in recent years, serving as a strategic platform for discussing issues relevant to the Indo-Pacific region. Quad Foreign Ministers have held eight meetings in recent years, and regular coordination at all levels among the four governments has become routine.

“The leaders will review the progress achieved by the Quad over the last one year and set the agenda for the year ahead to assist the countries of the Indo-Pacific region in meeting their development goals and aspirations,” the MEA said, adding that India’s hosting of the 2025 summit followed a request from the U.S. to host the current one. The focus of this year’s Quad discussions will be on how to address the developmental needs of the Indo-Pacific region, a strategically important area where economic, environmental, and security issues are of increasing concern.

Modi’s participation at the United Nations General Assembly will center on the ‘Summit of the Future,’ scheduled for September 23. The theme of the summit, ‘Multilateral Solutions for a Better Tomorrow,’ reflects an emphasis on global cooperation to address challenges in the 21st century. The summit is expected to bring together world leaders to discuss multilateral strategies for addressing critical issues, including climate change, economic stability, and peacekeeping.

In addition to his participation in the Quad Summit and the UNGA, Prime Minister Modi will engage in a number of key diplomatic meetings during his time in the United States. These meetings will include discussions with several world leaders on issues of mutual interest. Bilateral discussions will likely touch on topics such as trade, defense cooperation, and other areas of shared concern between India and other nations.

On September 22, Modi is scheduled to address the Indian community in New York. These gatherings of the Indian diaspora have become a regular feature of his international visits, aimed at strengthening ties between India and its overseas citizens. Indian-Americans have long played a vital role in deepening economic, cultural, and diplomatic ties between the two countries, and Modi’s address will likely focus on enhancing this relationship.

In addition to his address to the Indian community, Modi will hold meetings with top executives from leading U.S.-based companies. These meetings are seen as an opportunity to explore avenues for increased collaboration between Indian and American firms, particularly in high-tech sectors such as artificial intelligence (AI), quantum computing, semiconductors, and biotechnology. India’s growing tech industry, coupled with its skilled workforce, makes the country an attractive partner for U.S. tech giants, and Modi’s government has made fostering these relationships a priority.

“The Prime Minister is also expected to interact with thought leaders and other stakeholders active in the India-US bilateral landscape,” the MEA said in its statement, pointing to a broader agenda for the trip that encompasses both government-level and private sector interactions. These discussions are part of Modi’s broader diplomatic strategy of strengthening India’s global influence through economic partnerships, technology exchange, and fostering international alliances.

The visit is expected to further cement the India-U.S. relationship, which has been on an upward trajectory in recent years. As the world’s two largest democracies, India and the U.S. share numerous strategic and economic interests. This has resulted in growing cooperation in areas such as defense, trade, climate change, and technology. Modi’s interactions with American businesses and political leaders during this visit will likely focus on these key areas, with the aim of deepening the economic ties that are seen as critical for both nations’ long-term prosperity.

India’s participation in multilateral forums such as the Quad and the UN General Assembly underlines its increasing global influence. The Quad, which originally began as a loose grouping in response to regional challenges, has become a more structured partnership aimed at promoting security, stability, and development in the Indo-Pacific. The Indo-Pacific region, which includes the Indian and Pacific Oceans, is critical to global trade routes and has become a flashpoint for geopolitical competition, particularly as China seeks to assert its dominance in the area. The Quad countries, while not officially labeling the partnership as a counter to China, are widely seen as aligning in their efforts to maintain a free and open Indo-Pacific.

At the same time, Modi’s address at the United Nations will provide a platform for India to articulate its vision for a multilateral world order that responds to the challenges of the future. His speech is expected to touch on key issues like climate change, global health, economic development, and reforming international institutions to better reflect the contemporary global order.

India’s growing role in international organizations, including the G20 and BRICS, combined with its leadership in the Quad, demonstrates the country’s rising global stature. As the world grapples with numerous challenges, from climate change to global inequality, India has positioned itself as a voice for developing countries and a key player in shaping the international agenda.

This visit, while focused on the Quad and UN events, is part of Modi’s broader efforts to project India as a rising power on the world stage. It underscores India’s commitment to working with global partners to address regional and global issues. As the Indo-Pacific continues to be a region of strategic importance, India’s participation in the Quad and its leadership in multilateral forums will remain pivotal in shaping the future of the region.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s upcoming visit to the United States will be significant, not only for its role in strengthening India-U.S. relations but also for advancing India’s broader global agenda. Whether through the Quad, the UN, or bilateral meetings, the visit will underscore India’s increasing influence in global affairs and its commitment to fostering partnerships that promote peace, stability, and development.

Maximizing Social Security Benefits: How to Qualify for the Maximum Payout in Retirement

Social Security isn’t designed to fully replace the income of the average worker, but it can still provide significant support. In July, the average benefit for a retired worker was $1,919.40, which, for many, isn’t enough to cover basic expenses, particularly as housing and medical costs continue to rise. However, it is possible to receive a much higher amount from Social Security—potentially even over $4,800 per month. The maximum benefit for retirees in 2024 is $4,873 per month, or $58,476 annually, which is comparable to the median income in the United States. This amount increases with yearly cost-of-living adjustments. While achieving this maximum benefit is difficult, it is possible if you meet specific criteria.

### Three Key Factors Impacting Social Security Benefits

There are three main factors that determine how much you’ll receive in Social Security benefits: your earnings history, when you were born, and the age at which you retire.

The first, and most important, factor is your earnings history. To be eligible for the maximum benefit, you need to have consistently earned a high salary throughout your career. The Social Security Administration (SSA) evaluates your earnings over your entire working life, adjusting for inflation, and selects your 35 highest-earning years. The average income from those 35 years is used to calculate your benefit. If you didn’t earn much or didn’t work for at least 35 years, this can significantly reduce your benefit, as the SSA averages zero-dollar years into your calculation.

The SSA then uses a benefits formula that takes into account your average earnings and your birth year to determine your primary insurance amount (PIA). This is the amount you will receive if you claim benefits at your full retirement age, which varies depending on when you were born. For those born between 1943 and 1954, the full retirement age is 66, and it gradually increases for those born later, maxing out at 67 for people born in 1960 or later.

The final factor is the age at which you retire. You can claim Social Security benefits as early as age 62, but your payments will be lower than your PIA. Conversely, if you delay claiming benefits beyond your full retirement age, your monthly benefit will increase until you reach age 70. For example, those with a full retirement age of 66 can receive a 32% increase in their PIA if they wait until 70 to begin collecting. However, there is no additional increase if you wait beyond age 70.

Maximizing Your Earnings History

Your earnings history is crucial for receiving the maximum benefit, but there’s an important detail to keep in mind: the SSA places a cap on the amount of income that is taxable for Social Security purposes. In 2024, the maximum taxable income is $168,600, which means only earnings up to this limit are considered when calculating Social Security taxes. The limit is adjusted yearly for wage inflation, so even if you earn more than the cap, only the amount up to the limit will be counted toward your benefits.

To be eligible for the maximum Social Security benefit, your income must meet or exceed the maximum taxable earnings limit for at least 35 years. If your earnings fall below the limit for even one year, it could reduce your benefit. The table below shows the maximum taxable earnings for Social Security over the past 50 years:

1975: $14,100

2000: $76,200

1976: $15,300

2001: $80,400

1977: $16,500

2002: $84,900

1978: $17,700

2003: $87,000

1979: $22,900

2004: $87,900

1980: $25,900

2005: $90,000

1981: $29,700

2006: $94,200

1982: $32,400

2007: $97,500

1983: $35,700

2008: $102,000

1984: $37,800

2009: $106,800

1985: $39,600

2010: $106,800

1986: $42,000

2011: $106,800

1987: $43,800

2012: $110,100

1988: $45,000

2013: $113,700

1989: $48,000

2014: $117,000

1990: $51,300

2015: $118,500

1991: $53,400

2016: $118,500

1992: $55,500

2017: $127,200

1993: $57,600

2018: $128,400

1994: $60,600

2019: $132,900

1995: $61,200

2020: $137,700

1996: $62,700

2021: $142,800

1997: $65,400

2022: $147,000

1998: $68,400

2023: $160,200

1999: $72,600

2024: $168,600

(Data from the Social Security Administration)

As these limits rise with inflation, your earnings need to keep up with them to maintain eligibility for the maximum benefit. If your salary falls short, it could reduce your overall retirement benefit.

Beyond Earnings: Timing and Birth Year Matter

While your earnings history plays the largest role, other factors influence how much you’ll receive from Social Security. For example, the $4,873 maximum monthly benefit for 2024 applies only to retirees who turn 70 this year. The benefit amount is slightly different depending on when you were born, reflecting changes in the benefits formula.

In addition, when you claim benefits is critical. To receive the highest possible monthly payout, you need to delay retirement until age 70. If you claim earlier, even by just a few months, your benefit will be reduced.

If you’re in line for the maximum possible benefit, it’s likely you’ve earned a relatively high salary for at least 35 years. However, if you’ve maintained a high income, you might also be accustomed to a lifestyle that requires more than $4,873 a month. Additionally, many people don’t want to wait until 70 to retire. In these cases, it’s essential to have personal savings to supplement your Social Security income.

Importance of Personal Savings

Regardless of your earnings history or the size of your Social Security benefit, relying solely on these payments is not advisable. Building up your personal savings throughout your career ensures that you won’t depend entirely on Social Security in retirement. The maximum benefit, if you qualify, can be a helpful supplement, but it shouldn’t be your primary source of retirement income.

As the article points out, “building up your personal savings so you only rely on Social Security for supplemental income is the best way to ensure you can retire on your own terms and live the life you want in your golden years.”

Don’t Overlook Potential Social Security Bonuses

If you’re like most Americans, it’s possible you’re behind on your retirement savings. However, several lesser-known strategies can help boost your Social Security benefits. For example, an easy trick could add up to $22,924 per year to your retirement income. Learning how to maximize your benefits can provide peace of mind and help you retire with confidence.

The Decline of Full-Length Novel Reading in U.S. Classrooms and Its Impact on Students’ Critical Thinking

Chris Stanislawski, a middle school student, noticed that his English classes didn’t involve much actual reading. In his experience at Garden City Middle School in Long Island, detailed chapter summaries and audio versions were provided for every novel they discussed, and much of the reading material was either abridged or consisted of online texts and printouts. This approach to literature left Chris feeling uninterested in the stories. “When you’re given a summary of the book telling you what you’re about to read in baby form, it kind of just ruins the whole story for you,” he said, questioning the purpose of reading the entire book.

Chris’s experience isn’t unique. In many classrooms across America, assigning full-length novels has become less common. Instead, teachers are opting for selected passages in response to several challenges, including perceived shorter attention spans, pressure to prepare students for standardized tests, and the belief that shorter content may better prepare students for a digital world.

A 2022 statement by the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) recognized this shift, suggesting that book reading and essay writing are no longer the central focus of English language arts education. “The time has come to decenter book reading and essay-writing as the pinnacles of English language arts education,” the NCTE said.

Seth French, who co-authored the statement, clarified that the goal is not to eliminate books but to integrate media literacy and more relevant texts for students. In the English class he taught before becoming a dean at Bentonville High School in Arkansas, French engaged students with plays, poetry, and articles, while only assigning one book to be read by the entire class. He explained, “At the end of the day, a lot of our students are not interested in some of these texts that they didn’t have a choice in.”

Not everyone agrees with the trend toward shorter, digital texts. Maryanne Wolf, a cognitive neuroscientist at UCLA specializing in dyslexia research, argues that deep reading is critical for developing brain circuits related to critical thinking, empathy, and background knowledge. Wolf emphasized the importance of immersive reading, saying, “We must give our young an opportunity to understand who others are, not through little snapshots, but through immersion into the lives and thoughts and feelings of others.”

Garden City Middle School requires students to read several full books each year, including classics like Of Mice and Men and Romeo and Juliet, according to Principal Matthew Samuelson. Summaries and audio versions are provided as additional resources. However, for Chris, who has dyslexia, these tools didn’t make reading more accessible. Instead, he felt bored and decided to switch to a Catholic school, which his mother believes will better prepare him for college.

Outside of the classroom, students’ engagement with reading has been declining. According to federal data from last year, only 14% of young teens read for fun daily, a sharp decrease from 27% in 2012. Many educators link this decline to the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. English teacher Kristy Acevedo from New Bedford, Massachusetts, noted a trend during the pandemic to stop assigning full-length novels as students were coping with trauma. “The problem is we haven’t quite come back from that,” she said. Determined to change this, Acevedo plans to focus on time-management strategies and use traditional materials like paper and pencils for most classwork.

Standardized testing and the rise of education technology have also contributed to the reduction in book reading. Digital platforms offer thousands of short passages aligned with state standards, allowing schools to cover the required curriculum without assigning full-length novels. Karl Ubelhoer, a special education teacher in Tabernacle, New Jersey, observed that school districts focused on improving test scores often mimic the test format as closely as possible. “If admins and school districts are judged by their test scores, how are they going to improve their test scores? They’re going to mirror the test as much as possible,” he explained.

For some students, reading is a struggle regardless of the format. In 2022, only about one-third of fourth and eighth graders reached proficiency on the National Assessment of Educational Progress, marking a significant drop from 2019. Leah van Belle, executive director of the Detroit literacy coalition 313Reads, recounted that when her son’s class read *Peter Pan* in elementary school, the text was too difficult for most students. She lamented that Detroit has become “a book desert,” with her son’s school lacking a library altogether. Still, she sees value in focusing on shorter texts, noting that adults often rely on digital media for personal and professional research.

Even in schools with ample resources, time constraints remain a major hurdle. Terri White, an English teacher at South Windsor High School in Connecticut, said she no longer assigns her ninth-grade honors students the entire text of To Kill a Mockingbird. Instead, she assigns a third of the book along with a synopsis of the rest. She feels pressured to move quickly due to the need to cover more material in the curriculum. “It’s like spinning plates, you know what I mean? Like it’s a circus,” White said, describing the balancing act teachers face.

White has also reduced the amount of homework she assigns, recognizing that students are overwhelmed with extracurricular activities like sports and clubs. “I maintain rigor. But I’m more about helping students become stronger and more critical readers, writers, and thinkers, while taking their social-emotional well-being into account,” she said.

However, some educators worry that this reliance on summaries may harm students’ critical thinking abilities in the long run. Alden Jones, a literature professor at Emerson College in Boston, noted that while she assigns fewer books than before, she now gives more quizzes to ensure students keep up with their reading. “We don’t value the thinking time that we used to have. It’s all time we could be on our phone accomplishing tasks,” Jones remarked.

Despite the challenges, some teachers continue to find ways to engage students with literature. Will Higgins, an English teacher at Dartmouth High School in Massachusetts, remains committed to teaching the classics, though he acknowledges that student time constraints have led to cutting back on certain texts. “We haven’t given up on Jane Eyre and Pride and Prejudice. We haven’t given up on Hamlet or The Great Gatsby,” Higgins said, though books like A Tale of Two Cities have been dropped from the curriculum.

One successful approach at his school has been student-directed book clubs, where students select their own books and discuss them in small groups. Contemporary authors like John Green and Jason Reynolds have been particularly popular. “It’s funny,” Higgins noted, “Many students are saying that it’s the first time in a long time they’ve read a full book.”

Social media’s war on civility and compassion: Feeds on the psychological vulnerability of individuals

Many of us spend hours on social media doom scrolling, which then ceases to be just a source of recreation; it becomes an alternative world where algorithms and trends decode and shape individuals.

Popular perception says that social media is the reflection of society. However, social media not only reflects the more extensive societal discourses but also creates them. It implies that social media is not just a product of social reality; it also actively produces and reproduces the social reality. This is to say that content creation on social media also creates larger societal narratives.

However, popular social media opinion will contest that putting content creators and the consumers of their content on a trial is going too far; it is the result of ‘wokeism’- another word from social media trolls’ vocabulary. Being woke became villainized as it became uncool to be civil and compassionate, as social media dictated ‘sigma’ to represent a desirable individual. Being a sigma came to be defined as glorifying misogyny and hiding vulnerability through idealizing toxic masculinity.

Dark jokes became the new comedy genre where one can mock anything or everything; mockery of the most severe and gruesome event is allowed as these are just jokes. However, political jokes, attacking the ruling class and elites, became a dull genre of comedy as dictated by social media trends.

It is just a joke, and it means nothing. Nevertheless, these jokes, which are supposed to mean nothing, translate into something, especially when the consumer is an alienated, frustrated, ill-informed and confused individual who lives on dopamine shots provided by social media algorithms.

Echo chambers amplify negative discourse

These changed definitions and the consequent content, along with the social media algorithms that aim at decoding an individual’s consumption pattern, created a machinery of manufacturing echo chambers. It created echo chambers of all sorts, of all ideologies. Whether you are ill-informed or an expert on any subject matter, these echo chambers and the consumption cycle will re-assert your worldview and reassure you that your worldview is the best of all. Nevertheless, this machinery is not just aimed at reassurance; it can change your worldview, given that someone is promoting their content or if it is in line with the dominant narrative.

These echo chambers created discourses that gave trolls a grand stage to spread their agenda, thus waging a war against civility and compassion. Even when social media seemed united against a tragedy, the resistance aimed at satisfying the conscience of a society that does not want to change itself; it just wants to satisfy its hunger for speculative and revengeful justice. Structural change is not part of this narrative, as society is never on trial. Social media is not on trial, which helped perpetuate the hatred and violence. Instead, the machinery of social media creates an alternative narrative that denies the structural change.

#NotAllMen is one of many such vicious campaigns aimed at evading collective responsibility to bring structural changes in Indian society. This campaign, the pretext of claiming that not all men are sexual predators in the context of “fake” sexual harassment cases, completely ignored the contribution of every individual in promoting and sustaining the present structure and divided all men into the binary division of sexual predators and nice men.

Compassion and civility are victims

However, the campaign forgot to attack the media trial, in which social media actively participates, which causes mental trauma and fear to the alleged accused, mainly in the absence of evidence. The media trial is one such result of the echo chambers of social media, completely ignoring the structural reasons; people attack the alleged accused even when there is no compelling evidence to fulfil their responsibility, which gives them meaning to their meaningless doom-scrolling.

Media trial results from a tendency to satisfy the vicarious yearnings of society to settle scores without themselves getting involved. All notions of civility are sidelined, and people discuss in gory detail the exemplary punishment that should be inflicted upon the accused, all the while liking and sharing the content that sustains the pernicious rape culture.

Compassion and civility are not only sidelined; these values are mocked and seen as lesser traits that characterise a weak man. Nevertheless, these are just jokes; the content creators declare this most of the time, decrying the critical analysis of the impact of their content. However, this unstoppable gigantic machinery is being fed on their content, producing distinctly different echo chambers for all kinds of people.

Many of us spend hours on social media doom scrolling, which then ceases to be just a source of recreation; it becomes an alternative world where algorithms and trends decode and shape individuals. Individuals, who are often confused and estranged, puzzled by the meaninglessness of the impersonal modern society, find a place in social media where they are heard and their views are shaped and reaffirmed. They have a meaning as they can access and interact with the world, otherwise becoming more interconnected yet impersonal. The ill-informed and frustrated individual becomes the victim of trends and virality, which in turn crushes the individual’s sense of civility and compassion. Civility dies; compassion dies. However, the machinery sustains itself, becoming more powerful day by day and feeding on the psychological vulnerabilities of individuals.

(The author is pursuing an MA in Applied Sociology from Christ (deemed to be university), Bangalore. Views are personal. He can be contacted at saditya299@gmail.com )

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/perspective/social-medias-war-civility-and-compassion-feeds-psychological-vulnerability-individuals

Hezbollah Pagers Detonate in Lebanon and Syria, Killing Nine and Injuring Thousands in Mysterious Attack

On Tuesday, a coordinated attack involving pagers used by Hezbollah members resulted in explosions across Lebanon and Syria, killing at least nine people, including an 8-year-old girl, and injuring several thousand more. The blasts occurred nearly simultaneously, and Hezbollah, along with the Lebanese government, quickly placed blame on Israel for what appeared to be a remote-controlled, high-tech strike.

An American official, speaking anonymously, confirmed that Israel had briefed the U.S. following the operation, in which small amounts of explosives hidden in the pagers were remotely detonated. However, the official was not authorized to discuss the details publicly. The Israeli military has declined to comment on the incident.

Among the injured was Iran’s ambassador to Lebanon. The explosions took place amidst growing tensions between Hezbollah, a group backed by Iran, and Israel. The two sides have exchanged fire across the Israel-Lebanon border since the beginning of the current conflict, sparked by the Hamas attack on Israel on October 7.

The pagers in question were reportedly acquired by Hezbollah after the group’s leader, Hassan Nasrallah, had instructed its members in February to stop using cellphones due to concerns about Israeli intelligence tracking them. A Hezbollah representative, speaking to The Associated Press on condition of anonymity, confirmed that the pagers were from a new brand, though they declined to specify how long they had been in use.

The Taiwanese company Gold Apollo disclosed on Wednesday that its brand had been used on the AR-924 pagers linked to Hezbollah, but emphasized that the devices were produced and sold by another company called BAC.

The explosions occurred around 3:30 p.m. local time on Tuesday, as people went about their daily activities—shopping, sitting in cafes, or driving through afternoon traffic. The pagers suddenly started to overheat and then explode, creating panic and leaving gruesome scenes in their wake.

While it is believed that most of the victims were Hezbollah members, it remains unclear whether non-members also possessed the affected pagers. The explosions took place mainly in Hezbollah-dominated areas, including a southern suburb of Beirut and the Beqaa region in eastern Lebanon, as well as Damascus, according to security officials. The Hezbollah official, who wished to remain anonymous, confirmed that the group is investigating the incident but declined to share more information.

These pager explosions occurred shortly after Israel’s internal security agency announced it had foiled a Hezbollah plot to assassinate a former senior Israeli security official using a remotely detonated explosive device.

The U.S. government has denied any prior knowledge of the incident. “At this point, we’re gathering information,” said State Department spokesperson Matthew Miller, emphasizing that the U.S. was not involved.

Experts suggest the operation was long in the making, possibly involving the infiltration of the supply chain for the pagers, which were rigged with explosives before being delivered to Lebanon. This hypothesis is supported by the widespread nature of the explosions, which targeted numerous people across different locations with small but deadly blasts.

A video circulating online shows one of the victims, a man shopping for groceries, as the pager at his hip suddenly detonates, sending him to the ground while bystanders flee. At hospitals, which were quickly overwhelmed, victims with missing limbs, severely damaged faces, and deep wounds in their torsos were rushed in. According to reporters from the Associated Press, a car door on a major Beirut road was found splattered with blood, while the vehicle’s windshield was shattered.

Lebanon’s Health Minister Firas Abiad provided an update on the toll during an interview with Qatar’s Al Jazeera network, confirming that at least nine people, including an 8-year-old girl, had been killed. The number of injured reached 2,750, with 200 of them in critical condition. Many of the injured suffered facial, hand, or abdominal wounds.

Among the dead were eight Hezbollah members, according to the group. A Hezbollah statement confirmed that at least two of its members were killed in the blasts, one of whom was the son of a Hezbollah member of parliament. Later in the day, the group announced that six more members had died, though it did not provide further details about the circumstances of their deaths.

In a statement, Hezbollah placed full blame for the attack on Israel. “We hold the Israeli enemy fully responsible for this criminal aggression that also targeted civilians,” the group said, vowing that Israel “will for sure get its just punishment.”

Iran’s state-run news agency IRNA reported that Iran’s ambassador to Lebanon, Mojtaba Amani, was wounded in the blasts, though his injuries were described as superficial.

This incident follows Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah’s previous warnings to members about the risks of carrying cellphones, which he claimed could be exploited by Israeli intelligence to track and target them.

Sean Moorhouse, a former British Army officer and an expert in explosive ordnance disposal, said that based on the video footage of the blasts, the explosive charge in the pagers appeared to be as small as a pencil eraser. He suggested that the devices were likely tampered with before being shipped to Lebanon, possibly by Mossad, Israel’s foreign intelligence agency.

Elijah J. Magnier, a Brussels-based senior political risk analyst, shared insights from Hezbollah members who had examined pagers that failed to detonate. According to them, the explosions may have been triggered by an error message sent to the devices, causing them to vibrate and prompting the users to press buttons. This action may have detonated the explosives hidden inside, ensuring that the user was present when the device went off.

Israel is no stranger to operations of this nature. Over the years, it has conducted deadly missions well beyond its borders, targeting key figures from groups like Hezbollah and Hamas. Earlier this year, Israeli airstrikes in Beirut killed a senior Hamas official, Saleh Arouri, as well as a top Hezbollah commander. A separate explosion in Iran, also attributed to Israel, killed Ismail Haniyeh, the leader of Hamas.

Israel’s expertise in targeted operations is further demonstrated by its alleged involvement in the 2010 Stuxnet computer virus attack, which crippled Iran’s nuclear program, and its use of booby-trapped cellphones to eliminate Hamas militants in the past.

The pager bombings are expected to heighten Hezbollah’s concerns about the vulnerability of its security and communications systems, especially as Israel continues to threaten escalation in the ongoing conflict. Tensions have already resulted in near-daily clashes between Israel and Hezbollah, with hundreds killed in Lebanon and several dozen in Israel, as well as thousands displaced on both sides of the border.

Jeanine Hennis-Plasschaert, the U.N.’s special coordinator for Lebanon, condemned the attack, describing it as “an extremely concerning escalation in what is an already unacceptably volatile context.”

On Tuesday, Israeli officials indicated that stopping Hezbollah’s attacks in the north to allow displaced residents to return home has become a key objective. Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant suggested that the conflict’s focus may shift from Gaza to the northern border, warning that time for a diplomatic resolution with Hezbollah is running out.

Three New Jersey Residents Die From West Nile Virus as State Cases Rise to 16

New Jersey health officials have confirmed the deaths of three residents due to West Nile virus, raising the total number of human cases this season in the state to 16. The New Jersey Department of Health announced that the deceased individuals were from Cumberland, Mercer, and Middlesex counties, reflecting the growing threat of mosquito-borne illnesses in the region.

Typically, most human cases of such illnesses occur between mid-August and late September, although the season can extend through October and even into early November, depending on weather conditions. The Department of Health stressed the importance of being vigilant during this time. “All New Jerseyans should be aware of the potential significant impacts from mosquito-borne illnesses, especially West Nile virus and Eastern Equine Encephalitis. The best way to prevent these diseases is to avoid mosquito bites by using insect repellent, protective clothing or gear, and avoiding peak mosquito hours,” stated New Jersey Health Commissioner Dr. Kaitlan Baston in a release on August 30th.

However, the Department did not respond to inquiries on whether any new cases had been recorded since the last update on September 7th. Currently, the state has reported cases of West Nile virus in multiple counties, including three in Bergen, Burlington, and Camden counties; two in Cumberland, Hudson, and Mercer counties; three in Middlesex County; and additional cases in Ocean, Union, and Warren counties.

Additionally, four blood donors, who displayed no symptoms, were found to be carrying the virus during routine screenings. These asymptomatic cases were identified in Bergen, Essex, Passaic, and Somerset counties.

While West Nile virus infections are relatively common, the number of cases fluctuates each year. In a typical year, New Jersey records an average of 13 cases, according to health officials. In 2023, the state had reported 14 human cases, including one fatality.

On a national scale, 491 cases of West Nile virus have been reported across 39 states this year, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). West Nile virus remains the most prevalent mosquito-borne illness in the United States. The virus is spread through the bites of infected mosquitoes, but it does not result in symptoms for most people. However, health officials have warned that around one in five people infected will experience symptoms like headaches, fever, and chills. In rare instances, about one in 150 people will develop more severe symptoms.

Mosquito testing in New Jersey has revealed that the virus is present in all counties, with 856 mosquito pools testing positive for West Nile virus this season. A mosquito pool refers to a group of mosquitoes tested for diseases. The highest concentration of infected mosquito pools has been found in northeastern New Jersey, particularly in Bergen, Hudson, Middlesex, and Union counties.

In addition to the West Nile virus, New Jersey has reported one human case of Eastern Equine Encephalitis this year. This rare virus, like West Nile, is also transmitted to humans through mosquito bites, but it is far more dangerous. According to the CDC, only a few cases of Eastern Equine Encephalitis are reported annually in the U.S., but approximately 30% of people infected with the virus die. Survivors often face long-term neurological complications.

Although Eastern Equine Encephalitis is uncommon, recent deaths from the virus have been reported in New Hampshire and Massachusetts. In New Jersey, the virus has been detected in 13 mosquito pools so far in 2024. Additionally, two horses in the state—one in Atlantic County and another in Salem County—tested positive for the virus. Neither of the horses had been vaccinated.

The CDC warns that Eastern Equine Encephalitis can also affect animals, including horses. Fortunately, vaccines for horses are available. The Department of Health has urged horse owners to ensure their animals are vaccinated against both Eastern Equine Encephalitis and West Nile virus to reduce their risk.

Unfortunately, there are no specific treatments available for humans infected with either West Nile virus or Eastern Equine Encephalitis. Doctors can only manage the symptoms of the diseases as best as possible. Given the lack of targeted treatments, the most effective strategy remains prevention.

Experts emphasize that preventing mosquito bites is critical to reducing the risk of contracting these diseases. Health officials recommend that residents protect themselves by using insect repellents, wearing long sleeves and pants, and staying indoors during peak mosquito activity hours, which are typically at dawn and dusk.

While the threat of mosquito-borne illnesses may diminish as the weather cools, the season can still extend into late fall depending on weather patterns. Until then, New Jersey residents are encouraged to take necessary precautions to protect themselves and their families from potential infections.

In the absence of specific medical treatments for these viruses, avoiding mosquito bites remains the most effective line of defense. This includes ensuring that window screens are intact, eliminating standing water around homes (where mosquitoes breed), and keeping outdoor areas well-maintained to minimize mosquito habitats.

New Jersey’s health authorities continue to monitor the situation closely and are working to raise awareness about the importance of preventing mosquito bites. They are also encouraging residents to remain cautious and stay informed about potential new cases as the mosquito season progresses.

Secret Service Responds to Elon Musk’s Deleted Comment About Biden and Harris

The U.S. Secret Service confirmed on Monday that it was aware of a social media post by billionaire Elon Musk, in which he commented on the absence of assassination attempts against President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris. Musk, the owner of the platform X, formerly known as Twitter, made the remark after a man suspected of plotting to kill former Republican President Donald Trump was arrested at Trump’s golf course in West Palm Beach on Sunday.

In his post, Musk, a supporter of Trump and the CEO of Tesla, reflected on the situation and wrote: “And no one is even trying to assassinate Biden/Kamala,” concluding his post with an eyebrow-raising emoji. The statement quickly drew backlash from both sides of the political spectrum, with users of X expressing concern that Musk’s words could potentially incite violence against the current president and vice president, who are key figures in the upcoming 2024 U.S. presidential election.

Musk’s post, which was visible to his nearly 200 million followers, was soon deleted. However, the Secret Service, whose primary responsibility is the protection of current and former U.S. leaders and other high-profile officials, had already taken note of the comment.

A spokesperson for the Secret Service stated in an email to Reuters, “The Secret Service is aware of the social media post made by Elon Musk and as a matter of practice, we do not comment on matters involving protective intelligence.” The agency emphasized, “We can say, however, that the Secret Service investigates all threats related to our protectees.”

Although the agency did not reveal whether they had directly contacted Musk regarding the matter, the billionaire responded to the criticism in subsequent posts on X. He appeared to dismiss the seriousness of the original comment, describing it as a joke. “Well, one lesson I’ve learned is that just because I say something to a group and they laugh doesn’t mean it’s going to be all that hilarious as a post on X,” Musk wrote. He acknowledged that humor often does not translate well in text, adding, “Turns out that jokes are WAY less funny if people don’t know the context and the delivery is plain text.”

Musk’s initial remark followed an incident in which a man allegedly planned to kill Trump. While no harm came to the former president, the situation drew widespread attention, particularly given the political atmosphere as the 2024 presidential election nears. Trump, who has already announced his bid for a second term in the White House, is expected to face Biden in the election. Vice President Harris, also a key figure in the campaign, is set to run for re-election alongside Biden.

In response to the news of the attempted assassination plot against Trump, both Biden and Harris expressed their relief that the former president had not been injured. Harris, a Democrat, issued a statement on Sunday night, while Biden also publicly condemned any form of political violence. The vice president’s office reiterated the importance of ensuring the safety of all political figures, regardless of party affiliation.

As expected, Musk’s post did not sit well with the White House. On Monday, Andrew Bates, a spokesperson for the White House, addressed the situation directly, condemning the tone of Musk’s remarks. “Violence should only be condemned, never encouraged or joked about. This rhetoric is irresponsible,” Bates said, emphasizing that political discourse, particularly in a tense election cycle, should not include comments that could potentially fuel harmful behavior.

The backlash Musk received for his post is not surprising, given his large and diverse following on X. With nearly 200 million people subscribed to his updates, his statements carry significant weight, and as the owner of the platform, his influence has grown even further. Despite this, Musk’s response to the controversy focused on the misunderstanding of his intended humor, rather than addressing the broader concerns about the potential impact of his words.

While it remains unclear whether the Secret Service will take any further action regarding Musk’s post, the agency’s statement highlights its ongoing responsibility to investigate any perceived threats to its protectees. Given the heightened security concerns surrounding both Biden and Harris as the 2024 election approaches, any comments, whether intended as jokes or otherwise, are likely to be taken seriously by law enforcement and government agencies.

This incident adds to the growing tension in the political landscape as the United States moves closer to another presidential election. The rise of social media and its role in shaping political discourse has been a key issue, with platforms like X serving as a battleground for public opinion, political strategy, and, in some cases, controversy.

Musk’s ownership of X has brought additional scrutiny to the platform, particularly as he often uses it to voice his opinions on various matters, including politics. Since acquiring the platform, Musk has made a number of changes, both to its structure and its policies, drawing both praise and criticism. His approach to free speech on the platform has been lauded by some as a defense of open dialogue, while others have criticized it for allowing misinformation and harmful rhetoric to spread more easily.

As the 2024 election season continues to unfold, public figures like Musk, who hold significant influence through social media, will likely face increased scrutiny for their statements. The debate over the responsibilities of social media platforms in moderating content, particularly when it comes to political discourse, is unlikely to fade anytime soon.

In this case, Musk’s deleted post serves as a reminder of the fine line between free speech and the potential consequences of public remarks, especially when made by individuals with vast platforms and influence. As the Secret Service continues to monitor threats against the president, vice president, and other officials, the role of social media in shaping political narratives and possibly inciting violence remains a critical issue for both law enforcement and the public at large.

Jamsetji Tata: The Unmatched Philanthropist Leading Global Charity Efforts

When considering the world’s most charitable individuals, prominent figures like Mukesh Ambani, Ratan Tata, and Azim Premji often come to mind. Yet, one name surpasses all in terms of generosity: Jamsetji Tata. Known for his groundbreaking contributions to society, Jamsetji Tata’s charitable efforts have set him apart as one of the most giving individuals in history. This article delves into his extraordinary philanthropic legacy and the profound influence it has had on society.

Jamsetji Tata: The Forefather of Philanthropy

Jamsetji Tata, founder of the Tata Group, is remembered not only for his entrepreneurial genius but also for his immense charitable contributions. According to the EdelGive Foundation and Hurun Report 2021, Tata’s philanthropic donations total an astounding Rs 8,29,734 crore. This massive sum places him far ahead of other noted philanthropists like Mukesh Ambani, Ratan Tata, Azim Premji, and Shiv Nadar. These contributions solidify Tata’s position as the most charitable person worldwide.

Early Efforts in Charity

Jamsetji Tata’s journey into philanthropy began as early as 1892, long before charitable efforts were commonplace. His focus primarily revolved around healthcare and education—two sectors he strongly believed could drive meaningful societal transformation. His early initiatives set the foundation for a long-standing culture of giving within the Tata Group, one that endures to this day.

The Tata Group: A Generous Legacy

Under Jamsetji Tata’s leadership, the Tata Group evolved into India’s largest industrial conglomerate, with a present valuation of about Rs 24 lakh crore. The group’s commitment to philanthropy didn’t wane after Jamsetji’s passing. Instead, it has flourished under the stewardship of his descendants, especially Ratan Tata. Ratan has been instrumental in expanding the company’s philanthropic efforts, ensuring that Jamsetji’s vision of generosity and social responsibility continues to guide the company’s values.

The Tata Family’s Enduring Commitment

Jamsetji Tata was born into a Zoroastrian Parsi family in Gujarat and had two sons, Dorabji and Ratanji, from his marriage. Today, his descendants have upheld the family’s commitment to philanthropy, with Ratan Tata emerging as a leading figure in continuing the family’s legacy. The Tata Group has consistently placed corporate social responsibility at the forefront of its operations, remaining true to Jamsetji Tata’s long-lasting impact on society.

A Comparison with Other Philanthropists

Although Jamsetji Tata’s charitable contributions are unmatched, other notable Indian philanthropists have also made significant impacts. Azim Premji, the founder of Wipro, has donated about USD 22 billion, roughly Rs 1,76,000 crore. His efforts position him among the world’s leading philanthropists, yet Tata’s contributions place him in a category of his own. Tata’s unparalleled commitment to giving has left an indelible mark on global philanthropy.

Jamsetji Tata’s Lasting Impact

Tata’s life serves as a powerful example of how acts of kindness and generosity can transcend time and continue to shape the world for generations. His approach to philanthropy was not simply about monetary donations but focused on creating structural changes in education and healthcare. The institutions and causes he supported have had far-reaching effects, continuing to touch the lives of millions.

Jamsetji Tata’s immense generosity positions him as the most charitable individual globally, and his contributions reflect a visionary approach to philanthropy that will inspire future generations. His legacy endures, demonstrating the transformative power of giving back to society.

Oracle Chairman Larry Ellison Surpasses Jeff Bezos as His Net Worth Reaches $206.1 Billion

Larry Ellison, the chairman of Oracle, has seen his wealth skyrocket, surpassing even Amazon founder Jeff Bezos. On Monday, Ellison’s real-time net worth reached a remarkable $206.1 billion, as reported by Forbes. Bezos, once the richest man in the world, is now just behind with a fortune of $203.1 billion. The surge in Ellison’s wealth aligns with Oracle’s impressive stock performance this year, especially due to the booming success of its cloud services business. Oracle shares saw a significant rise of nearly 5% during mid-day trading on Monday, capping off a strong year where the company’s stock has risen by about 63.4%.

Ellison’s wealth is tied closely to Oracle’s performance, as he holds just under 40% of the company’s outstanding stock, according to Forbes. This massive stake in Oracle has cemented his position as one of the world’s wealthiest individuals, with Ellison now ranked as the fifth-richest person globally, according to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index.

The recent surge in Oracle’s stock comes in the wake of its stellar performance in the first quarter of the fiscal year, where the company surpassed Wall Street’s expectations. After the company posted its quarterly earnings results, its shares jumped 13% the following day and closed at an all-time high of $157.10 on September 11. The company’s total quarterly revenue was up by 7% compared to the same period last year, and when adjusted for constant currency, revenues rose by 8%.

One of the key drivers of Oracle’s strong performance is its cloud services division, which has been pivotal in the company’s growth. Oracle reported that its cloud services revenue in U.S. dollars grew by 12% year-over-year, while in constant currency terms, it surged by 22%. This growth reflects the increasing demand for Oracle’s cloud services as companies continue to shift their operations to the cloud.

Safra Catz, Oracle’s chief executive officer, highlighted the importance of the cloud business in Oracle’s success, saying, “As Cloud Services became Oracle’s largest business, both our operating income and earnings per share growth accelerated.” This shift towards cloud services is not only driving revenue but also significantly boosting the company’s profitability.

Ellison has also been vocal about the company’s cloud expansion. He revealed that Oracle now has 162 cloud data centers globally, either in operation or under construction. This extensive network of data centers is a key component of Oracle’s cloud strategy. Ellison further emphasized the scale of these operations by highlighting Oracle’s largest data center, which has a capacity of 800 megawatts and is designed to house massive NVIDIA GPU clusters. These GPU clusters are critical for training large-scale artificial intelligence models, which are becoming increasingly important in today’s technology landscape.

At an Oracle investor event held last Thursday, Ellison shared an anecdote about the company’s efforts to secure more GPUs, which are essential for powering AI models. He mentioned that he and Elon Musk, the world’s richest person, were in discussions with Nvidia’s chief executive, Jensen Huang, urging him to supply more GPUs.

Ellison humorously recounted the conversation, saying, “Please take our money. No, no, take more of it. We need you to take more of our money. Please.” He added that their efforts to secure more GPUs were successful, remarking, “It went okay. It worked.”

The demand for GPUs, particularly those produced by Nvidia, has surged in recent years due to the rise of artificial intelligence and machine learning applications. These technologies require massive computational power, and GPUs are at the heart of this processing. Oracle’s investment in Nvidia’s technology underscores the company’s commitment to staying at the forefront of AI innovation and cloud computing.

Ellison’s close relationship with some of the tech industry’s biggest names, including Elon Musk, has only further solidified his influence in the world of technology. Both Ellison and Musk have been key players in advancing AI technologies, and their collaboration highlights the growing importance of AI in shaping the future of industries ranging from cloud computing to autonomous vehicles.

In addition to Oracle’s success, the broader tech industry has experienced a resurgence in 2023, with many companies benefiting from the increasing adoption of cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and other cutting-edge technologies. As a result, Oracle has positioned itself as a leader in the cloud space, competing with giants like Amazon Web Services and Microsoft Azure. The company’s aggressive expansion of its cloud infrastructure and its partnerships with AI innovators like Nvidia are part of its broader strategy to capture more market share in this highly competitive industry.

Oracle’s move into cloud services and AI has proven to be a game-changer, and the company’s leadership, particularly Ellison, has been instrumental in guiding this transition. With his personal wealth continuing to grow alongside Oracle’s stock performance, Ellison remains a key figure in the global technology landscape.

Oracle’s future looks bright as it continues to invest in the latest technologies and expand its cloud capabilities. The company’s success in the cloud market, combined with its focus on AI and data center expansion, positions it well for continued growth in the coming years.

Ellison’s rise in wealth reflects not only the success of Oracle but also the broader trend of tech billionaires who are seeing their fortunes grow as their companies lead the way in technological innovation. With Oracle’s stock continuing to climb and its cloud services playing an increasingly important role in the company’s revenue, it seems likely that Ellison’s wealth will only increase further in the near future.

As of now, Larry Ellison’s $206.1 billion fortune places him among the wealthiest individuals in the world, and with Oracle’s stock continuing to perform well, he could soon climb even higher in the rankings. Meanwhile, Jeff Bezos, who held the title of the world’s richest person for several years, remains a close contender with a net worth of $203.1 billion.

Oracle’s remarkable performance in the cloud business and AI sectors has been a key driver of Ellison’s recent wealth surge. As Oracle continues to expand its cloud infrastructure and capitalize on the growing demand for AI technology, Ellison’s net worth is expected to continue its upward trajectory. This success story underscores the growing influence of cloud services and AI in shaping the future of the tech industry.

India Cruises to Asian Champions Trophy Final After 4-1 Victory Over Korea

India secured an emphatic 4-1 victory over Korea Republic in the semi-final of the 2024 Asian Champions Trophy (ACT), advancing to the final where they will face China. The win, marked by clinical finishing and solid defensive play, extends India’s unbeaten streak in the tournament. Captain Harmanpreet Singh led the charge with two penalty corner goals, bringing his tally in the competition to seven, while Uttam Singh and Jarmanpreet Singh also added to the scoreline. Although Korea managed to score in the third quarter, the goal was merely a consolation as India dominated throughout.

Reflecting on the match, one of the commentators remarked, “India has once again demonstrated their superiority, and Korea had no answer to their relentless attack.” The victory means India will now chase a record-extending fifth ACT title, with the final scheduled against hosts China, who pulled off a surprising win against Pakistan earlier in the day.

India’s Path to the Final

India’s journey to the final has been nothing short of remarkable. They have won all six of their games, showcasing their dominance in the tournament. Their victories in the league stages included a commanding 3-0 win over China, a 5-1 triumph against Japan, an 8-1 thrashing of Malaysia, a 3-1 win over Korea, and a 2-1 victory against Pakistan.

In the semi-final, India once again outclassed Korea, proving why they are the top contenders for the title. The team displayed great coordination, both in attack and defense, leaving Korea little room to mount a comeback.

Hero of the Match: Jarmanpreet Singh

Jarmanpreet Singh, India’s reliable defender, was awarded the “Hero of the Match” title for his outstanding performance. In addition to his stellar defense, he scored India’s third goal, further securing his team’s dominance over Korea. His all-around contribution was pivotal in India’s smooth passage to the final.

As the final whistle blew, fans and commentators alike lauded the team’s performance, with one analyst commenting, “India’s form has been impeccable, and they’re heading into the final brimming with confidence. It’s hard to see anyone beating them right now.”

Looking Ahead: The Final Against China

China will have the advantage of playing the final on home soil, but the challenge of defeating India in their current form seems monumental. India’s consistency and skill have set them apart from the rest of the competition. Despite China’s solid performance in their semi-final, where they edged out Pakistan on penalties, the Indian team remains firm favorites to take the crown.

A commentator noted, “Beating India in this form will be an enormous challenge for China, especially considering how comfortable India has looked throughout the tournament.”

India’s Key Performers

Captain Harmanpreet Singh once again proved his worth with two more goals from penalty corners, bringing his tournament tally to seven. His ability to convert from set pieces has been a game-changer for India. Uttam Singh opened the scoring early in the match, giving India the momentum they needed, while Jarmanpreet Singh’s third goal further stamped India’s authority over the game.

Korea’s Yang Ji-hun managed to pull one back in the third quarter, keeping himself one goal ahead of Harmanpreet in the race for the top scorer of the tournament. However, that goal did little to affect the outcome of the match, as India was in control throughout.

One of the match analysts remarked, “Harmanpreet Singh has been phenomenal. His leadership, combined with his precision in penalty corners, makes him one of the most dangerous players on the field.”

Final Moments of the Match

As the match entered its final moments, Korea desperately tried to stage a comeback. With just three minutes left in the game, India held a comfortable 4-1 lead, and it became clear that their place in the final was secured. Korea managed to win a penalty corner late in the game, but the Indian goalkeeper made two crucial saves, ensuring that the scoreline remained unchanged.

During the fourth quarter, Korea’s goalkeeper, who had been shown a yellow card for a previous error, returned to the field. However, by then, the damage was done, and Korea’s chances of turning the game around were slim.

Dominant Display from India

India’s domination was evident right from the start of the match. They controlled possession and continuously applied pressure on Korea’s defense. Early in the game, Uttam Singh almost scored from a well-executed attack down the right wing, but it wasn’t until the 14th minute that India finally broke the deadlock with his goal. From that point on, India never looked back.

Harmanpreet Singh doubled India’s lead early in the second quarter with his sixth goal of the tournament, converting from a penalty corner. Despite a late push from Korea, India’s defense held firm, and the men in blue continued to control the flow of the game.

Commenting on the first half, a reporter noted, “At no point during the first 30 minutes did India look second-best. They’ve been dominant from the first whistle.”

Korea’s Fightback

Korea’s hopes were briefly lifted in the third quarter when Yang Ji-hun converted a penalty corner, bringing the score to 3-1. However, India quickly regained control, and Jarmanpreet Singh’s goal shortly afterward restored their three-goal cushion. Korea’s efforts to find another goal were thwarted by India’s solid defense and goalkeeping.

Despite a couple of close chances, including a superb save from India’s goalkeeper Krishnan Pathak, Korea could not reduce the deficit. Pathak’s timely interventions ensured that India maintained their comfortable lead.

Road to Glory

With this win, India advances to their second consecutive Asian Champions Trophy final, and they will now focus on defending their title against China. India has already set a benchmark with their performance in the tournament, and their players will be eager to bring home a record fifth title.

As the final approaches, the anticipation is building. One commentator summed up the mood perfectly, stating, “India has been the class of the field, and now all eyes are on whether they can extend their dominance and claim their fifth ACT title.”

Conclusion

India’s 4-1 win over Korea not only secured their place in the final but also reaffirmed their status as the team to beat in the Asian Champions Trophy. With their captain Harmanpreet Singh in top form and the entire team firing on all cylinders, India is poised to make history once again in the final against China.

Mark Zuckerberg’s Wealth Skyrockets, Puts Him Closer to Becoming the World’s Richest Person

Mark Zuckerberg has rapidly ascended the ranks of the wealthiest individuals in the world, with the possibility of securing the top position for the first time. The Meta Platforms CEO, responsible for Facebook, Instagram, Threads, and WhatsApp, has seen an unprecedented increase in his wealth this year. According to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index, Zuckerberg’s net worth has grown by $51 billion in 2023, bringing his total to $179 billion.

As of now, Zuckerberg occupies the fourth spot on the list of the richest people globally, trailing behind Tesla’s Elon Musk, valued at $248 billion, Amazon’s Jeff Bezos, with $202 billion, and Bernard Arnault of LVMH, whose wealth is $180 billion. Notably, Zuckerberg started the year ranked sixth, but has recently risen to third place, surpassing Arnault for a brief period.

Although there is still a substantial gap between Zuckerberg’s fortune and those of Musk and Bezos, this difference could close rapidly. Wealth tied to technology companies is notoriously volatile. For instance, Musk was valued at just $164 billion in April, while Bezos’s fortune at the start of the year was even lower than Zuckerberg’s current net worth. Should Tesla or Amazon experience a few challenging days in the market, and Meta continues its upward trajectory, Zuckerberg could be in a position to claim the title of the richest person in the world.

The fortunes of Zuckerberg, Musk, and Bezos are often influenced by similar factors since Meta, Tesla, and Amazon are all mega-cap U.S. tech stocks. These stocks tend to move in tandem, meaning the trio’s wealth can rise or fall simultaneously. However, a negative earnings report, an unforeseen lawsuit, an antitrust probe, or another significant event could potentially lower Musk’s or Bezos’ net worth, allowing Zuckerberg to surpass them. Additionally, if either Musk or Bezos were to make a large philanthropic donation, Zuckerberg’s ascent would be further facilitated.

The possibility of overtaking his rivals isn’t far-fetched given Zuckerberg’s impressive performance this year. His net worth increase of $51 billion far outpaces the gains of Musk and Bezos, who have added $19 billion and $25 billion, respectively. Zuckerberg, now 40, also has the advantage of time on his side compared to Musk, who is 53, and Bezos, who is 60. With several decades potentially ahead of him, Zuckerberg could continue to compound his wealth at a significant rate.

The power of compounding wealth over long periods is well illustrated by Warren Buffett, who accumulated more than 99% of his fortune after the age of 65, according to Morgan Housel’s book *The Psychology of Money.* Although Zuckerberg is younger, his current wealth is already greater than that of notable business leaders like Bill Gates, Warren Buffett, and Google founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin.

A Remarkable Early Career

Zuckerberg’s journey began early, founding Facebook in 2004 at the age of 19. By the time he was 28, he had taken the company public. Meta Platforms, Facebook’s parent company, has now grown into the world’s seventh-largest publicly traded company, boasting a market capitalization of $1.3 trillion. This valuation places it ahead of numerous industry giants, including Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway ($989 billion), Elon Musk’s Tesla ($723 billion), Walmart ($633 billion), and JPMorgan Chase ($585 billion).

Zuckerberg has made a strong comeback after facing significant challenges over the past few years. Meta’s stock price plummeted by more than 75% between September 2021 and November 2022, driven by investor concerns over Zuckerberg’s decision to invest tens of billions into the company’s burgeoning metaverse division. During that period, the broader tech market also faced a downturn. At the lowest point of this slump, Zuckerberg’s net worth dropped to $35 billion, a sharp contrast to his current standing.

However, Meta’s stock has rebounded dramatically, rising more than fivefold since its lowest point. In the past year alone, Meta’s shares have surged by 65%, reaching record levels above $500 per share. This stock rally has mirrored the resurgence of Zuckerberg’s net worth, which has increased in tandem. The market’s positive outlook on Meta is largely driven by optimism surrounding the potential for the company to capitalize on advancements in artificial intelligence (AI), as well as relief from investors who have appreciated Zuckerberg’s efforts to rein in spending.

The AI revolution is expected to play a pivotal role in Meta’s future success. Wall Street analysts have begun to bet on Meta as one of the companies most likely to benefit from AI technologies. Zuckerberg’s pivot away from aggressive spending and toward more focused investments has further fueled investor confidence, helping to lift Meta’s stock price and restore his personal fortune.

Although Zuckerberg has not yet caught up to Musk and Bezos, his rapid momentum, combined with the unpredictability of the tech world, suggests that he could soon pose a serious challenge to their rankings. A few favorable developments for Meta, paired with any setbacks for his rivals, could bring Zuckerberg within striking distance of the number one spot.

This potential rise comes after years of strategic decisions and resilience. Zuckerberg’s focus on innovation, as demonstrated by his early ventures into the metaverse and AI, has positioned him as a major player in the tech world. Even during periods of market skepticism, he has managed to steer Meta towards a path of recovery, and now growth.

The question remains whether Zuckerberg will be able to maintain this momentum and continue to grow his wealth at a faster pace than his peers. What is clear, however, is that his wealth accumulation this year has been unmatched, putting him on a trajectory that could see him become the world’s richest person in the near future.

At just 40 years old, Zuckerberg’s potential for continued wealth growth is vast. As the tech landscape continues to evolve and as fortunes tied to tech companies remain volatile, Zuckerberg’s position among the wealthiest individuals could keep changing rapidly. While he still trails behind Musk and Bezos, the dynamic nature of the tech industry means that Zuckerberg could soon claim the top spot in the global wealth rankings.

Warren Buffett’s Thrifty Parenting: No Handouts for His Kids Despite Billions in Wealth

Warren Buffett, one of the richest individuals globally, with a staggering net worth of $142 billion, according to Bloomberg, is well-known for his remarkable generosity. Throughout his lifetime, Buffett has donated billions to charitable causes, embodying his belief in using wealth for the greater good. However, when it comes to his children, this charitable disposition does not extend to financial handouts.

Buffett’s daughter, Susie Buffett, has shared glimpses into her father’s frugal approach to family finances over the years, which might come as a surprise to many given his immense wealth. In the HBO documentary *Becoming Warren Buffett*, Susie narrated a story that highlights her father’s thriftiness. This wasn’t the first time she had shared this experience. In 2011, *The Globe and Mail* mentioned that Susie had once asked her father for a $41,000 loan to renovate her kitchen after having a baby. Her need for a loan arose from the necessity to accommodate a high chair in the kitchen. However, instead of offering to help, Warren advised his daughter to “go to the bank like everyone else.”

In 2017, Susie revisited the story in the documentary, offering more insights into her perspective at the time. She clarified that she wasn’t asking for a free pass. “I thought I was asking for a loan. I was not asking him to give me the money,” she said, adding that her father’s refusal to lend the money took her by surprise. “I thought, oh come on, can’t you do this?” she recalled with a sense of disbelief at his reluctance.

Despite her father’s refusal, Susie reflected on the situation with humor. In a lighthearted moment, she shared with her mother how her father’s legendary frugality might leave her without support, even though he is one of the wealthiest men in the world. She joked, “I’m going to be on the cover of People magazine someday, homeless, because my dad will be like this super-rich guy, and, you know, we’ll all be wandering around.”

However, despite the occasional frustrations she might have felt, Susie was quick to dismiss the notion that her father’s behavior was driven by stinginess. “I never felt like he was cheap or whatever word you want to use for him – thrifty,” she said. Growing up in the Buffett household wasn’t about having endless luxuries, but rather, living a life that seemed quite normal, especially for the children of someone who would eventually become a billionaire. “We grew up in this very normal sort of situation … kind of the regular father-knows-best situation,” Susie explained, reflecting on her childhood.

As a kid, Susie, along with her siblings, would receive allowances, much like any other child. They would often spend their allowances quickly on candy and magazines, like many children of their age. In the documentary, she shared a humorous memory of her father’s frugality. Buffett had a slot machine in the house that his children would frequently use, but instead of them winning any money, he would simply open the back of the machine to retrieve whatever they put in.

In Susie’s view, much of Warren’s change in approach to money and life in general over the years was influenced by her mother, Susan Thompson Buffett. Susie explained that her mother played a pivotal role in softening Warren’s frugal tendencies. “He definitely has loosened up as we’ve gotten older,” she said, adding, “I think part of it is my mother. I’m sure she was just poking at him slowly for years.” This change became evident as the Buffett children grew into adults, and Warren seemed to recognize that they were unlikely to alter their ways. “Whatever we are, we are, and it’s not that bad,” Susie noted, indicating that Warren had come to terms with their personalities and his concerns about money had eased with time.

While it might seem that Warren’s stringent financial decisions could have caused friction, Susie insists that her father’s financial principles were not something to resent. Instead, she believes they shaped her and her siblings’ lives in the right way. Even when Warren refused to grant her the loan for the kitchen renovation, she didn’t harbor any long-term frustration. “I basically think he’s been right,” she reflected, showing a deep appreciation for his long-term view on managing money.

In a separate interview in 2017 with Business Insider, Susie offered further clarification on her thoughts about her father’s financial philosophy. She expressed her agreement with Warren’s stance on not giving his children large sums of money. “I actually agree with his philosophy of not dumping a bunch of money on your kids,” she said. She also defended her father from the public’s perception of his frugality, explaining that he has been far more generous than people realize. “By the way, my dad gets a bad rap for that,” Susie added, emphasizing that Warren has provided ample support for his family, even if it didn’t come in the form of massive inheritances or financial handouts.

Despite Warren’s wealth, Susie feels deeply appreciative of what her parents have given her, both financially and in terms of values. “I feel extremely grateful to have the parents I had and for what they’ve given us,” she said. Warren’s refusal to indulge his children with excessive wealth is, in her view, a rational and responsible choice. She concluded by stating that her father’s decision not to leave them billions of dollars is the right move. “Certainly, he’s not going to leave us $50 billion and shouldn’t. It would be crazy to do anything like that.”

Warren Buffett’s life philosophy, both in terms of his charitable giving and his approach to his children, reflects a balance between generosity and responsibility. While he is happy to give away vast sums to philanthropic causes, he also believes in ensuring that his children live lives where they can stand on their own two feet. This approach, while perhaps surprising to some, has undeniably shaped the Buffett family and the values they hold dear.

Vistara’s Farewell as Air India Merger Looms: What Lies Ahead?

Vistara recently made its final flight preparations, ceasing bookings on September 3 as it prepares to merge with Air India within two months. The joint venture between Tata Sons and Singapore Airlines (SIA), Vistara, earned a spot in the Top 20 list of the World’s Best Airlines this year. However, Tata’s acquisition of Air India in October 2021 made it unnecessary to continue operating two full-service airlines. The merger decision became more certain when regulatory approval allowed SIA to take a 26% stake in Air India.

Yet, the merger brings up concerns regarding the stark contrast between Air India and Vistara in service quality. “It is baffling that the civil aviation ministry allowed the merger of a modern, well-functioning airline like Vistara with an outdated one and has approved Tata’s decision to rebrand it as Air India,” said Kapil Chopra, founder of EazyDiner and The Postcard group of hotels.

Unmet Expectations from Air India’s Revival

When Air India returned to Tata, expectations ran high that the airline would restore its lost glory. However, many argue that progress has been slow. “If people were expecting miracles within a year, that is an impossible task. But now almost three years are over, it is time to show and demonstrate that there have been significant improvements in the operation of the airline,” commented Sidharath Kapur, former executive director of GMR Airports. He added, “The honeymoon period is over. People are now expecting more.”

The Tata Experience: A Misconception?

Jitender Bhargava, a former executive director of Air India, highlighted a flawed assumption regarding Tata’s capability to transform the airline due to its historical connection. “There is a belief that because Air India once belonged to the Tatas, they have the requisite experience (to run an airline). There can’t be a bigger fallacy than this!” he stated. Bhargava clarified that J.R.D. Tata personally ran Air India, not Tata Sons. Thus, the assumption that past experience alone would ensure the airline’s success is misguided.

While Tata ventured into aviation with AirAsia India and Vistara in the 2010s, those ventures were more about investment than operations. However, the situation changed after Air India’s acquisition. “Be it Titan, Taj hotels, or TCS, there is a certain expectation when people see the Tata name. The airline business, unfortunately, has not lived up to that promise,” explained Prof. Anand Narasimha, a marketing expert at JAGSoM.

Narasimha also pointed out that Tata’s decision to buy Air India for Rs18,000 crore, followed by additional investments in new aircraft, was more emotional than rational. The transformation process, branded as vihaan.ai, faced issues, including missteps in leadership. Kapur noted, “They brought in people from other Tata group companies, but then they realized you cannot bring an executive from a vehicle manufacturer to run an airline.”

To address the leadership gap, Tata recruited several expatriates from SIA, including CEO Campbell Wilson, who previously led Scoot, SIA’s budget airline.

Staff Demoralization and Management Missteps

Following Tata’s takeover, some Air India employees opted for voluntary retirement, while those who stayed reportedly felt demoralized as “Tata’s own people lording over them.” A senior employee shared, “I took this job several years ago despite lucrative offers from other PSUs because a job at Air India was more sought-after, with lots of privileges and perks. But now many of those have been cut down ruthlessly.”

Adding to the staff’s frustration was the perception that Tata inherited an underperforming workforce. Bhargava rejected this notion, stating that the employees “were not bad; they were just demoralized.” Tata’s failure to re-engineer work practices and address human resources issues became one of its biggest mistakes. “Ask any management expert what the key to a merger is? Manpower. How do you integrate the manpower and bring about harmony in work conditions? HR!” Bhargava emphasized.

As a result, management operated on a trial-and-error basis, leading to employee dissatisfaction, as seen in the recent strikes by Vistara pilots and Air India Express cabin crew. “Employees have to understand they are no longer in a government-run airline,” said Shivram Choudhry from JK Lakshmipat University’s Institute of Management. He added that Tata’s management should not dismiss past Air India employees while assuming its own executives knew better.

Challenges and Competitive Pressures

Despite these challenges, the competitive landscape in Indian aviation is undeniable. Bhargava pointed out that Tata’s decision to continue using older planes, even though they weren’t the best, was driven by the need to retain market share. “If Air India had withdrawn those services, other airlines would have taken that market,” he explained.

Kapur acknowledged Tata’s commitment to transforming the airline but criticized its lack of communication. “What is missing is a communication strategy. Air India is in the public arena, and a lot of your stakeholders are potential passengers,” he said.

Long-Term Transformation in Progress

While new planes, such as the Airbus A350s, are on order, Campbell Wilson had earlier explained that older aircraft would be retrofitted. “The process includes painting with the new branding and livery, and changing the interiors and seats,” he said. However, this will take time. Meanwhile, the management is focusing on smaller improvements, including redesigning the logo, introducing new uniforms, and enhancing the airline’s digital infrastructure.

Air India is also improving its frequent flyer program, adding more international partners. Moreover, lounges in major airports like Delhi and New York are set for upgrades. “We are confident that the modern, world-class look of Air India will appeal to our guests globally,” said Wilson.

Air India’s Future in a Competitive Market

Air India’s transformation is still in progress, with the complete overhaul expected by 2027. However, competition remains fierce. Domestic leader IndiGo continues to expand internationally, even offering a business class service, while Middle Eastern airlines also vie for market share.

Air India’s merger with Vistara is expected to improve the full-service offering, while the expansion of Air India Express strengthens its position in the low-cost segment. However, the challenge will be appealing to the modern traveler. Millennials and Gen Z are less impressed by traditional luxuries and more concerned with value and efficiency. Winning them over will be essential for Air India’s success.

Signs of Financial Progress

Despite the challenges, Air India’s financial performance shows signs of improvement. Losses for all four Tata airlines reduced from Rs15,000 crore to just over Rs6,000 crore this year, with Air India’s losses down by 60%. According to Kapur, the airline maximized load capacity and rationalized fares, resulting in better financial performance.

Kapur believes Air India could turn profitable in a few years if it maintains its current course. However, sister airline Air India Express has posted a Rs163 crore loss, primarily due to aggressive expansion to compete with IndiGo.

Ultimately, Tata’s long-term vision and deep pockets will determine whether Air India can reclaim its place among the world’s best airlines.

-+=